Outlander 2007

2007 Outlander Service Manual,
Technical Information & Body Repair

Manual Data
Volume 1
Volume 2
Volume 3
Technical Information
Manual
Body Repair Manual
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

HOW TO USE THIS MANUAL
M20000000290USA0000010000
A/T: Indicates the automatic transaxle, or models
ABBREVIATIONS
The following abbreviations are used in this manual equipped with automatic transaxle.
for classification of model types. FWD: Indicates 2-wheel drive vehicles.
AWD: Indicates 4-wheel drive vehicles.
A/C: Indicates air conditioning.
MFI: Indicates the multiport fuel injection, or Keyless Operation System (KOS): Indicates the
engines equipped with the multiport injection. Free-hand Security Transmitter (F.A.S.T.-key)
TARGETS OF DEVELOPMENT
M20000000040USA0000010000
The new OUTLANDER has an improved SUV generation of SUV proposed by Mitsubishi, aiming to
appearance and cruising performance in any road be an all-round car for various applications from daily
conditions. This car has been developed as the new use to cruising and leisure use.
EXTERIOR
M20000000170USA0000010000
Smart styling with high functionality and stylish
DESIGN FEATURES
Fine athletic image of powerfulness and driving exterior
performance. Representing feelings of refreshment with a highly
refined styling
MAIN FEATURES
6
5
4
5
8
2, 3 1
5
7
ZC501829 0007

Good stance which combines wide tread with 18- Tough lower body with the overfender covering a
inch tire <XLS model> large size tire, the undercover, and black
Progressive diamond-cut nose with neat corners underbody parts
Aggressive and handsome face design with sharp Dynamic cabin which consists of the roof line with
styling uplifting feeling and sharp window graphic
Headlights with mechanical styling emphasizing Stylish rear end which comfortably integrates the
aggressiveness unique horizontally split upper/lower tailgates
Rear combination lights with a sense of integrity
with the glass area, presenting a high-tech image
INTERIOR
M20000000180USA0000010000
DESIGN PURPOSE
Presenting well-trimmed interior space with a sporty
feel
Combining high functionality with stylish design
Neat and carefully established details
MAIN FEATURES
ZC6022030000
Sporty and dynamic styled instrument panel with Door trim, floor console, and air outlet panel with
uplifting feeling powerful silver accent parts in the sculpturesque
Unique audio panel integrated in the instrument styling
panel, representing high quality Drive mode selector dial in mechanical design
Bucket-type front seats in sporty three dimensional
shape
Functional luggage area equipped with the tonneau
cover, luggage hook, and utility bar

ENGINE
M20000000200USA0000010000
The 6B31 engine has been developed to achieve high
performance, better fuel economy, smaller size, and
weight reduction.
TRANSAXLE
M20000000210USA0000010001
The F6AJA-type <FWD> or the W6AJA-type <AWD> developed to achieve excellent fuel economy, further
6-speed sport mode automatic transaxle has been improved operation, and driving pleasure.
SUSPENSION
M20000000230USA0000010000
<Front suspension>
Coil spring
Stabilizer link
Stabilizer bar
Shock absorber
Lower arm
Front axle crossmember
(Flat crossmember)
ZC601177 0000

<Rear suspension>
<FWD>
Coil spring
Shock absorber
Trailing arm
Toe control arm

Rear crossmember
Stabilizer bar
<AWD>
Coil spring
Rear crossmember
Shock absorber
Trailing arm
Stabilizer bar
Toe control arm
Upper arm
ZC601183 0000
The well-proven McPherson strut suspension (front)

and trailing arm type multi-link suspension (rear) have
been adopted.

ACTIVE SAFETY
M20000000310USA0000010000
<Except vehicles for CANADA> <Vehicles for CANADA>

Brake warning ABS warning Brake warning
ABS warning
light light light
light
ASC
OFF
SE R VIC E
RE Q UIRE D CHECK
ABS warning light Brake warning light
Stoplight switch
G-sensor <AWD>,
hydraulic unit, ABS-ECU
Magnetic
AWD-ECU <AWD> encoder for
Wheel speed sensor wheel speed
Wheel speed sensor
Data link connector detection
Magnetic encoder for wheel speed detection ZC6006610001
The ABS*1has been installed as standard equipment braking stability through the integrated control of
to prevent the wheels from locking and optimize the brake and engine output <standard: LS, optional:
longitudinal brake force distribution depending on the XLS>.
road surface and loading conditions. In addition, the
ASC*2has also been installed to suppress side slip *1: Electronic Brake-force Distribution
and wheel spin during steep steering or on a slippery
*2: Active Stability Control
road surface, ensuring the ideal brake force and

PASSIVE SAFETY
M20000000320USA0000010000
SRS AIR BAGS
Driver's air bag

module
Passenger's (front)
Seat belt with air bag module
pre-tensioner
Side-airbag module
Curtain air bag module
ZC6008500000
Dual Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) front air

bags deploy only upon detection of frontal impact. air bags integrated into the roof side area soften blows
When used in combination with the 3-point ELR seat to the front/rear passenger's head area.
belts, they significantly reduce head and upper torso
injury to front-seat occupants. FRONT SEAT BELT
The seat belts with pre-tensioner work simultaneously A seat belt with double pre-tensioner for shoulder and
with the SRS. The pre-tensioner takes up seat slack lap has been installed on the driver's seat. A seat belt
immediately when a collision takes place by with pre-tensioner is on the front passenger's seat.
restraining the front passengers sooner than the SRS. This retracts the belt to eliminate slack, and increases
This prevents the passengers from moving forward. the initial restraint for passengers to limit movement
of the passenger, increasing safety. In addition, the
SIDE-AIRBAGS AND CURTAIN AIR BAGS
variable force limiter has been installed on the seat
During a side collision, the SRS side-airbags
belts (driver's/front passenger's seats) to properly
embedded in the front seat side area soften blows to
absorb the load on a passenger by extending the belt
the front passenger's chest area, and the SRS curtain
if the belt tension exceeds a certain level, increasing
safety against an accident with a collision.

BODY CONSTRUCTION
ZC6012910000
The body structure combines a high-energy

SAFETY-ENHANCED FRONT SEATS
absorbing structure (front and rear) and high rigidity The front seats are designed to minimize the risk of
cabin structure to reduce the level of injury to whiplash in a collision from the rear.
passengers upon front, rear and side impact, as well The head restraints have been ideally angled forward,
as secure cabin space and to improve passenger while the seat frame was moved toward the rear.
rescue upon impact.
Employment of a top/bottom one-piece door outer OTHER SAFETY FEATURES
panel and door inner panel pressed door structure 3-point ELR seat belts
improves door panel rigidity. Front fog lamps
Child-protection rear door locks
Brake pedal recede-control device
ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION
M20000000270USA0000010000
RECYCLING
Recyclable thermoplastic resin and recycled
materials have been actively used, and multilayer
materials have been integrated into thermoplastic
resin.
Classification Main contents
Components made Chip materials produced during manufacturing process have been reused for the
of recycled following components: Bumper, instrument panel, door trims, and radiator grille.
materials Waste materials produced by other industries have been reused for the following
components: Sound absorbing materials for dash panel or roof, and oil level gauge.
Components made Thermoplastic resin has been used for the purge hose in the engine control system.
of materials which Thermoplastic resin has been used for all the materials for the floor carpet.
can be easily
recycled Thermoplastic resin has been used for the bumper, instrument panel, door trims, and
radiator grille.

radiator, heater core, and rubber parts.
REDUCTION OF MATERIAL BURDEN ON
ENVIRONMENT
Lead-free materials have been used for the fuel tank,
Item Main contents
Elimination of Lead-free materials have been used for the components such as the fuel tank, radiator,
environmental heater core, battery cable terminal, wheel balance weight, power steering high-pressure
burden materials hose, glass ceramic print, electrostatic coating, crank bearing metal, connecting rod
bearing metal, crankshaft, connecting rod, harnesses, and intake valve seat.
PVC (polyvinyl chloride)-free materials have been used for the waterproofing film.
Ozone layer Air conditioning filled with new refrigerant (HFC 134a) has been installed.
protection
Prevention of air Organic solvent drainage amount for body painting has been reduced.
pollution
SERVICEABILITY AND RELIABILITY

M20000000280USA0000010000
Heater and air conditioning
MAINTENANCE-FREE FEATURES
The chain timing belt has been adopted to eliminate
a regular replacement.
ENHANCED DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM
Diagnosis functions have been included for the BETTER SERVICEABILITY AND
following systems, so that it is possible to use the HANDLING
M.U.T.-III to read the diagnosis codes and service The power steering oil pump has been installed at
data and to carry out actuator tests. In addition, it is the front of the vehicle for better workability.
also possible to read the diagnosis codes by the The engine control module has been installed in the
flashing of the warning light in some systems. engine room for better workability.
Multiport fuel injection system (MFI) The instrument panel components can be removed
Electronically-controlled AWD and installed individually and the frame part is
6-speed sport mode automatic transaxle smaller in size to allow it to be removed and installed
ABS (with EBD) without lowering the steering shaft.
Active Stability Control (ASC) The floor console panel can be removed and
Power windows installed individually without tools for parking brake
Keyless Operation System (KOS) lever adjustment.
SRS air bag The joint connector has been relocated for better
Immobilizer CAN-related workability.
Combination meter The service hole for the rear shock absorber
Headlight auto leveling tightening check has been located on the quarter
6-disc CD changer, and AM/FM radio trim for better workability.
ETACS A partial slit has been added on the floor carpet for
easier access to the fuel pump module.

VEHICLE IDENTIFICATION
M20000000010USA0000010000
VEHICLE IDENTIFICATION NUMBER LOCATION

The vehicle identification number (VIN) is located on a plate
attached to the left top side of the instrument panel.
ZC6012650000
VEHICLE IDENTIFICATION CODE CHART PLATE

All vehicle identification numbers contain 17 digits. The vehicle
number is a code which tells country, make, vehicle type, etc.
J A 4MS 3 1 X 1 7 U 0 0 0 0 0 1
12
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11
ZC6009480000
No. Item Content

1 Country J: Japan
2 Make A: Mitsubishi
3 Vehicle type 4: Multi-purpose vehicle
4 Others GROSS VEHICLE WEIGHT
RATING/BRAKE SYSTEM
M: 5001-6000 lbs/HYDRAULIC
5 Line S: OUTLANDER FWD
T: OUTLANDER AWD
6 Price class 3: Medium
4: High
7 Body 1: 5-door wagon
8 Engine X: 3.0L (6B31) MIVEC
9 Check digits* 0, 1, 2, 3, -----------9, X
10 Model year 7: 2007 year
11 Plant U: Mizushima
12 Serial number 000001 to 999999

VEHICLE IDENTIFICATION NUMBER LIST
VEHICLES FOR USA
(FOR FEDERAL EMISSION REGULATION)
VIN (except sequence number) Brand Engine Model code
displacement
JA4MS31X_7U MITSUBISHI 3.0L CW6WXLSYL2M
JA4MS41X_7U OUTLANDER CW6WXLHYL2M
CW6WXLXYL2M
JA4MT31X_7U CW6WXLSYZL2M
JA4MT41X_7U CW6WXLHYZL2M
CW6WXLXYZL2M
(FOR CALIFORNIA EMISSION REGULATION)
displacement
JA4MS41X_7U OUTLANDER CW6WXLHYL7M
CW6WXLXYL7M
JA4MT41X_7U CW6WXLHYZL7M
CW6WXLXYZL7M
VEHICLES FOR PUERTO RICO

displacement
OUTLANDER CW6WXLMYL2M
JA4MS41X_7U CW6WXLXYL2M
VEHICLES FOR CANADA

displacement
JA4MS41X_7U OUTLANDER CW6WXLXYL3M
JA4MT41X_7U CW6WXLXYZL3M

GENERAL DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS
M20000000300USA0000010000
<Except vehicles for CANADA>
9
5 7 4 8 6
2 1
ZC5019470000
Item CW6W
XLSYL2M/7M XLHYL2M/7M XLSYZL2M/7M XLHYZL2M/7M
Vehicle Overall length 1 4,640 (182.7) 4,640 (182.7) 4,640 (182.7) 4,640 (182.7)
dimension mm Overall width 2 1,800 (70.9) 1,800 (70.9) 1,800 (70.9) 1,800 (70.9)
(in)
Overall height 3 1,680 (66.1) 1,720 (67.7) 1,680 (66.1) 1,720 (67.7)
(unladen) <Vehicles <Vehicles with <Vehicles <Vehicles with
without roof roof rail> without roof roof rail>
rail> rail>
1,720 (67.7) 1,720 (67.7)
<Vehicles with <Vehicles with
roof rail> roof rail>
Wheelbase 4 2,670 (105.1) 2,670 (105.1) 2,670 (105.1) 2,670 (105.1)
Tread-front 5 1,540 (60.6) 1,540 (60.6) 1,540 (60.6) 1,540 (60.6)
Tread-rear 6 1,540 (60.6) 1,540 (60.6) 1,540 (60.6) 1,540 (60.6)
Overhang-front 7 965 (38.0) 965 (38.0) 965 (38.0) 965 (38.0)
Overhang-rear 8 1,005 (39.6) 1,005 (39.6) 1,005 (39.6) 1,005 (39.6)
Ground clearance 9 215 (8.5) 215 (8.5) 215 (8.5) 215 (8.5)
Vehicle weight Curb weight 1,615 (3,560) 1,635 (3,604) 1,680 (3,703) 1,700 (3,747)
kg (lb) Gross vehicle weight 2,300 (5,071) 2,350 (5,181) 2,350 (5,181)
rating
Gross axle weight 1,090 (2,403)
rating-front
rating-rear
Seating capacity 5
Engine Model No. 6B31
Piston displacement 3.0 L
Transaxle Model No. F6AJA W6AJA
Type 6-speed automatic
Fuel system Fuel supply system Multiport fuel injection

Item CW6W
XLMYL2M XLXYL2M/7M XLXYZL2M/7M
Vehicle Overall length 1 4,640 (182.7) 4,640 (182.7) 4,640 (182.7)
dimension mm Overall width 2 1,800 (70.9) 1,800 (70.9) 1,800 (70.9)
(in)
Overall height 3 1,680 (66.1) 1,720 (67.7) 1,680 (66.1)
(unladen) <Vehicles without <Vehicles with roof <Vehicles without
roof rail> rail> roof rail>
1,720 (67.7) 1,720 (67.7)
<Vehicles with roof <Vehicles with roof
rail> rail>
Wheelbase 4 2,670 (105.1) 2,670 (105.1) 2,670 (105.1)
Tread-front 5 1,540 (60.6) 1,540 (60.6) 1,540 (60.6)
Tread-rear 6 1,540 (60.6) 1,540 (60.6) 1,540 (60.6)
Overhang-front 7 965 (38.0) 965 (38.0) 965 (38.0)
Overhang-rear 8 1,005 (39.6) 1,005 (39.6) 1,005 (39.6)
Ground clearance 9 215 (8.5) 215 (8.5) 215 (8.5)
Vehicle weight Curb weight 1,675 (3,692) 1,670 (3,681) 1,735 (3,825)
kg (lb) Gross vehicle weight 2,300 (5,071) 2,350 (5,181)
rating
rating-front
rating-rear
Seating capacity 7
Transaxle Model No. F6AJA W6AJA
<Vehicles for CANADA>
9
5 7 4 8 6
2 1
ZC5019470000

Item CW6W
XLSYL3M XLSYZL3M XLXYL3M XLXYZL3M
Vehicle Overall length 1 4,640 (182.7) 4,640 (182.7) 4,640 (182.7) 4,640 (182.7)
dimension mm Overall width 2 1,800 (70.9) 1,800 (70.9) 1,800 (70.9) 1,800 (70.9)
(in)
Overall height 3 1,680 (66.1) 1,720 (67.7) 1,680 (66.1) 1,720 (67.7)
(unladen) <Vehicles <Vehicles with <Vehicles <Vehicles with
without roof roof rail> without roof roof rail>
rail> rail>
1,720 (67.7) 1,720 (67.7)
<Vehicles with <Vehicles with
roof rail> roof rail>
Wheelbase 4 2,670 (105.1) 2,670 (105.1) 2,670 (105.1) 2,670 (105.1)
Tread-front 5 1,540 (60.6) 1,540 (60.6) 1,540 (60.6) 1,540 (60.6)
Tread-rear 6 1,540 (60.6) 1,540 (60.6) 1,540 (60.6) 1,540 (60.6)
Overhang-front 7 965 (38.0) 965 (38.0) 965 (38.0) 965 (38.0)
Overhang-rear 8 1,005 (39.6) 1,005 (39.6) 1,005 (39.6) 1,005 (39.6)
Ground clearance 9 215 (8.5) 215 (8.5) 215 (8.5) 215 (8.5)
Vehicle weight Curb weight 1,615 (3,560) 1,680 (3,703) 1,670 (3,681) 1,735 (3,825)
kg (lb) Gross vehicle weight 2,300 (5,071) 2,350 (5,181) 2,300 (5,071) 2,350 (5,181)
rating
rating-front
rating-rear
Seating capacity 5 7
Transaxle Model No. F6AJA W6AJA F6AJA W6AJA

GENERAL DESCRIPTION
M21102000001USA0000010000
This vehicle is equipped with the newly developed The 3.0L engine employs the Mitsubishi Innovative
6B31 engine, a 3.0L V6 Single Over Head Camshaft Valve timing and lift Electronic Control system
(SOHC) 24-valve engine. (MIVEC).
An aluminum alloy cylinder block is used to be
lightweight and compact.
The cylinders are offset from the center of the
crankshaft.
MAJOR SPECIFICATIONS
ITEMS SPECIFICATIONS
Total displacement cm3(cu in) 2,998 (182.9)
Bore × Stroke mm (in) 87.6 (3.45) × 82.9 (3.26)
Compression ratio 9.5
Combustion chamber Pentroof type
Camshaft arrangement SOHC
Valve timing Intake Open -1° BTDC Low speed cam
18° BTDC High speed cam
Intake Close 37° ABDC Low speed cam
86° ABDC High speed cam
Exhaust Open 55° BBDC
Exhaust Close 17° ATDC
Maximum output kW/r/min (HP/r/min) 164/6,250(220/6,250)
Maximum torque N·m/r/min (lbs-ft/r/min) 276/4,000(204/4,000)
Lash adjuster Exhaust side only
Fuel system Electronic-controlled multiport fuel injection
Ignition system Electronic-controlled 6-coil

BASE ENGINE
M21102000010USA0000010000
CYLINDER HEAD
Plug guide
Exhaust side Intake side
Valve guide
Valve seat
ZK602589 AA00
A cylinder head made of an aluminum alloy, which is Cross-flow type intake and exhaust ports have been
lightweight and offers a high level of cooling efficiency, adopted. Two intake ports and two exhaust ports are
has been adopted. A pent roof combustion chamber provided independently on the right and left sides.
with a center spark plug has been adopted. It has a Four camshaft bearings are provided at the intake and
small valve compound angle to create a compact exhaust sides, respectively. The No. 4 bearing
chamber. sustains the thrust load of the camshaft.
VALVE SEAT
The valve stem seals use springs with good seal performance
to prevent oil draining down.
The oversize valve guides are available as spare parts: 0.3.
VALVE GUIDE
A sintered alloy material is used for the valve guides.
The three kinds of the oversize valve guides are available as
spare parts: 0.05, 0.25 and 0.50.

CYLINDER HEAD GASKET
Oil hole
Oil hole
Water hole
Water hole Water hole
ZK602583AA00
A 2-layer metal gasket with good sealability and heat

resistance is used for the cylinder head gasket.
ROCKER COVER
A lightweight resin material is used for the cylinder gasket cover.
Timing belt side
Blow by nipple
Blow by nipple
P.C.V. valve
ZK602584AA00

CYLINDER BLOCK
Cylinder block
Bearing cap
Right plate
Left plate
Beam
ZK602585AA00
An aluminum alloy material is used for the cylinder Items Specifications

block to be lightweight.
Bore mm (in.) 87.6(3.45)
The crankshaft journal has 4 bearings. The No.3
bearing carries the thrust load of the crankshaft. Bore pitch mm (in.) 98(3.86)
A full Siamese type water jacket is used. Stroke mm (in.) 82.9(3.26)

Offset crankshaft The cylinders are offset from the center of the crankshaft.
layout
Crank journal
center ZK603515AA00
PISTON
Special aluminum alloy is adopted to improve heat efficiency and
achieve lower weight.
That contributes to higher engine performance and better fuel
economy. Piston pinhole center is offset by 0.5 mm from piston
center towards the thrust side.
Out side surface of piston skirt has striation-like finishing better
oil holding ability (and superior durability against scuffing.)
Items Specifications
Front mark Basic diameter mm (in.) 87.6(3.45)
Piston off set 0.5 mm Pin hole diameter mm (in.) 22(0.87)
Overall height mm (in.) 47.78(1.88)
ZK602586AA00
PISTON PIN
Semi-floating piston pin is adopted. Piston pin is into the small
end of connecting rod so that it floats in piston.
Outer diameter (D) mm (in.) 22(0.87)
d2 d1 D
Inner diameter (d1) mm (in.) 13.5(0.53)
h Inner diameter (d2) mm (in.) 12.5(0.49)
Overall length (h) mm (in.) 58(2.28)
ZK602587AA00

PISTON RING
Piston ring No.1 Piston ring No.2
Piston ring No.1
Piston ring No.2

Maker mark
Oil ring
Oil ring
Specer Side rail
ZK602588 AA00
Piston ring consists of ring No.1, No. 2, and oil ring.

Items Piston ring No.1 Piston ring No.2 Oil ring
Shape Barrel Taper 3-piece, Barrel
Surface treatment (cylinder Chrome nitride (PVD) Parkerizing + resin Hard plated Parkerizing
contact surface) coating
Supplier mark 1T 2T None

CONNECTING ROD
High strength carbon steel (forging) material is adopted.
Rod has "H" shaped cross section.
Big-end is lubricated through crankshaft oil passage between
main journal and pin.
Small end hole diameter (d) 22(0.87)
mm (in.)
d D Big end hole diameter (D) 56(2.20)
mm (in.)
Center-to-center distance (L) 145(5.71)
mm (in.)
ZK602591AA00
CONNECTING BEARING
Upper and lower bearings are same parts.
This part consists of overlay (surface), copper alloy plate
(middle) and steel plate (back side).
To reduce friction loss, width of connecting rod bearing is
Identification designed as short as possible composed with crankshaft journal.
color
Width (H) mm (in.) 14.4(0.57)
H
A Thickness (A) mm (in.) 1.5(0.06)
ZK602592 AA00

CRANKSHAFT
Crankshaft journal
Balance weight identification mark
Oil hole
Crankshaft pin
identification mark
Balance weight Oil hole

Balance weight
ZK602593 AA00
Forging steel is adopted. Timing belt sprocket and crankshaft pulley are
This crankshaft has 4-main bearings and 5-balancing assembled at front end.
weights. Items Specifications
Crankshaft pins are located in every 60 degrees.
Pin outer diameter mm (in.) 53(2.09)
Lubrication oil is lead from main journal to pin.
Journal outer diameter mm (in.) 69(2.72)
CRANKSHAFT BEARING AND THRUST BEARING
Engine front
Upper bearing
Oil groove
Thrust bearing
Oil hole
Identification color
Groove Lower bearing
Crankshaft bore
identification mark
Identification color
Cylinder bore
identification mark
ZK602594
Main bearing consists of aluminum alloy (surface) and Items Specifications

steel plate (backside). mm (in.)
Thrust bearing, which controls axial movement of
crankshaft, is assembled at No.3 journal. Thickness 2.0(0.08)
mm (in.)
Crankshaft thrust Thickness 2.0(0.08)
Crankshaft bearing Width 18.5(0.73)
bearing mm (in.)

CRANKSHAFT PULLEY
The outer ring has 6-rib for power steering pump and 4-rib for
Timing mark alternator and air-compressor drive belt.
Timing mark notch is applied at the flange of 4-rib side.
Damper
ZK602595AA00
DRIVE PLATE
The drive plate is made of sheet metal.
The drive plate is mounted with 8 bolts.
ZK602596 AA00

TIMING BELT
Timing mark Timing mark

Idler pulley
Camshaft sprocket
Camshaft sprocket
Water pump
Timing mark idler pulley
Tensioner pulley
Timing mark
Auto tensioner
Crankhaft sprocket
ZK602597AA00
By using the highly strengthen timing belt, the belt is By abolishing a traditional eccentric pulley, the
narrow and long-lasting. This allows the friction to be tensioner is designed to be lightweight.
decreased, and the engine weight to be lightweight. By applying the projection of the timing belt cover, the
timing belt is prevented from coming off the tooth.
VALVE
Intake Exhaust
D d D d
L L
ZK602600

The valve is made of heat resistant steel and has Items Intake valve Exhaust
nitride processing on its entire surface. valve
Items Intake valve Exhaust Stem diameter (d) mm 6.0(0.24) 6.0(0.24)
valve (in.)
Head diameter (D) 35.0(1.38) 29.5(1.16) Overall length (L) 111.84(4.40) 114.04(4.49)
mm (in.) mm (in.)
VALVE STEM SEAL

Oil is prevented from seeping down by using a good sealing
spring on the valve stem seal.
VALVE SPRINGS
To prevent surging during high speed, variable pitch springs are
used.
Items Intake Exhaust
valve valve
Free height (h) mm (in.) 59.15(2.33) 57.7(2.27)
Total number of windings 10.61 9.39
h
ZK602590 AA00
CAMSHAFT
The camshaft has the two kinds of the cams, for high speed and
low speed, at the intake side.
AB C BA AB C BA AB C BA Items Cam height mm (in)
A: Intake low speed cam 37.28(1.468)
B: Intake low speed cam 36.23(1.426)
AB C BA AB C BA AB C BA C: Exhaust cam 37.84(1.490)
ZK602602AA00

MITSUBISHI INNOVATIVE VALVE TIMING AND LIFTING ELECTRONIC CONTROL
SYSTEM (MIVEC)
Piston arm assy T lever assy

Rocker arm shaft Rocker arm assy
Rocker arm assy Rocker arm shaft
Camshaft
Intake valve
Exhaust valve
ZK602599AA00
Switch-over oil pressure

Lubricating oil (lubricating oil)
Low lift cam Intake rocker arm for
low lift cam
Wing
Exhaust side
Plug Intake side
T-lever
Exhaust rocker arm Switch-over
Middle lift cam piston Intake rocker arm for
middle lift cam
High lift cam ZK602601 AA00
MIVEC has an additional switching system on the two arms, in addition to the low & middle lift cams and two
intake valves in the conventional SOHC 4 valve rocker arms that drive the two intake valves
engine. This switching system has two cams for the respectively.
low mode having a difference between the valve-lifts In the range of the low engine speed, the low and the
and for the high mode keeping both valve lifts high. middle lift cams drive each valve respectively because
In the range of the low engine speed, the flow within the wing of the T-lever moves freely. At high engine
the valves is enhanced by the difference between the speeds, the oil pressure moves the switch-over piston
valve-lifts. Also, the stabilization of the combustion is within the rocker arm. The T-lever reaches the rocker
designed for low fuel economy, low exhaust gas and arm and pushes it, and then the high lift cam lifts both
high torque. At high engine speeds, the high output valves.
due to the increment in the intake air amount is
reached by increasing the open valve period and the
lift.
A T-lever moves following the high lift cams and is
arranged between the high lift cam and two rocker

The cam switching is carried out when the torque The oil passage is divided into two, one for the intake
produced in the low speed mode and the one rocker shaft and the other for the exhaust rocker shaft,
produced in the high-speed mode crosses each other just in front of the oil control valve (OCV). Oil is always
at an engine speed. An accumulator ensures oil supplied to the exhaust rocker shaft.
pressure at the instant of switching and prevents Oil supply to the intake rocker shaft is controlled by
switching mistakes. ON/OFF of the oil control valve (OCV) and carries out
the switching for the low, middle and high lift cams.
T-lever
Rocker arm piston
Power train control

module(PCM)
Oil control
valve <OFF>
Oil control
valve filter
ZK602603AA00
When the OCV is in the OFF position, the switch-over specified pressure, and so the wing of the T-lever
piston does not operate because the switch-over oil does not reach the switch-over piston. Accordingly,
pressure within the intake rocker shaft is below the the intake valve is driven by the rocker arm for low and
middle lift cam.

T-lever
Rocker arm piston
Power train control

module(PCM)
Oil control
valve <ON>
Oil control
valve filter
ZK602611AA00
When the OCV is in the ON position, the switch-over is above the specified pressure, and so the wing of the
piston is pushed by the oil pressure because the T-lever reaches the switch-over piston. Accordingly,
switch-over oil pressure within the intake rocker shaft the intake valve is driven by the T-lever.

OIL FEEDER CONTROL VALVE
Cover
Plunger Spool
Oil supply
Oil drain
O-ring Oil drain
Out put
Oil drain
Housing
Coil O-ring
Terminal
ZK602612AA00
The oil feeder control valve uses electromagnetic

valve mechanism to change oil pressure to rocker arm
and rocker shaft that drive MIVEC.
The oil feeder control valve uses electromagnetic
valve mechanism to change oil pressure to rocker arm
and rocker shaft that drive MIVEC.

54-1
GROUP 54
CHASSIS
ELECTRICAL
CONTENTS
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54A
AUDIO AND NAVIGATION SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54B
LOCAL INTERCONNECT NETWORK (LIN) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54C
CONTROLLER AREA NETWORK (CAN) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54D

GENERAL INFORMATION
M21200000001USA0000010000
The lubrication system is a full-flow, filter pumping cylinder block to the individual crankshaft journals and
system. the cylinder head.
The engine oil that accumulates in the oil pan is drawn After the oil is pumped to the individual crankshaft
and discharged by the oil pump. After its pressure is journals, it passes through a passage in the
regulated by the relief valve, the oil passes through crankshaft and is fed to the pins. After the oil is
the oil filter. Then, it flows from the oil passage in the pumped to the cylinder head, it flows to the camshaft
journals and the oil feeder control valves.

OIL PASSAGE
M21200000083USA0000010000
Camshaft left
Oil pressure switch
Camshaft
right
Oil control valve filter A
Oil pressure switch
Oil feeder
control valve
Oil pump
Crankshaft Oil filter
Oil screen
AK602604 AA00
OIL PUMP
M21200000020USA0000010000
The oil pump is a trochoid type, directly driven by the resultant change in spatial volumes between the
crankshaft. rotors generates pumping action.
On cycloid oil pump, as the inner rotor is rotated by Specifically, oil is sucked into the expanding space
the crankshaft, the outer rotor also rotates. The and is pushed out from the shrinking space.

Item Specifications Item Specifications
Discharge pressure 340 Discharge amount 63
kPa (6,000 r/min.) L/min (6,000 r/min.)
OIL FILTER
M21200000050USA0000010000
The oil filter is mounted onto the cylinder block.
Item Specification
Element
Filtering method Full-flow filtering, Paper
element
Filtration area m2 0.11
Rated flow L/min. 30
Oil filter
ZK602605AA00
OIL PAN
M21200000060USA0000010000
The oil pan consists of the upper and the lower oil pans. The
upper oil pan is made of aluminum and the lower one is made
Screw hole
of high damping steel.
The screw holes for removing and installing the upper oil pan are
designed to make its removal and installation easy.
Oil pan upper
Drain plug
Gasket
Oil pan lower

ZK602606AA00

GENERAL INFORMATION
M21302000001USA0000010000
The following changes have been made to the
controls of the 3.8L engine provided on the
OUTLANDER.
Improvement / Additions Remark
Addition of variable induction system* Improvement of torque at low or middle engine
speed and improvement of output at high engine
speeds
MIVEC, in which right bank and left bank cams are System simplified
switched using single engine oil control valve, is
used.

Sensor, switch Engine control module (ECM) Actuator
Mass airflow sensor Barometric pressure sensor No. 1 injector
Intake air temperature sensor No. 2 injector
Manifold absolute pressure No. 3 injector
sensor Engine control unit
Engine coolant temperature No. 4 injector
sensor
No. 5 injector
Throttle position sensor (main) [1] Fuel injection control
No. 6 injector
Throttle position sensor (sub)
[2] Ignition timing control No. 1 ignition coil
Accelerator pedal position
sensor (main) No. 2 ignition coil
Accelerator pedal position [3] Throttle valve opening angle No. 3 ignition coil
sensor (sub) control and idle speed control
No. 4 ignition coil
Camshaft position sensor
Crankshaft position sensor [4] MIVEC (Mitsubishi Innovative No. 5 ignition coil
Valve timing Electronic Control
Right bank heated oxygen system) No. 6 ignition coil
sensor (front)
Throttle actuator control
Right bank heated oxygen [5] Intake manifold tuning control motor
sensor (rear)
Right bank heated oxygen
Left bank heated oxygen sensor (front) heater
sensor (front) [6] Power supply control
(Power supply to sensor, Right bank heated oxygen
Left bank heated oxygen actuator) sensor (rear) heater
sensor (rear)
Reft bank heated oxygen
Center exhaust pipe heated sensor (front) heater
oxygen sensor* [7] Fuel pump relay control
Reft bank heated oxygen
Right bank Knock sensor sensor (rear) heater
[8] Starter relay control
Left bank Knock sensor Center exhaust pipe heated
Generator FR terminal oxygen sensor heater*
[9] Heated oxygen sensor heater
Generator L terminal control Engine oil control valve
Engine oil pressure switch Multiport fuel injection (MFI)

(for MIVEC) relay
[10] A/C compressor relay
Engine oil pressure switch control Throttle actuator control
(for warning lamp) motor relay
Power steering pressure [11] Generator control A/C compressor relay
sensor
Fuel pump relay
Fuel tank differential pressure
sensor [12] Evaporative emission purge
control Starter relay
Fuel tank temperature sensor
Generator G terminal
Ignition switch-IG
[13] EGR control Intake manifold tuning solenoid
Ignition switch-ST
Evaporative emission purge
Power supply [14] Diagnosis output solenoid
CAN communication Evaporative emission ventilation
(input signal) [15] RAM data transmission solenoid
A/C switch
Vehicle speed EGR valve (stepper motor)
Fuel level sensor CAN communication
Inhibitor switch (output signal)
NOTE
*1: California
ZK602507AA00

Control System Diagram

Sense Decide Act
1 Mass airflow sensor ECM 1 Engine oil control valve
2 Intake air temperature sensor (with barometric 2 Intake manifold tuning solenoid
3 Throttle position sensor (main/sub) pressure sensor) 3 Throttle actuator control motor
4 Manifold absolute pressure sensor 4 EGR valve (stepper motor)
5 Engine coolant temperature sensor 5 Injector
6 Engine oil pressure switch (for MIVEC) 6 Evaporative emission purge solenoid
7 Camshaft position sensor 7 Evaporative emission ventilation
8 Crankshaft position sensor solenoid
9 Right bank knock sensor
10 Left bank knock sensor Ignition coil, ignition power transistor
11 Right bank heated oxygen sensor (front) Multiport fuel injection (MFI) relay
12 Right bank heated oxygen sensor (rear) Fuel pump relay
13 Left bank heated oxygen sensor (front) Starter relay
14 Left bank heated oxygen sensor (rear) Throttle actuator control motor relay
15 Fuel tank differential pressure sensor Generator G terminal
16 Fuel tank temperature sensor Heated oxygen sensor heater
A/C compressor relay
Accelerator pedal position sensor (main/sub) Diagnostic output
Power steering pressure sensor CAN communication (out put signal)
Generator FR terminal
Generator L terminal
Ignition switch-IG
Ignition switch-ST
Power supply
CAN communication (input signal)
3 Throttle actuator 2 Intake air
4 Manifold temperature
Vacuum tank absolute control motor sensor
pressure
sensor 6 Evaporative
2 Intake emission 1 Mass airflow
3 Throttle
manifold purge sensor
position
tuning solenoid
solenoid sensor
(main/sub)
Vacuum actuator
4 EGR valve
(stepper motor) Air inlet
1 Engine oil
control valve
5 Injector
6 Engine oil pressure
switch (for MIVEC)
5 Engine 7 Camshaft Fuel level
coolant position sensor
sensor Fuel
temperature pressure Fuel tank
sensor regurator
13 Left bank 7 Evaporative
heated emission Fuel pump
oxygen ventilation 16 Fuel tank
11Right bank solenoid Evaporative
sensor (front) emission temperature
heated sensor
oxygen canister
sensor (front)
Evaporative 15 Fuel tank
emission differentical
8 Crankshaft 14 Left bank ventilation pressure
12 Right bank position heated valve sensor
sensor
heated oxygen oxygen
sensor (rear) sensor (rear)
10 Left bank knock sensor

ZK602755 AA00

Sense Decide Act
1 Mass airflow sensor ECM 1 Engine oil control valve
2 Intake air temperature sensor (with barometric 2 Intake manifold tuning solenoid
3 Throttle position sensor (main/sub) pressure sensor) 3 Throttle actuator control motor
4 Manifold absolute pressure sensor 4 EGR valve (stepper motor)
5 Engine coolant temperature sensor 5 Injector
6 Engine oil pressure switch (for MIVEC)
7 Camshaft position sensor 6 Evaporative emission purge solenoid
8 Crankshaft position sensor 7 Evaporative emission ventilation
9 Right bank knock sensor solenoid
11 Right bank heated oxygen sensor (front) Ignition coil, ignition power transistor
12 Right bank heated oxygen sensor (rear) Multiport fuel injection (MFI) relay
13 Left bank heated oxygen sensor (front) Fuel pump relay
14 Left bank heated oxygen sensor (rear) Starter relay
15 Center exhaust pipe heated oxygen sensor Throttle actuator control motor relay
16 Fuel tank differential pressure sensor Generator G terminal
17 Fuel tank temperature sensor
Heated oxygen sensor heater
Accelerator pedal position sensor (main/sub) A/C compressor relay
Power steering pressure sensor Diagnostic output
Generator FR terminal CAN communication (out put signal)
Generator L terminal
Ignition switch-IG
Ignition switch-ST
Power supply
CAN communication (input signal)
4 Manifold 3 Throttle actuator

2 Intake air
absolute control motor
temperature
Vacuum tank pressure sensor
sensor
6 Evaporative
2 Intake 3 Throttle emission 1 Mass airflow
manifold position purge sensor
tuning sensor solenoid
solenoid
(main/sub)
Vacuum actuator
4 EGR valve
(stepper motor) Air inlet
1 Engine oil
control valve
5 Injector
6 Engine oil pressure
switch (for MIVEC)
5 Engine 7 Camshaft Fuel level
coolant position Fuel sensor
temperature sensor pressure Fuel tank
sensor regurator
13 Left bank 7 Evaporative
heated emission Fuel pump
oxygen ventilation 17 Fuel tank
11Right bank solenoid Evaporative
sensor (front) emission temperature
heated sensor
canister
oxygen Evaporative
sensor (front) emission
ventilation 16 Fuel tank
valve differential
8 Crankshaft 14 Left bank pressure
12 Right bank position heated sensor
sensor 15 Center exhaust pipe
heated oxygen oxygen heated oxygen sensor
sensor (rear) sensor (rear)

ZK602756 AA00

CONTROL UNIT
M21302000215USA0000010000
ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ECM)
ECM
Microprocessor
Input Input Output Output

sensor interface interface actuator
RAM ROM
ZK600230AA02
ECM is installed on the lower side of the engine room. interface. ECM uses flash-memory ROM that allows
ECM judges (calculates) the optimum control to deal re-writing of data so that change and correction of
with the constant minute changes in driving conditions control data is possible using special tools. It also
based on information input from the sensors and uses Electrically Erasable Programmable Read Only
drives the actuator. ECM is composed of 32-bit Memory (EEPROM) so that studied compensation
microprocessor and Random Access Memory (RAM), data is not deleted even if battery terminals are
Read Only Memory (ROM) and Input /Output disconnected.
ECM CONNECTOR INPUT/OUTPUT PIN ARRANGEMENT
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
95
96
97
98
99
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
116
117
118
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
ZK602508AA00
1 Engine oil control valve 2 No.1 injector

3 No.2 injector 4 Ignition coil No.1 (ignition power
transistor)
5 Ignition coil No.2 (ignition power 6 Starter active signal
transistor)
7 Engine oil pressure switch (for MIVEC) 8 Crankshaft position sensor

9 Sensor supplied voltage 10 Throttle position sensor (main)
11 Throttle position sensor (sub) 12 Power supply voltage applied to throttle
position sensor
13 Throttle position sensor ground 14 Camshaft position sensor
15 Throttle actuator control motor (+) 16 Throttle actuator control motor (-)
18 No.3 injector 19 No.4 injector
20 Ignition coil No.3 (ignition power 21 Ignition coil No.4 (ignition power
transistor) transistor)
24 Crankshaft position sensor ground 25 Left bank knock sensor
26 Engine coolant temperature sensor 27 Engine coolant temperature sensor
ground
28 Right bank knock sensor 29 Right bank knock sensor ground
30 Camshaft position sensor ground 31 EGR valve (stepper motor coil <A>)
32 EGR valve (stepper motor coil <B>) 33 Right bank heated oxygen sensor (front)
heater
34 Left bank heated oxygen sensor (front) 35 Left bank heated oxygen sensor (rear)
heater heater
36 Engine oil pressure switch (for warning 37 Evaporative emission purge solenoid
lamp)
38 Left bank heated oxygen sensor (front) 39 Left bank heated oxygen sensor (front)
offset voltage
40 Left bank heated oxygen sensor (rear) 41 Left bank heated oxygen sensor (rear)
offset voltage
42 Left bank knock sensor ground 43 Power supply voltage applied to power
steering pressure sensor
44 Power supply voltage applied to 45 Manifold absolute pressure sensor
manifold absolute pressure sensor
46 Manifold absolute pressure sensor 47 EGR valve (stepper motor coil <C>)
ground
48 EGR valve (stepper motor coil <D>) 49 Right bank heated oxygen sensor (rear)
heater
50 No.5 injector 51 No.6 injector
52 Ignition coil No.5 (ignition power 53 Ignition coil No.6 (ignition power
transistor) transistor)
54 Right bank heated oxygen sensor (front) 55 Right bank heated oxygen sensor (front)
offset voltage
56 Right bank heated oxygen sensor (rear) 57 Right bank heated oxygen sensor (rear)
offset voltage
58 Power steering pressure sensor 59 Power steering pressure sensor ground
60 Generator G terminal 61 Generator FR terminal
62 Generator L terminal 64 Intake manifold tuning solenoid
71 Throttle actuator control motor ground 72 Throttle actuator control motor power
supply

73 MFI relay (power supply) 74 Accelerator pedal position sensor
(main)
75 Power supply voltage applied to 76 Accelerator pedal position sensor
accelerator pedal position sensor (main) (main) ground
77 Accelerator pedal position sensor (sub) 78 Power supply voltage applied to
accelerator pedal position sensor (sub)
79 Accelerator pedal position sensor (sub) 81 ECM ground
ground
82 Power supply 83 Throttle actuator control motor ground
84 Throttle actuator control motor relay 87 Mass airflow sensor
88 Mass airflow sensor ground 89 Intake air temperature sensor
90 CAN interface (high) 91 CAN interface (low)
92 Ignition switch-IG 93 ECM ground
96 Fuel pump relay 101* Center exhaust pipe heated oxygen
sensor
102 A/C compressor relay 103 Flash EP-ROM power supply
104 Backup power supply 105 Ignition switch-ST
106 Starter relay 112 Fuel tank differential pressure sensor
113 Fuel tank differential pressure sensor 114 Power supply voltage applied to fuel
ground tank differential pressure sensor
115 Fuel tank temperature sensor 116* Center exhaust pipe heated oxygen
sensor earth offset voltage
117 Evaporative emission ventilation 118* Center exhaust pipe heated oxygen
solenoid sensor heater
SENSOR
M21302000010USA0000010000
MASS AIRFLOW SENSOR

Silicon substrate Mass airflow sensor is installed in the air intake hose. Mass
airflow sensor is composed of an extremely small heatsensing
resistor. The mass airflow sensor controls the amount of electric
Heat sensing
current flowing into the heat sensing resistor to keep the heat
resistor sensing resistor at a constant temperature to the intake air
temperature. The faster the air flow speed, the higher the mass
Intake air flow rate.Because the amount of heat transfer from the heat
sensing resistor to the air increases, the mass airflow sensor
Sensing area
Diaphragm increases the amount of electric current to the heat sensing
ZK600234 AA01 resistor. Thus, the amount of electric current increases in
accordance with the air mass flow rate. The mass airflow sensor
measures the air mass flow rate by detecting the amount of
electric current. The mass airflow sensor amplifies the detected
electric current amount and outputs it into the ECM. ECM uses
this output current and engine speed to calculate and decide
basic fuel injection time. Sensor properties are as shown in the
figure.

From MFI relay
Output current mA
Mass flow g/s
Mass airflow sensor ECM

ZK603918 AA01
INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR

Intake air temperature sensor is built in to the mass airflow
sensor. Intake air temperature sensor detects intake air
temperature through thermistor's resistance change and outputs
the voltage according to intake air temperature to ECM. ECM
uses this output voltage to compensate fuel injection control and
Sensory part ignition timing control. Sensor properties are as shown in the
(thermistor) figure.
ZK600236AA01
ECM Output voltage V

Intake air temperature 5V
sensor (thermistor) Resistance k
Intake air Intake air

temperature C ( F) temperature C ( F)
ZK600237AA02

MANIFOLD ABSOLUTE PRESSURE SENSOR
The manifold absolute pressure sensor is installed in the intake
Manifold absolute
pressure sensor manifold plenum. Manifold absolute pressure sensor uses a
piezo resistive semiconductor to output the voltage according to
manifold absolute pressure to ECM. ECM uses this output
voltage to compensate fuel injection volume according to
manifold absolute pressure. Sensor properties are as shown in
the figure.
Pressure ZK600232 AA01
Output voltage V
ECM
Manifold absolute pressure sensor
Power supply 5V
5V
Output signal
Ground
0 101
Pressure kPa (in.Hg)
ZK600233 AA02
ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR

Thw engine coolant temperature sensor is installed in the
thermostat housing. Engine coolant temperature sensor uses
thermistor's resistance change to detect coolant temperature
and output the voltage according to coolant temperature to ECM.
ECM uses this output voltage to appropriately control fuel
injection volume, idle speed and ignition timing. Sensor
properties are as shown in the figure.
Sensory part
(thermistor)
ZK600238AA00

Engine coolant
temperature sensor 5V
(thermistor) Resistance k
Engine coolant Engine coolant

ZK600239AA01
THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR

The throttle position sensor is installed in the throttle body.
Throttle body
Throttle position sensor outputs voltage to ECM based on the
throttle shaft rotation angle. ECM uses this signal to detect the
throttle valve opening angle to perform throttle actuator control
motor feedback control. This throttle position sensor uses Hall
Throttle IC and is a non-contact type.
position
sensor
ZK603447 AA00
STRUCTURE AND SYSTEM

Throttle shaft Stator
Throttle position sensor is composed of a permanent magnet
Magnet
fixed on the throttle shaft, Hall IC that outputs voltage according
Hall IC to magnetic flux density and a stator that efficiently introduces
magnetic flux from the permanent magnet to Hall IC.
To ECM
Yoke Fixed to the motor cover

ZK602509AA00

Hall IC Magnetic flux density at Hall IC is proportional to the output
voltage.
Throttle position sensor has 2 output systems - throttle position
sensor (main) and throttle position sensor (sub), and the output
voltage is output to ECM. When throttle valve turns, output
voltage of throttle position sensor (main) and throttle position
Fully closed sensor (sub) changes. This allows ECM to detect actual throttle
opening angle. ECM uses this output voltage for throttle actuator
control motor feedback control. Also, ECM compares output
voltage of the throttle position sensor (main) and throttle position
sensor (sub) to check for abnormality in the throttle position
sensor. The relationship between throttle opening angle and
Half opened output voltage of the throttle position sensor (main) and throttle
Hall IC position sensor (sub) is as shown in the figure below.
Fully opened
Magnet flux
ZK602510 AA00
Throttle position sensor

Throttle position Throttle position
sensor (sub) sensor (main)
Hall IC Hall IC
Output voltage V
5
Throttle position
4.5 sensor (main)
2.5
Throttle position
sensor (sub)
0.5
5V 5V 0
Throttle valve opening angle
Fully Fully
ECM closed opened
ZK600243AA01

ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION SENSOR
Accelerator pedal position sensor is integrated with accelerator
pedal, and detects accelerator opening angle. ECM uses the
output voltage of this sensor to control appropriate throttle valve
Accelerator pedal opening angle and fuel injection volume. This accelerator pedal
position sensor position sensor uses Hall IC and is a non-contact type.
connector
Accelerator pedal arm
ZK500422AA00
STRUCTURE AND SYSTEM

Accelerator pedal position sensor is composed of a permanent
Magnet magnet fixed on the magnet carrier of the pedal shaft, Hall IC
Hall IC outputs voltage according to magnetic flux density and a stator
that efficiently introduces magnetic flux from the permanent
magnet to Hall IC.
Pedal shaft
ZK500423AA00

Magnetic flux density at Hall IC is proportional to the output
Magnetic flux density Hall IC voltage.
: Minimum
The accelerator pedal position sensor has 2 output systems -
accelerator pedal position sensor (main) and accelerator pedal
N S position sensor (sub), and the output voltage is output to ECM.
According to depression of the accelerator pedal, output voltage
of the accelerator pedal position sensor (main) and accelerator
pedal position sensor (sub) changes. This allows ECM to detect
S N the actual accelerator pedal depression amount. ECM uses
accelerator pedal position sensor (main) output voltage for
appropriate throttle valve opening angle control and fuel injection
Magnetic flux density
: Maximum volume control. Also, ECM compares output voltage of the
accelerator pedal position sensor (main) and accelerator pedal
position sensor (sub) to check for abnormality in sensor. The
N S
relationship between accelerator opening angle and output
voltage of the accelerator pedal position sensor (main) and
accelerator pedal position sensor (sub) is as shown in the figure
S N
below.
Magnetic flux Hall IC

ZK500424 AA00
Accelerator pedal position sensor
Accelerator pedal Accelerator pedal

position sensor (main) position sensor (sub)
Hall IC Hall IC
Output voltage V
Accelerator pedal
5 position sensor (main)
2
Accelerator pedal
1 position sensor (sub)
5V 5V
0
ECM Accelerator Fully
pedal stroke opened
ZK600247 AA01

HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR (except centor exhaust pipe
heated oxygen sensor <california>)
Heated oxygen sensors are installed in 2 positions (front, rear)
on both the right bank manifold catalytic converter and left bank
manifold catalytic converter. Heated oxygen sensor has a built-
in heater to help early activation of the sensor. This allows
feedback control of air-fuel ratio soon after engine start.
Sensing area
ZK604040 AA00
Electro motive This sensor uses the oxygen concentration cell principle of solid
force (V) Theoretical air fuel ratio electrolyte (zirconia) and displays the property of sudden change
0.8 in output voltage near theoretical air-fuel ratio. This property is
used to detect oxygen density in exhaust gas. Feedback to ECM
allows it to judge whether air-fuel ratio is rich or lean compared
Rich Lean to theoretical air-fuel ratio.
14 15 16
Air fuel ratio ZK600249AA00
Purge ratio
This allows ECM precise feedback control to get theoretical air-
100
fuel ratio with best cleaning efficiency of 3-way catalytic
converter.
HC
50
NOx
CO
0
Theoretical air fuel ratio
ZK600250 AA00

From MFI relay
Heated oxygen sensor
Heater
ECM
Zirconia element
0.5V
ZK604072AA00
CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR

Crankshaft sensing A crankshaft position sensor is installed to the right bank side on
blade (36 teeth including the cylinder block. The crankshaft position sensor monitors
4 missing teeth)
rotation of crankshaft sensing blade (36 teeth including 4
missing teeth) installed on the crankshaft and converts to
voltage (pulse signal) that is output to ECM. ECM uses
crankshaft position sensor's output pulse to detect crankshaft
position.
Crankshaft position
sensor
ZK602511AA00

The crankshaft position sensor uses a magnetic resistance
Crank shaft sensing vane element. When the vane of the crankshaft-sensing blade passes
the front surface of the magnetic resistance element, the flux
Magnet flux
from the magnet passes the magnetic resistance element. Thus,
resistance of the magnetic resistance element increases. When
the vane of the crankshaft-sensing blade does not pass the front
Vane
surface of the magnetic resistance element, the flux from the
magnet does not pass the magnetic resistance element and the
Magnetic resistance element resistance decreases. The crankshaft position sensor converts
this change in resistance of the magnetic resistance element to
Crank shaft sensing vane a 5 V pulse signal and outputs it to ECM.
Magnet flux
Vane
Magnetic resistance element

ZK600253AA00
ECM
Crankshaft position sensor
5V
5V
Output signal
ZK603920 AA01
CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR

Camshaft position sensor A camshaft position sensor is installed on the camshaft position
sensor support on left bank side. The camshaft position sensor
monitors rotation of the camshaft position-sensing cylinder (7
Camshaft position teeth) and converts to voltage (pulse signal) that is output to
sensing cylinder
ECM. ECM uses a combination of the camshaft position sensor
output pulse signal and crankshaft position sensor output pulse
signal to identify cylinders in the compression process.
Camshaft
ZK602512 AA00

The camshaft position sensor uses a magnetic resistance
Camshaft position sensing cylinder
element. When the vane of the camshaft position-sensing
Magnet flux cylinder passes the front surface of the magnetic resistance
element, the flux from the magnet passes the magnetic
resistance element. Thus, the resistance of the magnetic
resistance element increases. When the vane of the camshaft
Vane
position-sensing cylinder does not pass the front surface of the
magnetic resistance element, the flux from the magnet does not
Magnetic resistance element pass to magnetic resistance element and resistance decreases.
The camshaft position sensor converts this change in resistance
Camshaft position sensing cylinder of the magnetic resistance element to a 5 V pulse signal and
outputs the signal to ECM.
Magnet flux
Vane

ZK600256AA00
ECM
5V
5V
Output signal
ZK603921 AA01
KNOCK SENSOR
A knock sensor is installed on the cylinder block (both right bank
gide and left bank side). Knock sensor uses the piezo electric
element to convert the vibration of the cylinder block generated
when engine is in operation to minute voltage that is output to
ECM. ECM uses the minute output voltage from the knock
sensor filtered through the cylinder block's natural frequency to
detect knocking, and compensates the ignition timing lag
according to the strength of the knocking.
Piezoelectric element
ZK600258 AA00

ECM
5V
Knock sensor
Piezoelectric element
ZK600259AA01
BAROMETRIC PRESSURE SENSOR

A barometric pressure sensor is built into ECM. The barometric
Barometric pressure
sensor (built in ECM) pressure sensor is a semiconductor diffused pressure element
which outputs voltage to ECM according to atmospheric
pressure. ECM uses this output voltage to sense the altitude of
the vehicle and compensates fuel injection volume to achieve
the appropriate air-fuel ratio for that altitude.
ZK602514AA00
ENGINE OIL PRESSURE SWITCH (for MIVEC)

An engine oil pressure switch (for MIVEC) is installed on the
Engine oil pressure
switch (for MIVEC) Terminal engine oil control valve housing. The engine oil pressure switch
(for MIVEC) uses contact switch to detect High/Low of oil
pressure. When the engine oil control valve functions and oil
pressure in the oil path rises above a prescribed value the
contact point of the engine oil pressure switch (for MIVEC)
Oil pressure
opens. Thus, ECM detects that oil pressure is above the
prescribed value and checks that MIVEC is functioning.
ZK600263 AA00

ECM
ECM terminal voltage V Operating pressure
Oil pressure: high

OFF
12
Oil pressure:low
ON
0
Engine oil pressure switch Oil pressure kPa (in.Hg)

ON (for MIVEC)
OFF
ZK600264 AA01
ENGINE OIL PRESSURE SWITCH (for warning lamp)

The engine oil pressure switch (for warning lamp) is installed to
the cylinder block at the left side.
The engine oil pressure switch (for warning lamp) detects
whether the oil pressure is high or low using the contact switch.
When the oil pressure becomes higher than the specified value
Oil after the engine starts, the contact point of the engine oil
Pressure
pressure switch (for warning lamp) opens.
This allows the ECM to detect the oil pressure is higher than the
Contact switch specified value. The ECM outputs the OFF signal to the
ZK500439AA00 combination meter through the CAN and then turns off the oil
pressure warning lamp.
ECM
ECM terminal voltage V Operating pressure
Oil pressure: high

OFF
12
Oil pressure:low
ON
0
Engine oil
Oil pressure kPa (in.Hg)
ON pressure switch
(for warning lamp)
OFF
ZK600264 AA02

POWER STEERING PRESSURE SENSOR
A power steering pressure sensor switch is installed on the
Power steering power steering fluid pipe. The power steering pressure sensor
pressure sensor
uses a piezo resistive semiconductor to detect the power
steering fluid pressure and outputs voltage to ECM according to
the power steering fluid pressure. ECM performs idle-up
according to the voltage and prevents reduction in engine speed
due to power steering load and so maintains stable idle speed.
Oil pressure
ZK602515 AA00
Output voltage V
ECM
Power steering pressure sensor
Power supply 5V
5V
Output signal
Ground
0 Power steering fluid
pressure MPa (in. Hg)
ZK602614 AA00
FUEL TANK DIFFERENTIAL PRESSURE SENSOR

The fuel tank differential pressure sensor is installed to the fuel
Fuel tank differential pump module. The fuel tank differential pressure sensor outputs
pressure sensor
the voltage to the ECM using the piezo resistive semiconductor
in accordance with the difference between pressure in the fuel
tank and the pressure of the atmosphere. When monitoring the
evaporative leak, the ECM detects malfunctions of the
evaporative emission control system by monitoring the amount
of output voltage changes from this sensor. The sensor
characteristics are as shown in the diagram.
Pressure
ZK602527AA00

Output voltage V
Fuel tank differential pressure sensor ECM
Power supply 5V
5V
Output signal
Ground
0 Pressure kPa (in. Hg)
ZK602528 AA00
FUEL TANK TEMPERATURE SENSOR

The fuel tank temperature sensor is installed to the fuel pump
module. The fuel tank temperature sensor detects the
Fuel tank temperature inside the fuel tank using the resistance change in
temperature the thermistor and outputs the voltage to the ECM in accordance
sensor
with the temperature inside the fuel tank. The ECM monitors the
evaporative leak in accordance with the fuel tank temperature.
The sensor characteristics are as shown in the diagram.
Sensory part
(thermistor)
ZK602529AA00

Fuel tank temperature 5V
sensor (thermistor) Resistance k
Fuel tank Fuel tank

ZK600239AA02

GENERATOR FR TERMINAL
Generator turns ON/OFF the power transistor in the voltage
regulator to adjust current flow in the field coil according to
alternator output current. In this way generator's output voltage
is kept adjusted (to about 14.7 V). The ratio of power transistor
ON time (ON duty) is output from generator FR terminal to ECM.
ECM uses this signal to detect generator's output current and
drives throttle actuator control motor according to output current
(electric load). This prevents change in idle speed due to electric
load and helps maintain stable idle speed.
Ignition switch-IG
Battery
B S
ECM
FR
Field coil
IC regulator
Generator
ZK600269 AA01

GENERATOR L TERMINAL
After turning on the ignition switch, the current is input by the
ECM to the generator L terminal. This allows the IC regulator to
be on and the field coil to be excited. When the generator rotates
in this situation, the voltage is excited in the stator coil and the
current is output from B-terminal through the commutation diode.
Also the generated voltage is input to the voltage regulator
through the commutation diode. After the electric generation
begins, the current is supplied to the field coil from this circuit. In
addition, the generated voltage is output from the generator L
terminal to the ECM. This allows the ECM to detect that the
electric generation begins. The ECM outputs the ON signal to
the combination meter through the CAN and then turns off the
charge lamp.
Ignition switch-IG
Battery
B S ECM
CAN
communication
Field coil Charge warning

lamp
Combination meter
IC regulator
Generator
ZK602516 AA00

ACTUATOR
M21302000020USA0000010000
INJECTOR
An injector is an injection nozzle with the electromagnetic valve
Fuel
that injects fuel based on the injection signal sent by ECM. 1
injector is installed in the intake manifold of each cylinder and
fixed to the fuel rail. When electricity flows through the solenoid
Connector coil, the plunger gets sucked in. The ball valve is integrated with
the plunger, and gets pulled together with the plunger till the fully
open position so that the injection hole is fully open and the fuel
gets injected.
Filter
Solenoid coil
Plunger
Ball valve
Plate ZK600270 AA00

From ETACS-ECU From MFI relay
Injector relay
ON
OFF
No.1 No.2 No.3 No.4 No.5 No.6
Injectors
ECM
ZK602517AA00
Voltage from the battery gets applied from the injector relay to
the injector and up to the ECM. ECM turns ON its power
transistor and prepares the injector's ground circuit. Thus,
current flows through the injector while power transistor is ON
and the injector injects fuel.
THROTTLE ACTUATOR CONTROL MOTOR

A throttle actuator control motor is installed in throttle body. The
Throttle body
throttle actuator control motor performs the Open/Close of the
throttle valve through the reduction gear. ECM changes current
direction according to the Open/Close direction and also
changes current to the motor coil to control the throttle actuator
control motor.
Throttle actuator control motor is composed of a good response,
low energy, and small DC motor with brush and can generate
rotation force corresponding to the current applied on the coil.
When there is no current passing through the throttle actuator
Throttle actuator control motor, the throttle valve remains at a prescribed opening
control motor angle. So, even if current stops because of a fault in the system,
ZK603448 AA00
a minimum level of running remains possible.

From battery
Throttle actuator MFI relay

control motor ON
OFF
To ECM
Throttle actuator
control motor relay
ON
OFF
Power supply ECM
ZK600274 AA01
IGNITION COIL
Refer to GROUP 16 - Ignition System - Ignition
Coil P.16c-2.
EXHAUST GAS RECIRCULATION (EGR) VALVE

Refer to GROUP 17 - Emission Control - Exhaust Gas
Recirculation (EGR) System P.17c-7.
EVAPORATIVE EMISSION PURGE SOLENOID

Refer to GROUP 17 - Emission Control - Evaporative Emission
Control System P.17c-5.

INTAKE MANIFOLD TUNING SOLENOID
To vacuum tank A intake manifold tuning solenoid is installed on the intake
To actuator manifold plenum. The intake manifold tuning solenoid is an ON/
A B
OFF control type solenoid valve. When current is not passing
through the coil, nipple A is kept air-tight and air passes through
nipple B and the filter. When current is passed through the coil,
air is unable to pass through the filter and it passes through
nipple A and nipple B. ECM changes the ON/OFF of solenoid
valve according to the engine's operating conditions to change
Filter between negative pressure in vacuum tank and atmospheric
ZK600283AA00 pressure and performs the Open/Close of the vacuum actuator.
From MFI relay Engine speed to

ECM terminal voltage V switch intake manifold
tuning solenoid
ECM
OFF
12
ON
0
Intake manifold
tuning solenoid
Engine speed r/min
ZK600284 AA01
ENGINE OIL CONTROL VALVE

Port “A”: An engine oil control valve is installed on the cylinder head. The
Plunger
to oil pan engine oil control valve is a duty control type solenoid valve and
Port “B”: is used in oil pressure control for cam change. When no current
from oil Spool
pump is passing through the engine oil control valve's coil (duty: 0 %),
port B gets closed and the oil pressure path between port A and
Oil
drain port C connects. Oil that had been acting on the cam change
control piston is expelled from port C via port A. Thus, the low-
Oil drain
Spring speed cam drives the inlet valve. When current is passed
Coil through the coil (duty: 100 %) and the spool moves, port A gets
Port “C”: to piston
ZK600277AA00
closed and port B and port C get connected. At this time the oil
pressure-fed from the oil pump passes from port B via port C and
acts on the cam change control piston. Thus, high-speed cam
drives the inlet valve. The ECM changes the duty ratio and
switches the cam in accordance with the engine operation.

From MFI relay ECM terminal voltage V
Engine speed
ECM to switch MIVEC
Low-speed mode
OFF
12
High-speed mode
ON
Engine oil 0
control valve
Engine speed r/min
ZK600278AA01
EVAPORATIVE EMISSION VENTILATION

SOLENOID
Evaporative Connector
The evaporative emission ventilation solenoid, an ON/OFF type
emission solenoid valve, is integrated in the evaporative canister.The
ventilation evaporative emission ventilation solenoid is installed between
solenoid
the evaporative canister and the air-releasing end, where the
evaporative emission ventilation solenoid takes or shuts off
To filter air.When the current is not flowing through the coil, the air flows
between the nipples, "A" and "B", and through the evaporative
canister.When the current is flowing through the coil, the air is
sealed in the nipple "A" and the air through the evaporative
To canister ZK602530 AA00 canister is shut off.When monitoring the evaporative leak, the
ECM turns the evaporative emission ventilation solenoid on to
create the slight vacuum condition in the evaporative emission
control system. The ECM shuts off the air flowing through the
evaporative canister to maintain the vacuum condition
necessary for monitoring.
From MFI relay Engine speed to switch

ECM terminal voltage V evaporative emission
ventilation solenoid
ECM
OFF
12
ON
0
Evaporative emission
ventilation solenoid
Engine speed r/min
ZK600284 AA02

GENERATOR G TERMINAL
ECM uses ON/OFF of generator G terminal to control generator
output voltage. When the power transistor in the ECM turns ON,
output voltage gets adjusted to about 12.8 V. When generator
output voltage drops to 12.8 V it becomes lower than voltage of
the charged battery and almost no current is output from the
generator. When the power transistor in the ECM turns OFF,
output voltage gets adjusted to about 14.7 V. When generator
output voltage is about 14.7 V, generator outputs current to
produce electricity. In case electric load is generated suddenly,
ECM controls generator G terminal's On-duty to limit the sudden
increase in generator load due to generation and thus prevents
change in idle speed.
Ignition switch-IG
Battery
B S
ECM
Field coil
IC regulator
Generator
ZK600279 AA01
FUEL INJECTION CONTROL

M21302000030USA0000010000
Fuel injection volume is regulated to obtain the
optimum air-fuel ratio in accordance with the constant
minute changes in engine driving conditions. Fuel
injection volume is controlled by injector drive time

(injection time). There is a prescribed basic drive time the intake air temperature and engine coolant
that varies according to the engine speed and intake temperature to decide injection time. Fuel injection is
air volume. ECM adds prescribed compensations to done separately for each cylinder and is done once in
this basic drive time according to conditions such as two engine rotations.
Mass airflow sensor
Intake air temperature sensor
Manifold sbsolute pressure

sensor
Injector
Engine coolant temperature
sensor
ECM Throttle position sensor
Knock sensor
Ignition switch-ST
ZK602750 AA00
1. INJECTOR ACTUATION (FUEL INJECTION)

TIMING
Injector drive time in case of multiport fuel injection (MFI) is
controlled as follows according to driving conditions.

<No.6TDC> <No.1TDC> <No.2TDC> <No.3TDC> <No.4TDC> <No.5TDC> <No.6TDC>
Crankshaft position H
sensor signal
L
Camshaft position H
sensor signal L
Fuel injection Fuel injection Fuel injection

Cylinder Stroke
No.1 cylinder Combustion Exhaust Intake Compression
No.2 cylinder Compression Combustion Exhaust Intake

No.3 cylinder Intake Compression Combustion Exhaust
No.4 cylinder Exhaust Intake Compression Combustion Exhaust
No.5 cylinder Exhaust Intake Compression Combustion
Fuel injection Fuel injection Fuel injection

ZK600287AA01
Fuel injection to each cylinder is done by driving the injector at

optimum timing while it is in exhaust process based on the
crankshaft position sensor signal. ECM compares the crankshaft
position sensor output pulse signal and camshaft position sensor
output pulse signal to identify the cylinder. Using this as a base,
it performs sequential injection in the sequence of cylinders 1,
2, 3, 4, 5, 6.

sensor signal L
Increase injection for acceleration
Cylinder Stroke

ZK600288AA01
In addition to the synchronizing fuel injection with crankshaft

position sensor signal during acceleration, the volume of fuel is
injected according to the extent of the acceleration.

2. Fuel injection volume (injector drive time)
control
The figure shows the flow for injector drive time calculation.
Basic drive time is decided based on the airflow sensor signal
(intake air volume signal) and crankshaft position sensor signal
(engine rotation signal). This basic drive time is compensated
according to signals from various sensors and optimum injector
drive time (fuel injection volume) is calculated according to
driving conditions.
Air fuel ratio

compensation
(Predetermined
Mass airflow sensor compensation)
Basic fuel
injection time
determination
Crankshaft
position sensor
Heated oxygen
sensor feedback
compensation
Heated oxygen
sensor
Engine coolant
Engine coolant temperature
temperature sensor compensation
Acceleration-
deceleration
compensation
Barometric pressure
sensor
Fuel pressure
compensation
Manifold absolute
pressure sensor
Battery voltage Battery voltage

compensation
Injector
ZK600289AA00

[Injector basic drive time]
Fuel injection is performed once per cycle for each cylinder.
Basic drive time refers to fuel injection volume (injector drive
time) to achieve theoretical air-fuel ratio for the intake air volume
of 1 cycle of 1 cylinder. Fuel injection volume changes according
to the pressure difference (injected fuel pressure) between
manifold pressure and fuel pressure (constant). So, injected fuel
pressure compensation is made to injector drive time for
theoretical air-fuel ratio to arrive at basic drive time.
Basic fuel Intake air amount per cycle per cylinder

injection time Fuel injection pressure compensation
Theoretical air-fuel ratio
ZK600290AA00
Intake air volume of each cycle of 1 cylinder is calculated by ECM

based on the airflow sensor signal and crankshaft position
sensor signal. Also, during engine start, the map value
prescribed by the coolant temperature sensor signal is used as
basic drive time.
[Injector drive time compensation]

After calculating the injector basic drive time, the ECM makes
the following compensations to control the optimum fuel injection
volume according to driving conditions.
List of main compensations for fuel injection control
Compensations Content
Heated oxygen sensor feedback compensation The heated oxygen sensor signal is used for making
the compensation to get air-fuel ratio with best
cleaning efficiency of the 3-way catalytic converter.
This compensation might not be made sometimes
in order to improve drivability, depending on driving
conditions. (Air-fuel ratio compensation is made.)
Air-fuel ratio compensation Under driving conditions where heated oxygen
sensor feedback compensation is not performed,
compensation is made based on pre-set map values
that vary according to engine speed and intake air
volume.
Engine coolant temperature compensation Compensation is made according to the engine
coolant temperature. The lower the engine coolant
temperature, the greater the fuel injection volume.
Acceleration/ Deceleration compensation Compensation is made according to change in
intake air volume. During acceleration, fuel injection
volume is increased. Also, during deceleration, fuel
injection volume is decreased.

Fuel injection compensation Compensation is made according to the pressure
difference between atmospheric pressure and
manifold absolute pressure. The greater the
difference in pressure, the shorter the injector drive
time.
Battery voltage compensation Compensation is made depending on battery
voltage. The lower the battery voltage, the greater
the injector drive signal time.
Learning value for fuel compensation Compensation amount is learned to compensate
feedback of heated oxygen sensor. This allows
system to compensate in accordance with engine
characteristics.
[Fuel limit control during deceleration]

ECM limits fuel when decelerating downhill to prevent excessive
rise of catalytic converter temperature and to improve fuel
efficiency.
[Fuel-cut control when over-run]

When engine speed exceeds a prescribed limit (7,500 r/min),
ECM cuts fuel supply to prevent overrunning and thus protect
the engine. Also, if engine speed exceeds 4,000 r/min for 15
seconds while vehicle is stationary (no load), it cuts fuel supply
to protect the engine.
IGNITION TIMING AND CONTROL FOR CURRENT CARRYING TIME

M21302000050USA0000010000
Ignition timing is pre-set according to engine driving decide optimum ignition timing. Primary current
conditions. Compensations are made according to connect/disconnect signal is sent to the power
pre-set values depending on conditions such as transistor to control ignition timing. Ignition is done in
engine coolant temperature, battery voltage etc. to sequence of cylinders 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6.

Manifold absolute
pressure sensor Ignition switch-IG Battery
Mass airflow sensor
Intake air temperature

sensor
Engine coolant
temperature sensor
Knock sensor ECM
Crankshaft position Ignition

sensor coils
Camshaft position
sensor
Ignition switch-ST
Inhibitor switch (CAN) Spark plugs
Cylinder No. 1 2 3 4 5 6
ZK600291 AA01
1. Ignition power control

Based on the crankshaft position sensor signal and camshaft
position sensor signal, ECM decides the ignition cylinder,
calculates the ignition timing and sends the ignition coil primary
current connect/disconnect signal to the power transistor of each
cylinder in the ignition sequence.

sensor signal L
Camshaft position H
sensor signal L
Cylinder Stroke Ignition

ZK600292 AA01
2. Spark-advance control and current carrying

time control
[During start]
ECM initiates ignition at fixed ignition timing (5° BTDC)
synchronized with the crankshaft position sensor signal.
[During normal operation]

After determining the basic spark-advance based on the intake
air volume and engine speed, ECM makes compensations
based on input from various sensors to control the optimum
spark-advance and current carrying time.
List of main compensations for spark-advance control and current carrying time control
Intake air temperature compensation Compensation is made according to intake air
temperature. The higher the intake air temperature
the greater the delay in ignition timing.
Engine coolant temperature compensation Compensation is made according to engine coolant
temperature. The lower the engine coolant
temperature the greater the advance in ignition
timing.
Knocking compensation Compensation is made according to generation of
knocking. The greater the knocking the greater the
delay in ignition timing.

Stable idle compensation Compensation is made according to change in idle
speed. In case engine speed becomes lower than
target speed, ignition timing is advanced.
Delay compensation when changing shift During change of shift, sparking is delayed
compared to normal ignition timing to reduce engine
output torque and absorb the shock of the shift
change.
Battery voltage compensation Compensation is made depending on battery
voltage. The lower the battery voltage the greater
the current carrying time and when battery voltage
is high current carrying time is shortened.
[Control for checking ignition timing]

During basic ignition timing set mode for M.U.T.-III actuator test
function, sparking is done with fixed ignition timing (5° BTDC)
synchronized with crankshaft position sensor signal.
THROTTLE VALVE OPENING ANGLE CONTROL AND IDLE SPEED CONTROL

M21302000035USA0000010000
ECM detects the amount of accelerator pedal basic target opening angles it adds various
depression (as per operator's intention) through the compensations and controls the throttle valve opening
accelerator pedal position sensor. Based on pre-set angle according to the target opening angle.
Motor drive power supply
(From throttle actuator
control motor relay)
Throttle actuator Engine coolant

control motor Motor drive circuit temperature sensor
sensor
Throttle Main
position Crankshaft position sensor
sensor
Sub A/C switch (CAN)
control unit Power steering fluid

pressure sensor
Accelerator Sub
pedal position
sensor Inhibitor switch (CAN)
Main
Barometric pressure
sensor
ECM
ZK600293AA01

coolant temperature. In this way best idle operation is
While starting
ECM adds various compensations to the target achieved when engine is cold and when it is hot. Also,
opening angle that are set based on the engine the following compensations ensure optimum control.
coolant temperature, so that the air volume is While driving
optimum for starting. Compensations are made to the target opening angle
set according to the accelerator pedal opening angle
While idling
ECM controls the throttle valve to achieve the target and engine speed to control the throttle valve opening
opening angle that are set based on the engine angle.
List of main compensations for throttle valve opening angle and idle speed control
Stable idle compensation (immediately after start) In order to stabilize idle speed immediately after
start, target opening angle is kept big and then
gradually reduced. Compensation values are set
based on the engine coolant temperature.
Rotation speed feedback compensation (while In case there is a difference between the target idle
idling) speed and actual engine speed, ECM compensates
the throttle valve opening angle based on that
difference.
Atmospheric pressure compensation At high altitudes atmospheric pressure is less and
the intake air density is low. So, the target opening
angle is compensated based on atmospheric
pressure.
Engine coolant temperature compensation Compensation is made according to the engine
coolant temperature. The lower the engine coolant
temperature the greater the throttle valve opening
angle.
Electric load compensation Throttle opening angle is compensated according to
electric load. The greater the electric load, the
greater the throttle valve opening angle.
Compensation when shift is in D range When transmission is changed from P or N range to
some other range, throttle valve opening angle is
increased to prevent reduction in engine speed.
Compensation when A/C is functioning Throttle opening angle is compensated according to
functioning of A/C compressor. While A/C
compressor is being driven, the throttle valve
opening angle is increased.
Power steering fluid pressure compensation Throttle opening angle is compensated according to
power steering fluid pressure. The higher the power
steering fluid pressure the greater the throttle valve
opening angle.
throttle position sensor (main and sub) output signals.
Initialize control
After ignition switch turns OFF, ECM drives the throttle The recorded studied values are used as studied
valve from fully closed position to fully open position value compensation for compensating basic target
and records the fully closed/open studied value of the opening angle when the engine is started next.

MIVEC (Mitsubishi Innovative Valve Electronic Control System)
M21302000235USA0000010000
ECM turns the engine oil control valve ON/OFF pressure acting on the piston in the rocker arm. Thus,
according to engine speed in order to control oil change is done between low-speed cam and high-
speed cam.
ECM
Engine oil control valve
Engine coolant temperature sensor
MFI relay
Battery To piston From oil pump Engine oil pressure switch

(for MIVEC)
To oil pan
ZK600294 AA01
ECM turns OFF (Duty: 0 %) the engine oil control more). As a result, oil pressure acts on the piston in
valve at low engine speed (4,750 r/min or less). As a the rocker arm and inlet valve is driven by the high
result, oil pressure does not act on the piston in the speed cam. It will be continually driven by the low
rocker arm and inlet valve is driven by the low speed speed cam under following conditions.
cam. ECM turns ON (Duty: For 2 seconds after Engine coolant temperature is less than 20°C(68°
change 100 %; after 2 seconds 60 %) the engine oil F).
control valve at high engine speed (4,750 r/min or For 10 seconds after engine is fully started.

Low lift High lift
Cam lift
amount
Cam lift
amount
Exhaust Intake Exhaust Intake
Camshaft Camshaft operation

Overlap: operation angle Overlap: angle
small large
Low-speed mode High-speed mode
Shaft torque
4,750
Engine speed r/min
ZK602518 AA00
Driving condition Valve timing Action Benefit

Low engine speed TDC Valve opening time is Improvement of low
shortened to limit spit back speed torque
Intake valve volume by intake air.
Exhaust valve
Close
BDC ZK602519 AA00

Driving condition Valve timing Action Benefit
High engine speed TDC Valve opening time is Improve output power
increased to increase input
air volume.
Exhaust valve
Close
Intake valve
BDC ZK602520AA00
VARIABLE INDUCTION CONTROL

M21302000170USA0000010000
Based on engine speed, ECM turns ON/OFF the manifold negative pressure that acts on the vacuum
intake manifold tuning solenoid to control intake actuator. As a result, the control valve in the
secondary port is opened / closed.
MFI relay Battery
Vacuum tank
Crankshaft position
sensor
Intake manifold
tuning solenoid
ECM
Vacuum actuator
Primary port Secondary port
Control valve
ZK600298 AA01
When engine is at low or middle speed (3,600 r/min is closed. When engine is at high speed (3,600 r/min
or less) ECM turns ON the intake manifold tuning or more) ECM turns OFF the intake manifold tuning
solenoid. As a result, intake manifold negative solenoid. As a result, the inside of the vacuum
pressure acts on vacuum actuator and control valve actuator comes to atmospheric pressure and the
control valve opens.

MULTIPORT FUEL INJECTION (MFI) RELAY CONTROL
M21302000060USA0000010000
Battery
LOCK
Ignition switch ST ACC
IG1 IG2
MFI relay OFF

ON
To each sensor and

actuator
Power Battery ECM

supply back up
MFI relay control Ignition switch-IG
ZK602615AA00
When the ignition switch-IG "ON" signal is input, ECM to each sensor and actuator. Also, when ignition
turns ON the power transistor for control of the MFI switch-IG "OFF" signal is input, ECM performs the
relay. As a result, current flows through the MFI relay's following controls and then turns OFF the power
coil, the relay switch turns ON and power is supplied transistor for control of MFI relay.
Throttle valve initializing control

FUEL PUMP RELAY CONTROL
M21302000065USA0000010000
Battery
LOCK
ST Ignition switch
ACC
IG1 IG2
ETACS Fuel pump

-ECU OFF
relay
ON
Fuel pump Ignition switch-ST

M
ECM
Fuel pump Crankshaft position sensor

relay control
ZK602521AA00
When current flows through the fuel pump relay, the a result, power is supplied to the fuel pump. Also, if
relay turns ON and the fuel pump is driven. The fuel engine speed falls below a set value, the fuel pump
pump relay is built into the ETACS-ECU. When the relay is turned OFF. Thus, it deals with sudden
ignition switch-ST signal is input, ECM turns ON the stoppages such as engine stalling etc. by stopping the
power transistor for control of the fuel pump relay. As pump.

STARTER RELAY CONTROL
M21302000255USA0000010000
Battery
Ignition switch-ST
Ds
Inhibitor P
R
switch N
D
Starter relay OFF

ON
ON
ECM OFF
Starter
Starter relay
control M
ZK602523 AA00
When the ignition switch-ST signal is input, ECM turns

ON the power transistor for control of the starter relay.

HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR HEATER CONTROL
M21302000070USA0000010000
ECM
Engine coolant
MFI relay temperature sensor
Battery
ZK600301AA01
When exhaust gas temperature is low, the heated of the engine start, or during the warm up operation
oxygen sensor response is dull. So, response is and in cutting the fuel during deceleration. Based on
improved by raising the sensor temperature by driving conditions and the heated oxygen sensor
passing current through the heater at a low exhaust activation state, ECM changes the amount of current
gas temperature, such as in the immediate aftermath (duty ratio) to the heater to quicken the activation of
the heated oxygen sensor.

A/C COMPRESSOR RELAY CONTROL
M21302000345USA0000010000
Battery A/C-ECU
R LOCK
Ignition switch ST ACC
IG1 IG2
A/C compressor relay OFF

ON CAN communication
A/C
refrigerant
temperature
switch
A/C compressor
ECM
Magnetic A/C compressor
clutch
relay control
ZK602522 AA00
The ECM turns on the power transistor when the A/C such as the acceleration with the fully opened
switch ON signal is input by the A/C-ECU through the accelerator, the ECM secures the acceleration
CAN. This allows the A/C compressor relay to be ON capability by turning off the A/C compressor relay for
and to be operated. During the high load operation, the specified period to produce no load on the A/C
compressor.

GENERATOR CONTROL
M21302000250USA0000010000
Engine coolant temperature sensor

Generator G terminal
ECM
A/C switch (CAN)
Ignition switch-ST Generator
ZK600303AA01
During engine idle operation, ECM controls duty of suddenly, but by gradually increasing the generator G
conduction between generator G terminal and terminal OFF duty, ECM restricts sudden increase in
ground. (G terminal duty is controlled to be the same generator's output current and output current is
as ON duty of the power transistor inside the voltage increased only gradually. (Battery current is supplied
regulator). If headlights etc. are turned on while to the headlamp etc. till generator produces sufficient
engine is idling, the consumed current increases current.) Thus, ECM prevents change in idle speed
due to sudden increase of engine load.
EVAPORATIVE EMISSION PURGE CONTROL

M21302000120USA0000010000
Refer to GROUP 17 - Emission Control - Evaporative Emission
Control System P.17c-5.
EXHAUST GAS RECIRCULATION CONTROL

M21302000160USA0000010000
Refer to GROUP 17 - Emission Control - Exhaust Gas
Recirculation System P.17c-7.
CONTROLLER AREA NETWORK (CAN)

M21302000190USA0000010000
CAN communication is established to ensure the 54D - Controller Area Network (CAN) - General
reliable transmission of information. Refer to GROUP Information P.54D-2.

EVAPORATIVE EMISSION CONTROL SYSTEM INCORRECT PURGE FLOW MONITOR
M21302000353USA0000010000
MFI relay
Battery
Mass airflow sensor purge solenoid
To
Barometric pressure injector
sensor
Evaporative
Intake air temperature emission
ventilation Fuel tank
sensor
solenoid
Fuel level
sensor
Engine coolant
temperature sensor
Fuel tank differential pressure sensor

Fuel level sensor (CAN)
ECM
ZK602758 AA00
The ECM detects whether the fuel vapor leakage emission ventilation solenoid. This allows slight
exists or not from the evaporative emission control vacuum to be produced in the fuel tank.
system. By the specified pattern within the certain The ECM measures the vacuum condition through the
operation range, the ECM drives the evaporative fuel tank differential pressure sensor signal. By
emission purge solenoid and the evaporative comparing the normal (expected) value and the actual
value, the ECM detects whether the fuel vapor
leakage exists or not from the evaporative emission
control system.
HC TRAP CATALYTIC CONVERTER

DETERIORATION MONITOR
M21302000354USA0000010000
Refer to GROUP 17 - Emission Control - Emission Reduction
System P.17c-9.
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTICS
M21302000090USA0000010000
The engine control module (ECM) has been provided
with the following functions for easier system
inspection.

Diagnostic Trouble Codes and Malfunction Indicator Lamp (SERVICE ENGINE SOON or Check Engine
Lamp) Function
The diagnostic trouble code and malfunction indicator

lamp (SERVICE ENGINE SOON or Check Engine
Lamp) items are shown in the following table.
DTC*1 DIAGNOSTIC ITEM MIL*2ITEM

- Engine control module (ECM)
P0031 Heated oxygen sensor heater circuit low (bank 1 sensor 1)
P0032 Heated oxygen sensor heater circuit high (bank 1 sensor 1)
P0043 Heated oxygen sensor heater circuit low (bank 1 sensor 3) <California>
P0044 Heated oxygen sensor heater circuit high (bank 1 sensor 3) <California>
P0069 Abnormal correlation between manifold absolute pressure sensor and
barometric pressure sensor
P0101 Mass airflow circuit range/performance problem
P0102 Mass airflow circuit low input
P0103 Mass airflow circuit high input
P0106 Manifold absolute pressure circuit range/performance problem
P0107 Manifold absolute pressure circuit low input
P0108 Manifold absolute pressure circuit high input
P0111 Intake air temperature circuit range/performance problem
P0112 Intake air temperature circuit low input
P0113 Intake air temperature circuit high input
P0116 Engine coolant temperature circuit range/performance problem
P0117 Engine coolant temperature circuit low input
P0118 Engine coolant temperature circuit high input
P0122 Throttle position sensor (main) circuit low input
P0123 Throttle position sensor (main) circuit high input
P0125 Insufficient coolant temperature for closed loop fuel control
P0128 Coolant thermostat (Coolant temperature below thermostat regulating
temperature)

P0131 Heated oxygen sensor circuit low voltage (bank 1 sensor 1)
P0132 Heated oxygen sensor circuit high voltage (bank 1 sensor 1)
P0133 Heated oxygen sensor circuit slow response (bank 1 sensor 1)
P0134 Heated oxygen sensor circuit no activity detected (bank 1 sensor 1)
P0143 Heated oxygen sensor circuit low voltage (bank 1 sensor 3) <California>
P0144 Heated oxygen sensor circuit high voltage (bank 1 sensor 3) <California>
P0145 Heated oxygen sensor circuit slow response (bank 1sensor 3) <California>
P0146 Heated oxygen sensor circuit no activity detected (bank 1 sensor 3) <California>
P0171 System too lean (bank 1)
P0172 System too rich (bank 1)
P0174 System too lean (bank 2)
P0175 System too rich (bank 2)
P0181 Fuel tank temperature sensor circuit range/performance
P0182 Fuel tank temperature sensor circuit low input
P0183 Fuel tank temperature sensor circuit high input
P0201 Injector circuit-cylinder 1
P0222 Throttle position sensor (sub) circuit low input
P0223 Throttle position sensor (sub) circuit high input
P0300 Random/multiple cylinder misfire detected
P0301 Cylinder 1 misfire detected

P0326 Knock sensor circuit performance (bank 1) -
P0327 Knock sensor circuit low (bank 1) -
P0328 Knock sensor circuit high (bank 1) -
P0331 Knock sensor circuit performance (bank 2) -
P0332 Knock sensor circuit low (bank 2) -
P0333 Knock sensor circuit high (bank 2) -
P0335 Crankshaft position sensor circuit
P0340 Camshaft position sensor circuit
P0401 Exhaust gas recirculation flow insufficient detected
P0421 Warm up catalyst efficiency below threshold (bank 1)
P0431 Warm up catalyst efficiency below threshold (bank 2)
P0441 Evaporative emission control system incorrect purge flow
P0442 Evaporative emission control system leak detected (small leak)
P0443 Evaporative emission control system purge control valve circuit
P0446 Evaporative emission control system vent control circuit
P0450 Evaporative emission control system pressure sensor malfunction
P0451 Evaporative emission control system pressure sensor range/performance
P0452 Evaporative emission control system pressure sensor low input
P0453 Evaporative emission control system pressure sensor high input
P0455 Evaporative emission control system leak detected (gross leak)
P0456 Evaporative emission control system leak detected (very small leak)
P0461 Fuel level sensor circuit range/performance (main)
P0462 Fuel level sensor circuit low input
P0463 Fuel level sensor circuit high input
P0489 EGR valve (stepper motor) circuit malfunction (ground short)
P0490 EGR valve (stepper motor) circuit malfunction (battery short)
P0506 Idle control system RPM lower than expected
P0507 Idle control system RPM higher than expected
P0513 Immobilizer malfunction -
P0551 Power steering pressure switch circuit range/performance
P0552 Power steering pressure sensor circuit low input
P0553 Power steering pressure sensor circuit high input
P0603 EEPROM malfunction
P0606 Engine control module main processor malfunction

P0622 Generator FR terminal circuit malfunction -
P0630 Vehicle Identification Number (VIN) malfunction
P0638 Throttle actuator control motor circuit range/performance
P0642 Throttle position sensor power supply
P0657 Throttle actuator control motor relay circuit malfunction
P0660 Intake manifold tuning circuit malfunction -
P1020 Mitsubishi innovative valve timing electronic control system (MIVEC)
performance problem
P1021 Engine oil control valve circuit
P1231 Active stability control plausibility -
P1232 Fail safe system -
P1233 Throttle position sensor (main) plausibility
P1234 Throttle position sensor (sub) plausibility
P1235 Mass airflow sensor plausibility
P1236 A/D converter
P1237 Accelerator pedal position sensor plausibility
P1238 Mass airflow sensor plausibility (torque monitor)
P1239 Engine RPM plausibility
P1240 Ignition angle -
P1241 Torque monitor
P1242 Fail safe control monitor
P1243 Inquiry/response error
P1244 RAM test for all area
P1245 Cycle RAM test (engine)
P1246 Communication error
P1247 A/T plausibility
P1248 AWD plausibility <AWD> -
P1540 LIN communication check by ECM (sending message to radiator sensor) -
<California>
P1541 LIN communication (receiving message from radiator sensor) <California> -
P1543 DOR tampering monitor (temperature check after thermostat open) <California> -
P1544 DOR tampering monitor (temperature check before thermostat open) -
<California>
P1545 DOR tampering monitor (temperature change after thermostat open) -
<California>
P1546 DOR tampering monitor (temperature check at cold start) <California> -
P1547 DOR tampering monitor (rationality check) <California> -
P1580 DOR radiator tampering monitor (encrypted message) <California>
P1590 TCM to ECM communication error in torque reduction request

P1603 Battery backup circuit malfunction
P1676 Variant coding
P2066 Fuel level sensor circuit range/performance (sub) <AWD>
P2100 Throttle actuator control motor circuit (open)
P2101 Throttle actuator control motor magneto malfunction
P2122 Accelerator pedal position sensor (main) circuit low input
P2123 Accelerator pedal position sensor (main) circuit high input
P2127 Accelerator pedal position sensor (sub) circuit low input
P2128 Accelerator pedal position sensor (sub) circuit high input
P2135 Throttle position sensor (main and sub) circuit range/performance problem
P2138 Accelerator pedal position sensor (main and sub) circuit range/performance
problem
P2195 Heated oxygen sensor inactive (bank 1 sensor 1)
P2197 Heated oxygen sensor inactive (bank 2 sensor 1)
P2228 Barometric pressure circuit low input
P2229 Barometric pressure circuit high input
P2252 Heated oxygen sensor offset circuit low voltage
P2253 Heated oxygen sensor offset circuit high voltage
P2423 HC adsorber (HC trap catalyst) efficiency below threshold <California>
P2567 LIN communication check by radiator sensor (thermister error) <California>
U0001 Bus off -
U0101 A/T-ECU time-out
U0114 AWD-ECU time-out <AWD> -
U0121 ABS-ECU/ASC-ECU time-out -
U0141 ETACS-ECU time-out -
U0167 Immobilizer communication error -
U1180 Combination meter time-out -
Data List Function
The data list items are shown in the following table.

M.U.T.-III Item
M.U.T.-III SCAN TOOL ITEM NO. INSPECTION ITEM UNIT
DISPLAY
A/C compressor relay 93 A/C compressor clutch relay ON/OFF
A/C SW1 76 A/C switch ON/OFF
Absolute load value 72 Absolute load value %
Airflow sensor 10 Mass airflow sensor mV
Airflow sensor AA Mass airflow sensor g/s
APP sensor (main) 11 Accelerator pedal position sensor (main) mV
APP sensor (main) BE Accelerator pedal position sensor (main) %
APP sensor (sub) 12 Accelerator pedal position sensor (sub) mV
APP sensor (sub) BF Accelerator pedal position sensor (sub) %
Barometric pressure sensor BB Barometric pressure sensor kPa (in.Hg)
Brake light switch 74 Brake light switch ON/OFF
Calculated load value 73 Calculated load value %
Closed throttle position switch 84 Closed throttle position switch ON/OFF
Cranking signal 79 Cranking signal (ignition switch-ST) ON/OFF
Crankshaft position sensor 2 Crankshaft position sensor r/min
ECT sensor 6 Engine coolant temperature sensor °C (°F)
EGR step motor 31 EGR valve (stepper motor) Step
Engine control relay 95 Engine control relay ON/OFF
ETV relay 96 Throttle actuator control motor relay ON/OFF
EVAP. emission purge SOL. 49 Evaporative emission purge solenoid duty %
duty
Fan duty 47 Fan motor duty %
Fuel level gauge 51 Fuel level gauge %
Fuel pump relay 97 Fuel pump relay ON/OFF
Fuel system status (bank 1) 105 Fuel control system status (bank 1) Closed loop/
Open circuit
drive
condition
Fuel system status (bank 2) 106 Fuel control system status (bank 2) Closed loop/
Open circuit
drive
condition
Fuel tank differential PRS. 52 Fuel tank differential pressure sensor mV
SNSR
Fuel tank temperature sensor 53 Fuel tank temperature sensor °C (°F)
Ignition switch 85 Ignition switch (IG1) ON/OFF
Injectors 17 Injectors ms
Intake air temperature sensor 5 Intake air temperature sensor °C (°F)

DISPLAY
ISC learned value (A/C OFF) 68 Idle speed control learned value (A/C OFF) L/s
ISC learned value (A/C ON) 69 Idle speed control learned value (A/C ON) L/s
Knock retard 32 Knock retard °CA
Learned knock retard 33 Knock control learned value %
Long term fuel trim (bank 1) 26 Long-term fuel trim (bank 1) %
Long term fuel trim (bank 2) 27 Long-term fuel trim (bank 2) %
MAP sensor 8 Manifold absolute pressure sensor kPa (in.Hg)
Neutral switch 87 Neutral switch V
Normally closed brake switch 89 Normally closed brake switch ON/OFF
Oil control valve 98 Engine oil control valve ON/OFF
Oxygen sensor (bank 1 sensor AC Heated oxygen sensor bank 1, sensor 1 (right V
1) front)
Oxygen sensor (bank 1 sensor AD Heated oxygen sensor bank 1, sensor 2 (right V
2) rear)
Oxygen sensor (bank 1 sensor B1 Heated oxygen sensor bank 1, sensor 3 (HC trap V
3) catalyst)
Oxygen sensor (bank 2 sensor AE Heated oxygen sensor bank 2, sensor 1 (left V
1) front)
Oxygen sensor (bank 2 sensor AF Heated oxygen sensor bank 2, sensor 2 (left rear) V
2)
Power steering pressure 24 Power steering pressure sensor mV
Power supply voltage 1 Power supply voltage V
Radiator sensor temperature 1 111 Radiator sensor temperature 1 °C
Radiator sensor temperature 2 112 Radiator sensor temperature 2 °C
Relative TP sensor BC Relative throttle position sensor %
Short term fuel trim (bank 1) 28 Short-term fuel trim (bank 1) %
Short term fuel trim (bank 2) 29 Short-term fuel trim (bank 2) %
Spark advance 16 Ignition timing advance °CA
Starter relay 102 Starter relay <M/T> ON/OFF
Target EGR BA Target EGR valve (stepper motor) %
Target ETV value 59 Throttle actuator control motor target value V
Target idle speed 3 Target idle speed r/min
Throttle actuator 58 Throttle actuator control motor %
TP sensor (main) 13 Throttle position sensor (main) mV
TP sensor (main) AB Throttle position sensor (main) %
TP sensor (main) learned value 14 Throttle position sensor (main) mid opening mV
learning value
TP sensor (sub) 15 Throttle position sensor (sub) mV
TP sensor (sub) BD Throttle position sensor (sub) %

DISPLAY
Variable intake solenoid 103 Intake manifold tuning solenoid ON/OFF
Vehicle speed 4 Vehicle speed km/h (mph)
GST Item
PARAME DESCRIPTION COMMON EXAMPLE OF
TER GENERAL SCAN TOOL
IDENTIFIC DISPLAY
ATION
(PID)
01 Number of emission-related DTCs and MIL status DTC and MIL status:
Number of DTCs stored in this ECU DTC_CNT: xxxd
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) status MIL: OFF or ON
Supported tests which are continuous Support status of continuous
monitors:
Misfire monitoring MIS_SUP: YES
Fuel system monitoring FUEL_SUP: YES
Comprehensive component monitoring CCM_SUP: YES
Status of continuous monitoring tests since DTC cleared Completion status of continuous
monitors since DTC cleared:
Misfire monitoring MIS_RDY: YES or NO
Fuel system monitoring FUEL_RDY: YES or NO
Comprehensive component monitoring CCM_RDY: YES or NO
Supported tests run at least once per trip Supported status of non-
continuous monitors:
Catalyst monitoring CAT_SUP: YES
Heated catalyst monitoring HCAT_SUP: NO
Evaporative system monitoring EVAP_SUP: YES
Secondary air system monitoring AIR_SUP: NO
A/C system refrigerant monitoring ACRF_SUP: NO
Oxygen sensor monitoring O2S_SUP: YES
Oxygen sensor heater monitoring HTR_SUP: YES
EGR system monitoring EGR_SUP: YES
Status of tests run at least once per trip Completion status of non-
continuous monitors since DTC
cleared:
Catalyst monitoring CAT_RDY: YES or NO
Heated catalyst monitoring HCAT_RDY: YES
Evaporative system monitoring EVAP_RDY: YES or NO

IDENTIFIC DISPLAY
ATION
(PID)
Secondary air system monitoring AIR_RDY: YES
A/C system refrigerant monitoring ACRF_RDY: YES
Oxygen sensor monitoring O2S_RDY: YES or NO
Oxygen sensor heater monitoring HTR_RDY: YES or NO
EGR system monitoring EGR_RDY: YES or NO
03 Fuel system 1 status FUELSYS1: OL/CL/OL-Drive/
OL-Fault/CL-Fault
Fuel system 2 status FUELSYS2: OL/CL/OL-Drive/
OL-Fault/CL-Fault
04 Calculated LOAD Value LOAD_PCT: xxx.x%
05 Engine Coolant Temperature ECT: xxx°C (xxx°F)
06 Short Term Fuel Trim-Bank 1 SHRTFT1: xxx.x %
07 Long Term Fuel Trim-Bank 1 LONGFT1: xxx.x %
08 Short Term Fuel Trim-Bank 2 SHRTFT2: xxx.x %
09 Long Term Fuel Trim-Bank 2 LONGFT2: xxx.x %
0B Intake Manifold Absolute Pressure MAP: xxx kPa (xx.x inHg)
0C Engine RPM RPM: xxxxx min-1
0D Vehicle Speed Sensor VSS: xxx km/h (xxx mph)
0E Ignition Timing Advance for #1 Cylinder SPARKADV: xx°
0F Intake Air Temperature IAT: xxx°C (xxx°F)
10 Air Flow Rate from Mass Airflow Sensor MAF: xxx.xx g/s (xxxx.x lb/min)
11 Absolute Throttle Position TP: xxx.x%
13 Location of Oxygen Sensor O2SLOC: O2S11/O2S12/
O2S21/O2S22
14 Bank 1-Sensor 1 O2S11: x.xxx V
SHRTFT11: xxx.x%
SHRTFT12: xxx.x%
16 Bank 1-Sensor 3 O2S13: x.xxxV
SHRTFT13: xxx.x%
SHRTFT21: xxx.x%
SHRTFT22: xxx.x%
1C OBD requirements to which vehicle is designed OBDSUP: OBD II
1F Time Since Engine Start RUNTM: xxxxx sec.

IDENTIFIC DISPLAY
ATION
(PID)
21 Distance Travelled While MIL is Active MIL DIST: xxxxx km (xxxxx
miles)
2C Commanded EGR EGR_PCT: xxx.x%
2E Commanded Evaporative Purge EVAP_PCT: xxx.x%
2F Fuel Level Input FLI: xxx.x%
30 Number of warm-ups since diagnostic trouble codes cleared WARM_UPS: xxx
31 Distance since diagnostic trouble codes cleared CLR_DIST: xxxxx km (xxxxx
miles)
32 Evap System Vapor Pressure EVAP_VP: xxxx.xx Pa (xx.xxx in
H2O)
33 Barometric Pressure BARO: xxx kPa (xx.x inHg)
41 Monitor status this driving cycle
Enable status of continuous monitors this monitoring cycle: Enable status of continuous
NO means disable for rest of this monitoring cycle or not monitors this monitoring cycle:
supported in PID 01, YES means enable for this monitoring
cycle.
Misfire monitoring MIS_ENA: NO or YES
Fuel system monitoring FUEL_ENA: NO or YES
Comprehensive component monitoring CCM_ENA: YES
Completion status of continuous monitors this monitoring Completion status of continuous
cycle: monitors this monitoring cycle:
Misfire monitoring MIS_COMPL: YES or NO
Fuel system monitoring FUEL_COMP: YES or NO
Comprehensive component monitoring CCM_CMPL: YES or NO
Enable status of non-continuous monitors this monitoring Enable status of non-
cycle: continuous monitors this
monitoring cycle:
Catalyst monitoring CAT_ENA: YES or NO
Heated catalyst monitoring HCAT_ENA: NO
Evaporative system status EVAP_ENA: YES or NO
Secondary air system monitoring AIR_ENA: YES or NO
A/C system refrigerant monitoring ACRF_ENA: YES or NO
Oxygen sensor monitoring O2S_ENA: YES or NO
Oxygen sensor heater monitoring HTR_ENA: YES or NO
EGR system monitoring EGR_ENA: YES or NO

IDENTIFIC DISPLAY
ATION
(PID)
Completion status of non-continuous monitors this monitoring Completion status of non-
cycle: continuous monitors this
monitoring cycle:
Catalyst monitoring CAT_CMPL: YES or NO
Evaporative system status EVAP_CMPL: YES or NO
Oxygen sensor monitoring O2S_CMPL: YES or NO
Oxygen sensor heater monitoring HTR_CMPL: YES or NO
EGR system monitoring EGR_CMPL: YES or NO
42 Control module voltage VPWR: xx.xxx V
43 Absolute Load Value LOAD_ABS: xxx.x%
44 Commanded Equivalence Ratio EQ_RAT: x.xxx
45 Relative Throttle Position TP_R: xxx.x%
46 Ambient air temperature AAT: xxx°C (xxx°F)
47 Absolute Throttle Position B TP_B: xxx.x%
49 Accelerator Pedal Position D APP_D: xxx.x%
4A Accelerator Pedal Position E APP_E: xxx.x%
4C Commanded Throttle Actuator Control TAC_PCT: xxx.x%
Actuator Test Function
The actuator test items are shown in the following

table.
M.U.T.-III SCAN ITEM INSPECTION ITEM ACTIVATING CONTENT

TOOL DISPLAY NO.
A/C relay 16 A/C compressor clutch relay The relay turns from OFF to ON
EVAP. emission 10 Evaporative emission purge solenoid The solenoid valve turns from OFF to
purge SOL. valve ON
EVAP. emission 15 Evaporative emission ventilation The solenoid valve turns from OFF to
ventilation SOL. solenoid ON
FUEL PUMP 9 Fuel pump Fuel pump operates
Ignition timing 5 11 Basic ignition timing Set to ignition timing adjustment
BTDC mode
No. 1 injector 1 Injectors Cut fuel to No. 1 injector
No. 2 injector 2 Cut fuel to No. 2 injector

M.U.T.-III SCAN ITEM INSPECTION ITEM ACTIVATING CONTENT
TOOL DISPLAY NO.
Oil control valve 17 Engine oil control valve Engine oil control valve turns from
OFF to ON
PWM Radiator fan 14 Radiator fan, A/C condenser fan Drives the fan motor at high speed
Variable intake 21 Intake manifold tuning solenoid The solenoid valve turns from OFF to
solenoid ON

GENERAL INFORMATION
M21304000001USA0000010000
The fuel system consists of the following components: Fuel tank
Fuel injector Fuel pump module
Fuel rail Fuel level sensor (sub) <AWD>
Fuel pipe Evaporative emission canister
SPECIFICATIONS
Item Specification
Fuel tank capacity dm3(gal) FWD 63 (16.6)
AWD 60 (15.8)
Fuel pump type Electric
Fuel filter type Cartridge (incorporates fuel pump module)
Fuel return system Returnless
Fuel pump pressure regulator pressure kPa (psi) 324 (47)
Fuel injector Type Elector-magnetic
Quantity 6
Evaporative emission control system Canister
CONSTRUCTION DIAGRAM
<FWD>
Fuel tank
Evaporative
emission
canister
Fuel rail
Fuel injector
Fuel pump module
Fuel pipe
ZC600632 0000

<AWD>
Fuel tank
Fuel level sensor (sub) Evaporative
emission
canister
Fuel rail
Fuel injector
Fuel pump module
Fuel pipe
ZC600633 0000
This fuel system is designed with consideration for The surface of underfloor fuel pipes is coated with
global environment protection to ensure safety at a 1-mm thickness of resin to improve resistance to
collision, reduce weight, and improve reliability and corrosion and chipping.
quality. This system has the following features: A returnless fuel system eliminates returned fuel
A quick-joint connector of a plastic tube is used for from the engine. The heat that fuel receives from
the fuel high-pressure hoses in the engine the engine is reduced, minimizing fuel temperature
compartment to reduce the permeation of fuel in the fuel tank and controlling the amount of
evaporative emission. evaporated gas.
FUEL TANK
M21304000010USA0000010000
The fuel tank assembly consists of the fuel pump using in-tank construction to reduce the amount of
module, the fuel level sensor (sub) <AWD>, the fuel evaporated fuel from hoses.
tank, and so on, and features the following A in-tank fuel filter and fuel suction hose are
characteristics: adopted to meet the saddleback shaped fuel tank.
The fuel tank is mounted underneath the second <AWD>
seat to improve safety at a collision. The fuel pump module consists of the following
The fuel tank itself is made of a pre-coat zinc alloy components:
galvanized steel sheet that contains no lead. Fuel pump
The capacity of the fuel tank is 63 dm3(16.6 gal) Fuel level sensor
Fuel filter
<FWD> or 60 dm3(15.8 gal) <AWD> to meet long-
Fuel pump pressure regulator
distance drives.
Fuel tank differential pressure sensor
The fuel cut-off valve, fuel tank 2 way valve, fuel
tank leveling valve and fuel tube have been installed

<FWD>
Fuel pump module
Fuel tank
ZC6020810000
Fuel cut-off valve Fuel tank 2 way valve
Fuel cut-off valve
Fuel tank leveling valve
ZC601844 0000

<AWD>
Fuel level sensor (sub)
Fuel pump module
Fuel tank
ZC6020820000
Fuel tank 2 way valve

Fuel cut-off valve
Fuel cut-off valve

Fuel tank leveling valve
In-tank fuel filter
Fuel suction hose

ZC601845 0000

MEMO

GENERAL INFORMATION
M21400000001USA0000010000
The cooling system is a water-cooled pressurized, To improve engine cooling performance and save
forced circulation type which offers the following weight, a plastic tank and aluminum radiator fins are
features. used.
To stabilize engine coolant temperature, the Vehicles for California emission regulation:
thermostat is located at the coolant inlet port from PremAir®* direct ozone reduction (DOR) radiator
the radiator. has been adopted to protect the environment. A
catalyst which reduces ozone (O3) in the ambient
air has been applied to the radiator core.
SPECIFICATIONS
Item Specification
Cooling method Water-cooled pressurized, forced
circulation with electrical fan
Radiator Type Pressurized corrugate type
Performance kJ/h (kcal/h) 266,400 (63,640)
260,280 (62,178)*
Water pump Type Centrifugal impeller
Drive method Timing belt
Thermostat Type Wax pellet with jiggle valve
Valve open temperature °C (°F) 82 (180)
Radiator upper hose

assembly Radiator condenser
Condenser fan motor tank assembly
Radiator assembly
Transmission oil
cooler line hose
and tube assembly
Radiator fan motor
Cooling fan shroud
Radiator lower hose ZC6004250000

WATER PASSAGE
M21400000040USA0000010000
Heater Cylinder block Cylinder head

Radiator right bank right bank
Cylinder block Cylinder head

left bank left bank
Thermostat
Thermostat housing Water pipe Water pump
Throttle body EGR valve
ZK602607 AA00
WATER PUMP
M21400000030USA0000010000
The water pump is installed in the front of the cylinder block and
driven by the timing belt.
Item Specifications
Discharge volume L/min 70/3000 140/6000
Impeller diameter mm 64
Pulley outer diameter mm 61.7
Impeller
ZK602608 AA00

MEMO

AIR DUCT AND AIR CLEANER
M21500000040USA0000010000
A front air intake system that actively sucks cooling air adopted in order to improve engine performance and
from the front through the top of the radiator has been reduce air intake noise.
Air cleaner to throttle body duct
Air cleaner intake duct
Mass airflow sensor
Air cleaner assembly
ZC6003310000

INTAKE MANIFOLD
M21500000050USA0000010000
Induction control
valve assembly
Upper intake manifold
Lower intake manifold
ZK602609AA00
The intake manifold consists of the induction control The induction control valve assembly is made of resin,
valve assembly, the upper intake manifold and the the upper intake manifold and the lower one are made
lower intake manifold. of an aluminum cast to be lightweight.
The induction control valve assembly and the upper
intake manifold cannot be overhauled. They must be
replaced as an assembly.
Exhaust Gas Recirculation (EGR) distribution aisle is
had by upper intake manifold built-in.

EXHAUST MANIFOLD
M21500000060USA0000010000
Manifold catalytic
converter(MCC)
ZK602610AA00
The exhaust manifold clam-shell design reduces heat It advances the early warm-up of the catalyst and
capacity and improves exhaust gas performance. improves the exhaust gas performance especially
right after the engine start by installing the manifold
catalytic converter just under the exhaust manifold.
EXHAUST PIPE AND MUFFLER

M21500000030USA0000010000
The exhaust system is composed of the front exhaust
pipe, center exhaust pipe, and main muffler, and it has
the following characteristics.

Center exhaust pipe
Front exhaust pipe RH
Exhaust main muffler
Center exhaust pipe

heated oxygen sensor
Front exhaust pipe <Vehicles for California>
ZC6005170000

MEMO

STARTER MOTOR
M21601000020USA0000010000
Internal gear assembly Switch assembly
Lever
Gear assembly
Front bearing
Gear shaft assembly

Armature Yoke assembly
ZK602761AA00
Planetary drive system is used.

ALTERNATOR
M21602000010USA0000010000
Internal (L terminal) detection method is used.
Bearing retainer
Rotor
Pulley
Front
Rear bearing bearing
ZK602762AA00

IGNITION COIL
M21603000010USA0000010000
Plug top type is used.
Coil
Plug boots
Rain cover
ZK602764AA00
SPARK PLUG
M21603000050USA0000010000
Iridium is used in the central electrode and platinum in the
ground electrodes.

GENERAL INFORMATION
M21700000010USA0000010000
For the accelerator system, an electronic throttle valve pressure applied to the accelerator pedal by using a
control system has been adopted, disposing of an accelerator pedal position sensor (APP sensor) in the
accelerator cable. This system detects the amount of accelerator pedal assembly for electronic control of
the throttle valve angle.
Accelerator pedal assembly

[Built-in accelerator pedal
position sensor
(APP sensor)]
ZC6014820000

GENERAL INFORMATION
M21702000001USA0000010000
By using the auto-cruise control, the driver can drive For this auto-cruise control system, in conjunction with
at preferred speeds in a range of approximately 40 to the electronic throttle valve control system, the engine
160 km/h (25 to 100 mph) without depressing the control module (ECM) electronically controls the
accelerator pedal. throttle valve.
"CRUISE" indicator light
Accelerator pedal
[Built-in accelerator ZC601822
pedal position sensor
(APP sensor)] Auto-cruise
Throttle body
control switch
[Built-in
throttle position sensor
(TP sensor)
and
throttle actuator control motor
(TAC motor)]
ZC601484
Transaxle Brake pedal

control module assembly
Transmission Stoplight switch (TCM) ZC601051
range switch
Data link connector
Engine control
module (ECM) ZC601483
Bottom cover
assembly
(driver's side)
ZC601159
ZC601485 0000

COMPONENTS AND FUNCTIONS
Component Function
Accelerator pedal position sensor (APP sensor) Informs the ECM of the accelerator pedal depression.
"CRUISE" indicator light The light is included in the combination meter and
illuminates when the "ON OFF" switch is pressed
(auto-cruise control system: ON).
Auto-cruise control switch "ON OFF" switch Power switch for auto-cruise control system.
"ACC RES" switch Vehicle speed is set with the "ACC RES" switch and
"COAST SET" switch "COAST SET" switch.
"CANCEL" switch Cancels the cruise speed setting.
Cancel system Stoplight switch Because the constant speed driving is canceled by
the brake operation, it detects the brake pedal
status.
As for the stoplight switch, two built-in switches, the
stoplight switch which is also used for the stoplight
illumination and the brake switch which is used
exclusively for the auto-cruise control, are
integrated, and thus the reliability is enhanced.
Transmission range Because the constant speed driving is cancelled by
switch the selector lever operation, it detects the "N" position.
Data link connector If the M.U.T.-III scan tool is connected, the input check
code from the ECM can be read.
Engine control module (ECM) Based on the input signal from each sensor and
switch, it outputs the throttle opening instruction
signal to the throttle actuator control motor (TAC
motor).
Based on the input signal from each sensor and
switch, it outputs the transaxle control signal to the
TCM.
Based on the output shaft speed sensor signal from
the TCM, it calculates the vehicle speed.
Outputs the ON/OFF signals of "CRUISE" indicator
light and auto-cruise control system.
The diagnostic trouble code signal is sent to the
"CRUISE" indicator light.
The input check code are sent to the data link
connector.
Throttle actuator control motor (TAC motor) The throttle valve opens and closes in response to the
throttle angle control signal from the ECM.
Throttle position sensor (TP sensor) Informs the ECM of the throttle valve opening angle.
Transaxle control module (TCM) Based on the transaxle control signal from the
ECM, it controls the transaxle.
Outputs the signal from the transaxle output shaft
speed sensor to the ECU.

CONSTRUCTION AND OPERATION
M21702000002USA0000010000
auto-cruise control system; to the TCM it issues a
SYSTEM OUTLINE
The ECM calculates the auto-cruise control system command to transaxle control; and to the gauge it
operation status when the control section of the auto- issues an ON/OFF command for the "CRUISE"
cruise control system inside the ECM receives the indicator light.
input signals of the auto-cruise control switch, vehicle In the engine control section, the target throttle angle
speed, and cancel system (stoplight switch and value is calculated from the target acceleration value
transmission range switch). To the engine control for auto-cruise control system and the actual
section it sends the target accelerator angle value for accelerator angle value, and the vehicle speed is
controlled by applying the TAC motor.
Cancel system
Auto-cruise control switch (Stoplight switch,
transmission range switch)
ECM
Actual accelerator pedal
opening angle signal
Target accelerator
pedal opening
angle signal
Cruise control section Engine control section

Vehicle speed signal
Target throttle
valve opening
Output shaft
angle signal
Transaxle speed sensor
"CRUISE" control signal signal
indicator light
ON/OFF signal
"CRUISE" indicator light TCM TAC motor
ZC6014860000
SYSTEM FUNCTIONS 160 km/h (100 mph) or more, the constant speed
Set function driving will not be performed.
During driving with the vehicle speed range from
approximately 40 to 160 km/h (25 to 100 mph), Coast function
press the "COAST SET" switch, and then release When the "COAST SET" switch is continued to be
the hand from the "COAST SET" switch. pressed for 0.5 seconds or longer during constant
The vehicle speed of when the "COAST SET" speed driving, the throttle valve becomes fully
switch is released is memorized. Thereafter, the closed while the switch is pressed, and the vehicle
constant speed driving is performed at that vehicle is decelerated.
speed.
When the "COAST SET" switch is operated during
the driving with the vehicle speed of approximately

When the "COAST SET" switch is released, the Cancel function
vehicle speed of that time is newly memorized. When any of the following conditions is satisfied, the
Thereafter, the constant speed driving is performed constant speed driving will be cancelled.
at that vehicle speed. The auto-cruise control system is stopped by the
Also when the "COAST SET" switch is pressed for pressing of the "ON OFF" switch.
less than 0.5 seconds, the vehicle is decelerated The "CANCEL" switch is pressed.
1.6 km/h (1 mph) from the vehicle speed of constant The brake pedal is depressed.
speed driving, and the decelerated vehicle speed is The select lever is shifted to the "N" position.
newly memorized. Thereafter, the constant speed The vehicle speed becomes 40 km/h (25 mph) or
driving is performed at that vehicle speed. less.
When the "COAST SET" switch is continued to be The vehicle speed is reduced 15 km/h (9 mph) or
pressed and the vehicle speed is decelerated to more from the speed at which the constant speed
approximately 40 km/h (25 mph) or less, the set driving was started.
function and coast function are cancelled, and then An abnormality occurs to the vehicle speed signal.
the constant speed driving is cancelled. The ASC is operated.
The engine coolant temperature becomes
Resume function abnormally high.
When the "CANCEL" switch is pressed or the brake The A/T fluid temperature becomes abnormally
pedal is depressed during the constant speed high.
driving, it cancels the constant speed driving. An abnormality occurs to the ECM.
Subsequently, when the "ACC RES" switch is
pressed during the driving with the vehicle speed of Fail-safe function
approximately 40 km/h (25 mph) or more, the When any of the following conditions is satisfied, the
constant speed driving is performed with the vehicle auto-cruise control system function is stopped until
speed memorized at the last cancellation of the system returns to normal. Also, when any of the
constant speed driving. conditions is satisfied during the constant speed
driving, the constant speed driving is cancelled
Accel function immediately.
When the "ACC RES" switch is continued to be An abnormality occurs to the auto-cruise control
pressed for 0.5 seconds or more during constant switch.
driving, it accelerates the vehicle with specified An abnormality occurs to the stoplight switch.
acceleration while the switch is pressed. When any of the following conditions is satisfied, stop
Then, when the "ACC RES" switch is released, the the vehicle once and turn the ignition switch to
vehicle speed of that time is newly memorized. "LOCK" (OFF). Otherwise, even when the system
Thereafter, the constant speed driving is performed returns to normal, the auto-cruise control system
at that vehicle speed. function will continue to be stopped. Also, when any
Also, when the "ACC RES" switch is pressed for of the conditions is satisfied during the constant speed
less than 0.5 seconds, the vehicle is accelerated 1.6 driving, the constant speed driving is cancelled
km/h (1 mph) from the vehicle speed of constant immediately.
speed driving, and the accelerated vehicle speed is ECM abnormality
newly memorized. Thereafter, the constant speed TP sensor abnormality
driving is performed at that vehicle speed. APP sensor abnormality
It is possible to keep pressing the "ACC RES"
switch until the vehicle speed is accelerated to Diagnosis function
approximately 160 km/h (100 mph) or above. The diagnostic trouble code check is possible with
However, after the "ACC RES" switch is released, the "CRUISE" indicator light.
the vehicle speed of approximately 160 km/h (100
mph) becomes the newly memorized vehicle
speed. Thereafter, the constant speed driving is
performed at that speed.

To facilitate the system check, check the service
data output with the M.U.T.-III.

GENERAL INFORMATION
M21701000001USA0000010000
The following changes have been made to the
controls of the 3.8L engine provided on the
OUTLANDER.
Improvement / Additions Remark
Addition of HC trap catalytic converter <California> HC decrease
SYSTEM CONFIGURATION DIAGRAM
purge solenoid
EGR valve
(stepper motor)
Left bank heated

oxygen sensor (front) Fuel Fuel level
Positive crankcase pressure sensor
ventilation valve regulator Fuel tank
Left bank heated
oxygen sensor (rear) Fuel pump Fuel tank
Right bank Evaporative temperature
heated oxygen emission Evaporative sensor
sensor (front) ventilation emission
valve canister
Evaporative Fuel tank
Right bank emission differential
heated oxygen ventilation pressure
sensor (rear) solenoid sensor
Three-way catalytic converter
ZK602751 AA00

purge solenoid
EGR valve
(stepper motor)
Fuel level
sensor
Left bank heated

oxygen sensor (front) Fuel
Positive crankcase pressure
ventilation valve regulator Fuel tank
Left bank heated
oxygen sensor (rear) Fuel pump Fuel tank
Evaporative temperature
Right bank Center exhaust pipe Evaporative sensor
heated oxygen heated oxygen sensor emission
sensor (front) ventilation emission
valve canister
Fuel tank
Evaporative differential
Right bank emission pressure
heated oxygen ventilation sensor
sensor (rear) HC trap catalytic solenoid
converter
Three-way catalytic converter
ZK602757 AA00
Exhaust gas cleaning devices list

System Objective / Function Composition parts
Crankcase ventilation system HC decrease Positive crankcase ventilation
Re-combustion of blow-by gas. valve
Evaporative emission control HC decrease Canister
system Re-combustion of fuel vapor gas. Evaporative emission purge
solenoid
Exhaust gas recirculation (EGR) NOx decrease EGR valve
system Reduce NOx generation by
controlling EGR volume according
to engine warm-up condition and
driving conditions.
Emission Air-fuel ratio Decrease of CO, HC and NOx ECM
reduction feedback Mass airflow sensor
systems control Injector
Crankshaft position sensor etc.

System Objective / Function Composition parts
Controls air-fuel ratio of air-fuel
mixture to become theoretical air-
fuel ratio (about 14.7), which is
when the 3-way catalytic
converter's cleaning performance
is best. It also controls optimum
fuel supply based on coolant
temperature, driving conditions
etc.
Catalytic Decrease of CO, HC and NOx Monolith catalyst
converter It facilitates oxidation of CO and
HC and reduction of NOx so that
all 3 component gases are
cleaned simultaneously.
HC trap HC decrease Monolith catalyst
catalytic During cold operation of engine,
converter exhaust HC is temporarily
<California> absorbed. And then Exhaust HC is
released when temperature
reaches to level at which catalyst
is activated. This allows HC to be
reduced.
CRANKCASE VENTILATION SYSTEM

M21701000004USA0000010000
Air cleaner
Ventilation hose
PCV valve Breather hose
Flow of blow-by gas and clean air (low load area)
Flow of blow-by gas (high load area)
ZK602752 AA00

A blow-by gas reduction device prevents blow-by gas crankcase. The blow-by gas in the crankcase is
from being expelled into the atmosphere and is of induced to the intake manifold plenum through the
closed type. A positive crankcase ventilation (PCV) rocker cover and PCV valve. During high load driving,
valve is provided in the ventilation hose from the blow-by gas in the crankcase is induced to the intake
rocker cover to the intake manifold plenum. During manifold plenum through the rocker cover and PCV
low load driving, clean air is supplied to the crankcase valve and at the same time also via the air intake hose
by the air intake hose via the breather hose and rocker and throttle body due to negative pressure in the air
cover, and it mixes with the blow-by gas in the cleaner.
POSITIVE CRANKCASE VENTILATION (PCV)

VALVE
PCV valve lifts the plunger according to negative pressure at the
intake manifold plenum to create appropriate ventilation for the
From To inlet crankcase.
rocker manifold
cover plenum
Spring Plunger
ZK600307AA00
EVAPORATIVE EMISSION CONTROL SYSTEM

M21701000002USA0000010000
Mass airflow sensor

sensor
Manifold absolute
Evaporative pressure sensor
emission purge Engine coolant
solenoid temperature sensor
MFI relay
Battery
ECM
Evaporative
emission canister
ZK602753 AA00
HC (hydrocarbon) generated in the fuel tank are

adsorbed by the active carbon in the canister and
stored. HC stored in the canister is introduced to the
intake manifold when engine is in operation where it

is mixed with intake air and combusted. ECM evaporative emission purge solenoid is closed during
introduces optimum HC amount according to driving deceleration or immediately after engine start to
conditions and so performs duty control on the restrict change in air-fuel ratio and prevent engine
evaporative emission purge solenoid. Also, the from stalling.
EVAPORATIVE EMISSION PURGE SOLENOID

To throttle body An evaporative emission purge solenoid is installed in the intake
To canister manifold.The evaporative emission purge solenoid controls the
intake volume of fuel vapor gas from the canister. The
A B evaporative emission purge solenoid is a duty control type
solenoid valve. When current is not passing through the coil,
nipple A is kept airtight and fuel vapor gas cannot be sucked in.
When current passes through the coil, air can pass between
nipple A and B and fuel vapor gas is sucked in. ECM changes
the ON duty ratio according to engine's operating condition to
ZK602524 AA00 control the intake volume of fuel vapor gas.
From MFI relay
100 ms
OFF
12 V
Evaporative
emission ON
purge solenoid 0V
ECM
ZK600276AA01

EXHAUST GAS RECIRCULATION (EGR) SYSTEM
M21701000003USA0000010000
Mass airflow sensor

EGR valve
(stepper moter)
sensor
Manifold absolute
pressure sensor
Engine coolant
temperature sensor
Crankshaft position sensor Battery
ECM
ZK602754 AA00
When the combustion gas temperature becomes combustion temperature and reduce the volume of
high, generation of the environment polluting NOx NOx generated. ECM calculates the EGR introduction
(nitrogen oxides) increases rapidly. EGR system is volume according to engine operating conditions and
used to decrease the volume of NOx generated. EGR controls the EGR valve opening angle at optimum.
system re-circulates exhaust gas inside the intake Also, immediately after the ignition switch ON signal
manifold. It increases specific heat of the combustion is input, it drives fully closed stepper motor and
gases and reduces combustion speed to lower the performs initialization.

EXHAUST GAS RECIRCULATION (EGR) VALVE
An EGR valve is installed in the inlet manifold plenum.The EGR
valve controls EGR flow volume using the stepper motor method
Coil Magnet and reduces exhaust gas (NOx) and fuel consumption. The EGR
valve drives the stepper motor based on the signal from ECM.
When stepper motor rotor turns in clockwise or anti-clockwise
Rotor direction, the shaft fitted with a rotor and a screw expands and
contracts and the movement of the shaft causes the valve to go
up and down. Thus, EGR path gap is controlled minutely. The
stepper motor turns 15° per step. The stepper motor turns
forward or back only up to the angle dictated by the number of
Shaft pulse signals (number of steps) from the ECM. In other words,
increase and decrease of the EGR flow volume depends on the
number of signals (number of steps) from ECM. ECM changes
current flow to the 4 coils (A, B, C, D) in the stepper motor in
Outlet
sequence according to the phase pattern in the following chart
in order to turn the stepper motor rotor. Open valve changes
Inlet phase in order of 0 1 2 3 0. Close valve changes
phase in order of 3 2 1 0 3.
Valve
Phase Stepper motor coil
number Coil A Coil B Coil C Coil D
ZK604041AA00
0 ON OFF OFF ON
1 ON OFF ON OFF
2 OFF ON ON OFF
3 OFF ON OFF ON

From MFI relay
EGR
(stepper motor)
Coil Coil Coil Coil Flow rate

A B C D
Step
ECM
ZK602525 AA00
EMISSION REDUCTION SYSTEMS

M21701000005USA0000010000
These decrease CO, HC and NOx in the exhaust
gases and consist of air-fuel ratio feedback control
and catalytic converter.
1. AIR-FUEL RATIO FEEDBACK CONTROL

Refer to GROUP 13A - Fuel Injection Control P.13A-31.
2. CATALYTIC CONVERTER
Catalytic converter is installed in the exhaust manifold junction
Catalytic converter of each bank and in the center of exhaust pipe below the floor.
Based on appropriate air-fuel ratio feedback from oxygen
sensor, CO and HC are oxidized and NOx is reduced. Catalytic
converter is a monolith with beehive design with catalysts on the
unit surface. It is protected by a thermally insulating mat and
enclosed in a shell.
ZK602526 AA00

3. HC TRAP CATALYTIC CONVERTER
<California>
The HC trap catalytic converter is installed to the center of
HC trap catalyst exhaust pipe under the vehicle's floor. The HC trap catalytic
Three-way catalyst
converter consists of the HC trap catalyst and the three-way
Exhaust catalysts, which are the monolith type; the catalyst element is
gas attached to the honeycomb catalyst surface. The HC trap
catalyst and the three-way catalysts are held by the heat-
insulating mat and installed in the shell. The HC trap catalyst
temporarily absorbs the exhaust HC from the engine within the
temperature range in which the three-way catalyst is not
ZK602531AA00 activated, and prevents the exhaust HC from releasing outside
the vehicle. After that, the HC trap catalyst temperature rises and
releases the absorbed HC. The released HC is burnt out in the
downstream three-way catalyst.
CENTER EXHAUST PIPE HEATED OXYGEN

SENSOR
The center exhaust pipe heated oxygen sensor is installed to the
Center exhaust pipe HC trap catalytic converter. The center exhaust pipe heated
heated oxygen sensor
oxygen sensor detects the oxygen density of the exhaust gas
and outputs the voltage to the ECM in accordance with the
oxygen density.
The ECM uses this output voltage to detect the deterioration of
the HC trap catalytic converter. The structure of the center
exhaust pipe heated oxygen sensor is the same as that of the
HC trap catalytic
converter heated oxygen sensor (rear) installed in the exhaust manifold on
ZK603449AA00 the both banks.

HC TRAP CATALYTIC CONVERTER
DETERIORATION MONITOR
Engine coolant
Oxygen sensor (rear) temperature sensor
Center exhaust Accelerator pedal

pipe heated ECM position sensor
oxygen sensor
HC trap catalyst converter

ZK602532 AA00
The ECM detects the deterioration of the HC trap catalytic

converter.
When reaching the certain operating range, the ECM begins
monitoring the difference in the feedback time between the
heated oxygen sensor (rear) on the upstream of the HC trap
catalyst and the center exhaust pipe heated oxygen sensor on
the downstream of the HC trap catalyst. This monitoring allows
the ECM to detect the deterioration of the HC trap catalytic
converter.

MEMO

GENERAL DESCRIPTION
M22301000001USA0000010003
This automatic transaxle is a high torque capacity FF 6-speed
A/T. By making the shift range into a multi step, a more
effective engine torque transfer results.
The reduction of parts count from the conventional 5 A/T has
improved the productivity.
Characteristics
Item Contents
Power/fuel The gear ratio range (1st to 6th) of up to 6.1 has been adopted to combine the fuel
consumption consumption and power performance.
performance
Shift control The TCM accommodating the controls of slip lock-up*1, INVECS-II*2, and manual shift
control*2has been adopted.
*1: Mechanism that controls the slip amount inside the torque converter
*2: Control which selects the optimum gear that matches the driving style or driving
environment
SPECIFICATIONS
Transaxle model F6AJA W6AJA
Drive type FWD AWD
Torque converter Model 3-element, 1-stage, 2-phase
Stall torque ratio 1.96
Lock-up Present
Shift position P-R-N-D + sport mode
Transaxle type Forward 6-speed, reverse 1-stage
Front and rear switching Single pinion x 2 (front, rear)
Double pinion x 1 (reduction)
<Based on lepelletier system>
Clutch and brake Clutch x 3 (low clutch, 3-5 reverse clutch, high clutch)
Brake x 2 (2-6 brake, low and reverse brake)
Oil pump Trochoid type
Maximum hydraulic pressure 2.0 MPa (290 psi)
Torque capacity 320 N·m (236 ft-lb)
Solenoid valve Linear x 6 pieces
ON/OFF x 2 pieces
Transaxle ratio 1st 4.199
2nd 2.405
3rd 1.583
4th 1.161

5th 0.855
6th 0.685
Reverse 3.457
Primary reduction ratio: A 1.071
Final reduction ratio: B 3.333
A×B 3.571
Weight (including transmission fluid) FWD: Approximately 102 kg (225 pounds)/AWD: Approximately
103 kg (227 pounds)
Transmission fluid DIA QUEEN ATF - J2
System configuration
Transaxle assembly
Gear shifting element and

Output Differential gear Reduction gear forward / reverse changeover Torque converter
section*
Parking
mechanism Valve body assembly
Hydraulic control Oil pump
section Engine
Input shaft speed sensor Electronic control

Selector lever Output shaft speed sensor Throttle position Crank angle
section
sensor sensor
Combination
Control device meter-ECU TCM ECM
CAN
CAN
Mechanical system
Position light
Hydraulic system
Electrical system
* : Low clutch, 3-5 reverse clutch, High clutch, Low-reverse brake, 2-6 brake, Input shaft,
front/rear/reduction planetary gear
ZC6007850000
Parts name Function

Torque converter Composed of the cover converter, turbine assembly, stator, pump impeller assembly,
and others. It increases the engine torque, and transfers the power to transaxle.
Oil pump Composed of the gear, housing, cover, and others. It generates the oil pressure
necessary for the transmission fluid circulation, and for the operations of clutch and
brake.

Low clutch Composed of the clutch drum, piston, spring retainer assembly, drive plate, driven
plate, and others. It links the plates by the hydraulic operation of piston, and transfers
the power to the front internal gear.
3-5 reverse clutch The components are the same as for the low clutch. It links the plates by the hydraulic
operation of piston, and transfers the power to the front sun gear.
High clutch The components are the same as for the low clutch. It links the plates by the hydraulic
operation of piston, and transfers the power to the rear carrier.
Low and reverse Composed of the piston, spring retainer assembly, drive plate, driven plate, and others.
brake It links the plates by the hydraulic operation of piston, and fixes the rear carrier.
2-6 brake The components are the same as for the low and reverse brake. It links the plates by
the hydraulic operation of piston, and fixes the rear sun gear.
Input shaft It is spline-engaged with the reduction carrier. It transfers the power from the torque
converter. For the shaft inner hole, there are the lubricant supply hole for the each
sliding area inside the unit and the hydraulic pressure distribution hole for the lock-up
ON-OFF.
Front planetary gear Composed of the carrier, sun gear, and internal gear. It increases or decreases the
output rotation in relation to the input by fixing or releasing the carrier, sun gear, and
internal gear.
Rear planetary gear The components are the same as for the front planetary gear. By fixing or releasing
the carrier, sun gear, and internal gear, it increases or decreases the output rotation
in relation to the input, and switches the rotation direction between normal and reverse.
Reduction planetary The components are the same as for the front planetary gear. By fixing or releasing
gear the carrier, sun gear, and internal gear, it increases or decreases the output rotation
in relation to the input.
4-point gear The power is transferred from the rear internal gear to the output gear idler gear
reduction pinion gear final gear.
Valve body Controls the original pressure from the oil pump to the suitable hydraulic pressure for
assembly the line pressure control system, shift control system, lock-up control system, and
lubrication system.
SECTIONAL VIEW
M22301000186USA0000010000

1
10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2
19
11
12
13 18
14
17
15
16
Based on lepelletier system
ZC6007770000
1. Converter housing 10. High clutch

2. Oil pump 11. Reduction planetary gear
3. 3-5 reverse clutch 12. Rear planetary gear
4. Front planetary gear 13. Side cover
5. Low clutch 14. Reduction pinion gear
6. Output gear 15. Idler gear
7. Low and reverse brake 16. Final gear
8. One-way clutch 17. Differential case
9. 2-6 brake 18. Input shaft

19. Torque converter
1
10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2
19
11
12
18
13
14
17
15
16
Based on lepelletier system
ZC6007780000
1. Converter housing 7. Low and reverse brake

2. Oil pump 8. One-way clutch
3. 3-5 reverse clutch 9. 2-6 brake
4. Front planetary gear 10. High clutch
5. Low clutch 11. Reduction planetary gear
6. Output gear 12. Rear planetary gear

13. Side cover 17. Differential case
14. Reduction pinion gear 18. Input shaft
15. Idler gear 19. Torque converter
16. Final gear
Torque converter
M22301000194USA0000010000
The torque converter with the "3-element, 1-stage, 2-
phase" lock-up mechanism has been adopted.
Oil pump
M22301000199USA0000010000
The oil pump of "internal trochoid gear pump" has
been adopted.
1
2
4
3
ZC6007790000
1. Outer gear 3. Inlet port

2. Discharge port 4. Inner gear
CLUTCH AND BRAKE

M22301000207USA0000010000
Centrifugal cancel chamber

Dish plate and high-load wave plate With this A/T, a "centrifugal cancel chamber" that
In order to reduce the shock at the engagement, the faces all the clutch chambers is used. To the
"dish plate" with elastic effect has been adopted to the "centrifugal cancel chamber," the transmission fluid is
high clutch and low clutch. Also, the "high-load wave always charged via the special oil passage of oil
plate" with the similar effect has been adopted to the pump.
2-6 brake and 3-5 reverse clutch.

Operation and function
Clutch pressure not in operation When the clutch pressure works on the cylinder
When the clutch drum is rotated, the centrifugal chamber, the pressure overcomes the facing
force works on the remaining transmission fluid in centrifugal cancel chamber's hydraulic pressure
clutch chamber, and the force pushes the clutch and the spring force. Consequently, the clutch
piston. However, because the centrifugal force also piston is pushed, and the clutch is engaged. At this
works on the transmission fluid charged in the time, the centrifugal force that works on the clutch
centrifugal cancel chamber, the clutch piston is pressure of cylinder chamber is cancelled out by the
pushed back. Therefore, the clutch piston does not centrifugal force that works on the centrifugal
move because both forces are cancelled by each cancel chamber. Therefore, the effects from
other, preventing the clutch drag. centrifugal force generated by the clutch drum
Clutch pressure in operation rotation will be eliminated. For this reason, the
constant clutch piston pushing force is obtained
with all rotations, and smooth shifting has been
achieved.
1
10
2 9
3 7
8
6
ZC600780 0000
1. Clutch plate 6. Clutch piston

2. Clutch drum 7. Dish plate
3. Cylinder chamber 8. Clutch disc
4. Return spring 9. Retaining plate
5. Centrifugal cancel chamber 10. Snap ring
transfers the torque. It rotates freely to the opposite

One-way clutch
The type of one-way clutch adopted with this A/T is direction, and does not transfer the torque.
called as "roller type." Depending on the direction of
torque application, the clutch engages by itself and

STRUCTURE outer race with a number of tilted cam surfaces. This
With "roller type," the roller and spring are inserted type is composed of four parts.
between the inner race of cylindrical surface and the
OPERATION
When the one-way clutch is operating and the inner race and the outer race rotate
When the one-way clutch rotates toward the torque together.
transmission direction, the rollers move toward the When the one-way clutch is not operating
narrow side of the roller chamber, which is When the one-way clutch rotates toward the
composed of the inner race and the outer race. direction opposite to the torque transmission, the
Since the narrow side of the roller chamber is rollers move toward the wide side of the roller
smaller than the roller diameter, the rollers are chamber, which is composed of the inner race and
engaged between the cam surfaces of the outer the outer race. Since the wide side of the roller
race and the cylindrical surface of the inner race, chamber is larger than the roller diameter, a
clearance is created between the roller chamber
and the rollers. Therefore, the inner race and the
outer race are released.
2
1
ZC6007810000
4
3
1. Spring 3. Inner race
2. Outer race 4. Roller
VALVE BODY ASSEMBLY

M22301000208USA0000010000
The valve body assembly plays its role as the core of line". The components are the "body lower", "body
the A/T which performs "shift control", "hydraulic upper", "body inter", "separate plate", "solenoid
pressure control", and "fluid distribution to lubrication valve", "valve spool", "spring", and "check ball", and
all these parts require considerable precision.
Solenoid valve
There are two types of the solenoid valve adopted to

this A/T, "ON-OFF solenoid valve" and "linear
solenoid valve".
ON-OFF solenoid valve

The valve spool installed inside the coil only operates so as to press or not to press the ball, which seals the
hydraulic pressure supply section, against the sheet surface. With this A/T, the normal low type is used.
When the voltage is not applied to the coil, the ball is pressed against the sheet surface by the force of built-
in spring, stopping the pilot pressure. When the voltage is applied to the coil, the valve is drawn to the right,
and the hydraulic pressure seal by the ball is released, supplying the pilot pressure to the operation sections.
To operation sections
Valve spool
Pilot pressure
Ball ZC6007820000
Linear solenoid valve

There are two types to this solenoid valve, the normal low type with which the control hydraulic pressure is
not generated when the voltage is not applied to the coil, and the normal high type which has an opposite
characteristics. The principle of solenoid valve is the phenomenon that the pushing force against the valve
spool installed inside the coil increases approximately in proportion to the electric current. By using this
pushing force, it can generate the hydraulic pressure proportionate to the force.
Normal low type Normal high type
Feed back Plunger Plunger

Feed back
IN OUT EX EX OUT IN
Characteristics diagram of normal low type Characteristics diagram of normal high type
hydraulic hydraulic
pressure pressure
(P) (P)
Current (A) Current (A)
ZC6007830000

PARKING MECHANISM
M22301000209USA0000010000
The parking mechanism immobilizes the vehicle in that the vehicle does not move. Its components
combination with the side brake while the vehicle is includes the manual shaft, manual plate, rod plate,
parked. This is interlocked with the vehicle's selector parking rod, detent spring, parking pawl, and parking
lever, and it mechanically locks the parked vehicle so gear.
Parking structure
Select the parking position with the manual shaft. When the rod plate reaches the P position, the
(The detent feel of each range is determined by the parking rod is pressed down, and the rod slides in
detent spring and the overstriding force over the the support actuator inner hole.
protrusion and depression of manual plate.) At the parking rod cam, a force acts to turn the
parking pawl. Then, the pawl section of the parking
pawl is engaged with the parking gear.
Because the parking gear which is spline-engaged
with the reduction gear will be fixed, the output axis
will also be fixed.
2
1
7
4
5
6
ZC600784 0000
1. Rod plate 3. Parking pawl

2. Parking rod 4. Parking gear

5. Manual plate 6. Detent spring
7. Manual shaft
SHIFT MECHANISM
M22301000210USA0000010000
When three elements (sun gear, carrier, internal gear) perform the input, output, and fixing. The following
of planetary gear are selected as input, output, and tables "Clutch and brake, and their actions" and
fixing for each element, the gear ratio and rotation "Clutch and brake, and their operations" indicate the
direction are determined. Each clutch and brake relation of planetary gear with the clutch and brake.
Clutch and brake, and their actions

Parts name Function
Low clutch Works with 1st, 2nd, 3rd, and 4th gears, and transfers the input from 3-5 reverse
clutch drum to the front internal gear.
3-5 reverse clutch Works with 3rd, 5th, and reverse gears, and transfers the reduction internal gear
input to the front sun gear.
High clutch Works with 4th, 5th, and 6th gears, and transfers the input shaft input to the rear
carrier.
Low and reverse brake Works with engine brake, 1st and reverse gears, and fixes the rear carrier.
2-6 brake Works with 2nd and 6th, and fixes the rear sun gear rotation.
One-way clutch Works when in 1st gear under acceleration status, and fixes the rear carrier.
Clutch and brake, and their operations

Transmission range Low clutch 3-5 reverse High clutch Low and 2-6 brake One-way
clutch reverse clutch
brake
P - - - - - -
R - - - -
N - - - - - -
D 1st - - - -
1st gear - - - -
engine brake
2nd - - - -
3rd - - - -
4th - - - -
5th - - - -
6th - - - -
×: Function element -: Not applicable
POWER FLOW
The following skeleton diagram (simplified drawing of
unit structure used for the locations which indicates
the power flow passage) describes at the time of 1st
to 6th and reverse.

OUTPUT
Reduction planetary gear 2-6 brake Low-reverse brake Low clutch 3-5 reverse clutch
One-way
clutch
High
clutch
Front planetary gear

Rear planetary gear
INPUT
: Torque-transfer state
: Free state
: Fixed state Based on lepelletier system
Input shaft Reduction carrier Reduction internal gear Low clutch
Front internal gear Front carrier Rear internal gear Output gear
Front sun gear Rear sun gear Rear carrier (fixed by one-way clutch)
ZC6008400000

OUTPUT
Reduction planetary gear
2-6 brake Low-reverse brake Low clutch 3-5 reverse clutch
One-way
clutch
High
clutch
Rear planetary gear
INPUT
: Free state
Front sun gear Rear sun gear Rear carrier (fixed by low-reverse brake)
ZC6008410000

OUTPUT
One-way
clutch
High
clutch
Rear planetary gear
INPUT
: Free state
Front sun gear Rear sun gear Rear carrier
ZC6008420000

OUTPUT
One-way
clutch
High
clutch
Rear planetary gear
INPUT
: Free state
Input shaft Reduction carrier 3-5 reverse clutch Front sun gear Rear sun gear Rear carrier
Low clutch Front internal gear Front carrier Rear internal gear Output gear
ZC6008430000

OUTPUT
One-way
clutch
High
clutch
Rear planetary gear
INPUT
: Free state
Input shaft Reduction carrier High clutch Rear carrier Rear internal gear Output gear
Reduction internal gear Low clutch Front internal gear Front carrier
ZC6008440000

OUTPUT
One-way
clutch
High
clutch
Rear planetary gear Front planetary gear
INPUT
: Free state
Reduction internal gear 3-5 reverse clutch Front sun gear Rear sun gear
ZC6008450000

OUTPUT
One-way
clutch
High
clutch

Rear planetary gear
INPUT
: Free state
ZC6008460000

OUTPUT
One-way
clutch
High
clutch

Rear planetary gear
INPUT
: Free state
Input shaft Reduction carrier Reduction internal gear 3-5 reverse clutch Front sun gear
Rear sun gear Rear carrier (fixed by low-reverse brake) Rear internal gear Output gear
ZC6008470000
Control system
M22301000211USA0000010000
List of control items and input/output signals

Part name Gear Pressure Lock Torque Display INVECS Manu OBD-
Change Control up manage -II al II
ment shift
contr
ol
Input Transmission range
system switch
Output shaft speed - -
sensor

Input shaft speed sensor - -
Transmission fluid - - - -
temperature sensor
Shift switch assembly - - - - - -
Paddle shift switch - - - - - -
Low clutch pressure - - - - - - -
switch
2-6 brake pressure switch - - - - - - -
3-5 reverse clutch - - - - - - -
pressure switch
High clutch pressure - - - - - - -
switch
Low-reverse brake - - - - - - -
pressure switch
C Throttle Signal - -
A Engine revolution - -
N signal
Engine torque signal - - - -
Gear change forbid - - - - - -
Engine coolant - - - - - - -
temperature signal
Stoplight signal - - - -
Output Low clutch Linear - - - - -
system solenoid
2-6 brake Linear solenoid - - - - -
3-5 reverse clutch Linear - - - - -
solenoid
High clutch Linear - - - - -
solenoid
Lock-up & low-reverse - - - -
brake Linear solenoid
Low clutch Shift solenoid - - - - -
Low-reverse brake Shift - - - -
solenoid
PL liner solenoid - - - - - -
C Fast torque request - - - - - - -
A Slow torque request - - - - - - -
N
Torque converter - - - - - - -
state

Lever and A/T - - - - - - -
position
Failure lamp - - - - - - -
MIL lamp - - - - - - -
CAN output - - - - - -
CONTROL SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM

M22301000213USA0000010000
Transmission range switch

Output shaft speed sensor
Input shaft speed sensor
Low clutch linear solenoid valve
2-6 Brake linear solenoid valve
3-5 Reverse clutch linear solenoid valve
High clutch liner solenoid valve
CAN TCM Lock-up & Low-reverse brake

linear solenoid valve
Throttle signal Manual shift
Low clutch shift solenoid valve
Engine speed signal INVECS-II Low reverse brake shift solenoid valve
Shift prohibition signal
Stoplight switch signal
CAN
Torque down
Shift switch assembly interdependent signal
Shift switch (Up)

Shift switch (Down)
Paddle shift switch (Up)
Paddle shift switch (Down)
(In manual shift)
ZC602394 0000

Transmission fluid
temperature sensor
Line pressure
TCM
linear solenoid valve
CAN
Throttle signal
Engine speed signal
Engine torque
ZC602395 0000

TCM
Transmission fluid
temperature sensor Under normal condition
At low oil temperature Lock-up & Low-reverse
brake linear solenoid valve
At high oil temperature
In manual mode Low reverse brake shift
CAN solenoid valve
Throttle signal
Engine speed signal
Engine torque
Stoplight switch signal
ZC602396 0000

CAN
Torque down
Input shaft speed sensor interdependent signal
TCM
CAN
Throttle signal
Engine speed signal
Shift prohibition signal
ZC602397 0000
A/T position indicator

Failure lamp
MIL lamp
CAN Transmission fluid
Transmission range signal temperature check light
TCM Failure lamp signal

MIL lamp signal
ZC602398 0000

CAN General scan tool
Troubleshooting information
TCM
M.U.T.-III
ZC602399 0000
OPERATION REFERENCE TABLE FOR EACH SHIFT RANGE

M22301000212USA0000010000
Pressure switch Linear solenoid Shift solenoid

Low 2-6 3-5 High Low- Low 2-6 3-5 High Lock- Low Low-
clutch brake revers clutch revers clutch brake revers clutch up & clutch revers
e e e Low- e
clutch brake clutch revers brake
e
brake
D1 - - - - - - - - -
D2 - - - - - - - -
D2 Lock-up - - - - - - -
D3 - - - - - - - -
D3 Lock-up - - - - - - -
D4 - - - - - - - -
D4 Lock-up - - - - - - -
D5 - - - - - - -
D5 Lock-up - - - - - -
D6 - - - - - - -
D6 Lock-up - - - - - -
P - - - - - - - - - - -
R - - - - - - -
N - - - - - - - - - - -
1st gear - - - - - - -
engine
brake

DIAGNOSTIC FUNCTION
M22301000176USA0000010000
The TCM is equipped with the diagnostic function to the signal system, the diagnostic function memorizes
monitor the input signals from each sensor and output the abnormal symptoms and outputs a diagnostic
signals from the actuators. If an abnormality occurs in trouble code.
sensors, switches, or solenoids, the abnormality is

FAIL-SAFE FUNCTION
The fail-safe function has been adopted with which if controlled with the minimum adverse effect to the
an abnormality occurs in signals from various driving performance.
DTC code Detection items Fail-safe
No.
P0705 Transmission range switch system Fixed to the "D" range or the "R"
range.
P0712 Transmission fluid temperature sensor system (Short circuit) Not present
P0713 Transmission fluid temperature sensor system (Open circuit) Fixed to 5th gear during driving,
and to 3rd gear after a vehicle
stop.
P0715 Input shaft speed sensor system Fixed to the driving gear
P0720 Output shaft speed sensor system position during driving, and to
3rd gear after a vehicle stop.
Manual mode is prohibited.
P0729 6th gear incorrect ratio The current shift position is
continued, and gear is fixed to
3rd gear after a vehicle stop.
P0731 1st gear incorrect ratio At engine runup detection:
Fixed to 5th gear after a
vehicle stop.
At gear ratio abnormality
detection: Fixed to 2nd, 3rd,
4th gear.
P0732 2nd gear incorrect ratio The current shift position is
5th gear after a vehicle stop.
P0733 3rd gear ratio The current shift position is
2nd gear after a vehicle stop.
P0736 Reverse gear incorrect ratio Controlled by making the line
pressure to maximum.
P0741 Torque converter clutch system (Stuck off) Lock-up is prohibited.
P0742 Torque converter clutch system (Stuck on) Not present

No.
P0743 Lock-up & Low-reverse brake linear solenoid valve system When the lock-up and low-
reverse brake linear solenoid is
ON, fixed to 5th gear during
driving and to 3rd gear after a
vehicle stop.
P0748 Line pressure linear solenoid valve system In case of the short circuit (short
to ground), controlled by
making the line pressure to
maximum.
P0753 Low clutch linear solenoid valve system Fixed to 5th gear.
P0758 2-6 brake linear solenoid valve system Fixed to 5th gear during driving,
stop.
P0763 3-5 reverse clutch linear solenoid valve system Fixed to 5th gear during driving,
stop.
P0768 High clutch linear solenoid valve system Fixed to 5th gear.
P0815 Paddle shift switch (up) system The paddle shift operation
during the driving cycle*1in
question is prohibited.
P0816 Paddle shift switch (down) system The paddle shift operation
during the driving cycle*1in
question is prohibited.
P0826 Shift switch assembly system The manual mode during the
driving cycle*1in question is
prohibited.
P0841 Low clutch pressure switch system Control is continued with switch
always on.
P0846 2-6 brake pressure switch system Control is continued with switch
always on.
P0871 3-5 reverse clutch pressure switch system Control is continued with switch
always on.
P0876 High clutch pressure switch system Control is continued with switch
always on.
P0893 Interlock detection A reproducible shift position is
selected.
P0988 Low-reverse brake pressure switch system Control is continued with switch
always on.
P1705 Throttle position sensor information (engine) Controlled with the throttle
position fixed to 2/8 position.
Lock-up is prohibited.
P1706 Accelerator pedal position information Controlled with the throttle
position fixed to 2/8 position.

No.
Lock-up is prohibited.
P1731 1st engine brake detection The low-reverse brake shift
solenoid valve system is
released.
P1753 Low clutch shift solenoid valve system Fixed to 5th gear.
P1758 Low-reverse brake shift solenoid valve system Fixed to 5th gear during driving,
stop.
P1773 ABS Information (ASC) The lock-up during the
deceleration and when vehicle
speed is 40 km/h (25 mph) or
less is prohibited.
P1794 Ground return Fixed to 5th gear.
U0001 CAN bus off No action
U0100 ECM time out No action
U0121 ASC-ECU time out No action
U0141 ETACS-ECU time out No action
*1: Indicates the series of driving cycle "ignition key
OFF ON drive OFF."

TRANSMISSION FLUID COOLER
M22301000192USA0000010000
From radiator From heater
To radiator
Transmission fluid warmer
Thermo valve assembly
Transmission fluid cooler
ZC6022590000
In addition to the transmission fluid warmer which The warmer warms the transmission fluid up to an
utilizes the engine coolant, the air-cooled optimum temperature [70 - 80°C (158 - 176°F) quickly
transmission fluid cooler has been adopted. The to avoid loss of the automatic transaxle performance.
transmission fluid warmer makes the best use of the Once the transmission fluid has reached the optimum
characteristics that engine coolant gets warm more temperature, the warmer starts cooling down the fluid
quickly than transmission fluid after the engine starts. to stabilize the temperature.

GENERAL DESCRIPTION
M22301000001USA0000010001
ZC6032710000
The newly-developed transfer for the electronically- driving force distribution mechanism of the
controlled AWD has been adopted. The features are electronically-controlled AWD onto rear differential
as follows: side.
Lightweight and compact design with the simpler The optimized gear ratio by reducing gear offset
internal structure compared to that of the center amount
differential type full-time AWD, by installing the Higher output shaft take-out position corresponding
to the flattened front suspension crossmember

GENERAL DESCRIPTION
M22301000001USA0000010002
Key interlock cable
Selector lever
assembly
Transaxle control cable
ZC6032120000
The selector lever with the gate-type sport mode has The shift knob is painted in metallic silver with a
been adopted. The paddle shift is fitted near the high-grade appearance. A genuine-leather shift
steering wheel. The selector lever has the following knob is available on some models.
features: The main components have been made of plastic
The shift gate configuration and the operating to reduce weight and number of components.
power at each shift position have been properly Electrical control-type shift lock mechanism with the
tuned, ensuring firm and smooth operation. solenoid for ease of adjustment.
The sport mode (6-speed) allows the driver to shift The cable control-type key interlock mechanism
manually. has been adopted.

SELECTOR LEVER ASSEMBLY
M22301000189USA0000010000
P position detect switch Shift lock release button
Shift indicator valve
Shift switch assembly
Shift lock solenoid
Shift lock control relay

ZC6031910000
The electrical control-type shift lock (the shift lever is depressed) mechanism has been adopted for the
locked in the P position if the brake pedal is not selector lever assembly. The functions of each switch
are as follows:
Name Function
Shift lock release button Releases forcibly (mechanically) the shift lock.
Shift indicator bulb Illuminates the shift indicator.
Shift switch assembly Detects the selector lever activation in the sport
mode.
Shift lock solenoid Switches the shift lock mechanism ON/OFF.
Shift lock control relay Switches the shift lock solenoid power supply circuit
ON/OFF.
P position detection switch Detects the P position.
SHIFT LOCK MECHANISM

M22301000204USA0000010000
Lock lever
STRUCTURE OF SHIFT LOCK SYSTEM
This system is comprised of the following Shift lock solenoid
components. Shift lock control relay
P position detection switch

SHIFT LOCK CIRCUIT
Under all of the following conditions, the shift lock solenoid is
To stopligh t To ignitio n energized, allowing the selector lever to move from the P
switc h switc h position to another position.
Ignition switch: ON
P position detection switch: ON (the selector lever is in the P
position)
Shift lo ck Stop light switch: ON (brake pedal is depressed)
control rel ay
P position Shift lock

detect switch solenoid
ZC6030520000
OPERATIONAL DESCRIPTION
Lever sub assembly
Lock lever inhibits

selecting operation
of the lever
sub-assembly.
Shift lock
solenoid
Lock lever
ZC6023610000
SHIFT LOCK STATUS

With the shift lock status, the shift lock solenoid is not energized,
so when the select operation of the selector lever is attempted,
no select operation is possible because the lock lever blocks the
lever assembly path.

SHIFT LOCK RELEASE STATUS
When the ignition switch is ON, the selector lever is in the P
position, and the brake pedal is depressed, the shift lock
solenoid is energized to move the shift lock solenoid toward the
direction A shown in the figure. Then the lock lever linked to the
Lever sub assembly
shift lock solenoid moves as shown in the figure, and no longer
blocks the lever sub assembly path when the select operation is
Lock lever moves to performed, enabling the operation.
allow selecting operation
of the lever sub assembly.
Shift lock
solenoid
Lock lever
ZC6023620000
RELEASE USING THE SHIFT LOCK RELEASE BUTTON

If the shift lock no longer operates properly due to a dead battery
or the like, pressing the shift lock release button enables shift
operation from the P position. The shift lock release button can
be operated by removing the cover (arrow-indicated point in the
figure) and pressing it with a flat-tipped screwdriver.Pressing the
shift lock release button moves the lock lever to the position
shown in the figure, enabling shift operation.
ZC6017720000

Shift lock release button
operation direction
Lock lever
ZC6023630000
KEY LOCK MECHANISM

M22301000205USA0000010000
When the ignition key is in any position the LOCK selector lever is not in the P position, the ignition key
(OFF) position, the selector lever cannot be shifted cannot be turned to the LOCK (OFF) position and
from the P position to another position. Also, when the pulled out.

When the ignition key is in the LOCK (OFF) position (With the selector lever in the P position)
Engine starting
switch assembly
Slider
Projection of rotor
Key interlock cable
Ignition key
LOCK (OFF) position
Lock cam
ZC6027600002
In the engine starting switch assembly, the slider is the key interlock cable does not move and the lock
engaged with the notch of the key interlock cable, and cam does not move either.
the slider is locked by the projection of the rotor so that As a result of this, any attempt to shift the selector
lever, which is interlocked with the lock cam, from the
P position to another position is prevented because
the lock cam does not rotate.

When the ignition key is in position between ACC and START positions (With the selector lever in the
P position)
Engine starting
switch assembly
Slider
A
Notch of rotor
Key interlock cable
Ignition key
ACC to START position
Lock cam
ZC6027580000
The rotor in the engine starting switch assembly is

synchronized with the movement of the ignition key.
Because the notch of the rotor exists in between ACC
and START positions, the slider is unlocked.
When the key interlock cable is pulled, the slider
moves in direction A as illustrated in the figure.
Therefore, the lock cam rotation becomes possible,
and the selector lever which is interlocked with lock
cam can be shifted from the P position to another
position.

When pulling out the key with the selector lever in other than the P position
Engine starting
switch assembly Slider
Rotor
Key interlock cable
A Ignition key
ACC position
Lock cam
A
ZC602758
When the selector lever is not in the P position, the The rotor in the engine starting switch assembly is
lock cam is kept in a rotated condition, and the key synchronized with the movement of the ignition key.
interlock cable is kept pulled in direction A as When the ignition key is turned toward the LOCK
illustrated in the figure. In this state, the slider in the (OFF) position, the slider prevents the rotor from
engine starting switch assembly is locked with the turning. Therefore, the ignition key can only be turned
slider moved in direction B as illustrated in the figure. to the ACC position, so that it cannot be pulled out.

When pulling out the key with the selector lever in the P position
Engine starting
switch assembly
Slider
Rotor
Key interlock cable
A Ignition key
LOCK (OFF) position
Lock cam
A
ZC6027600003
When the selector lever is shifted to the P position, the As a result of this, the slider in the engine starting
lock cam turns. Then the key interlock cable is moved switch assembly is unlocked. Because the rotor can
by the lock cam in direction A as illustrated in the rotate with this status, the ignition key can be pulled
figure. out after the key is turned to the LOCK (OFF) position.

PADDLE SHIFT
M22301000206USA0000010000
Down shift l ever
Up shift l ever
Down shif t
Up shift
(ope rate it for 2 seconds or more to retu rn to D- rang e.)
ZC6029410000
For some models, the paddle-shaped upshift/ The vehicle is stopped.

downshift lever has been fitted near the steering No operation is carried out for 55 minutes.
wheel to allow the driver to operate upshift or The main components are made of magnesium
downshift with his/her hands kept on the steering alloy for weight reduction and a sporty look.
wheel. The paddle shift has the following features:
The lever on the right of the vehicle is for upshift and
that on the left is for downshift.
As the paddle shift is fixed on the steering column
to maintain the certain position regardless of the
steering wheel angle, the proper operation can be
performed without possibility of improper up/down
position even when the steering wheel is fully
turned.
The paddle shift can perform the upshift/downshift
operation whether the selector lever is in the sport
mode or automatic shifting to provide a rapid shift
operation.
The upshift lever is pulled for 2 seconds or more.

GENERAL INFORMATION
M22500000001USA0000010002
The 2-piece, 3-joint type propeller shaft with a center Inside the rear propeller shaft, the dynamic damper
bearing is adopted. is integrated to reduce a booming noise caused by
It has the following features: the resonance at high engine speeds.
The DOJ, which is of less sliding resistance, is used Adopting the friction welding method, the
for the No.2 joint to reduce idling vibration. installation structure is streamlined to reduce
An insulator is installed to the vehicle body joint of weight.
the center bearing to reduce vibration. Lead-free grease is used for the universal joint.
SPECIFICATIONS
Item Specification
Propeller shaft Type 2-piece, 3-joint type propeller shaft
Length* x Outer Front 708.6 × 65 (27.9 × 2.56)
diameter mm (in) Rear 1178.9 × 75 (46.4 × 2.95)
Universal joint Type No.1 Cross type (caulking method)
No.2 Constant velocity type (DOJ)
No.3 Cross type (caulking method)
Bearing Needle roller bearing (maintenance-free
type)
Front propeller Rear propeller shaft

shaft
No.1 joint Center bearing
No.3 joint
No.2 joint (DOJ)
Insulator
Dynamic damper
ZC5017790000

GENERAL INFORMATION
M22600000001USA0000010001
For the front axle, the double-row angular contact ball The long stem integrated with the differential side
bearing with an integral oil seal is adopted as a wheel constant velocity joint is adopted to streamline the
bearing, and EBJ-PTJ type constant velocity joint as structure.<AWD-RH>
a driveshaft. Lead-free grease for the constant velocity joint is
It has the following features: adopted.
The driveshaft incorporates EBJ-PTJ type constant Hexavalent chromium is eliminated from the dust
velocity joints with high transmission efficiency for cover material.
low vibration and noise. The number of parts is reduced by integrating the
Due to the use of the inner shaft and bracket magnetic encoder for ABS wheel speed detection
assembly, the right and left driveshafts are into the wheel bearing.
approximately the same in length. This reduces
noise, vibration and torque steer.<FWD-RH>
EBJ (High Efficiency Compact Birfield Joint): the
lighter and smaller constant velocity joint compared
with the conventional BJ has been achieved by
adopting the eight small balls.
PTJ (Pillow Tripod Joint)
SPECIFICATIONS
Item Specification
Wheel bearing Bearing type Unit bearing (double-row angular contact ball
bearing)
Bearing (Outer diameter x inside 80 × 43 (3.15 × 1.69)
diameter) mm (in)
Driveshaft Joint type Outside EBJ
Inside PTJ
Shaft length* x shaft LH 371.0 × 26.5 (14.6 × 1.0)
diameter mm (in) FWD-RH 412.5 × 29 (16.2 × 1.1)
AWD- 499.5 × 33 (19.7 × 1.4)
RH

Strut assembly
<LH>
Knuckle
PTJ(LH)
Front hub Driveshaft

(LH)
<2WD-RH>
PTJ(RH)
Bracket assembly Driveshaft
(RH)
EBJ Inner shaft
<4WD-RH>
PTJ(RH)
Driveshaft
Wheel bearing Oil seal
(RH)
Magnetic
encoder
ZC501780000

MEMO

REAR AXLE FWD
M22700000020USA0000010000
The rear axle has the following features: The wheel bearing is a unit ball bearing (double-row
angular contact ball bearing) which incorporates the
oil seals and is highly resistant to thrust loads.
The number of parts has been reduced by
integrating the magnetic encoder for ABS wheel
speed detection into the wheel bearing.
SPECIFICATIONS
Item Specification
Wheel bearing Type Unit ball bearing (double-row angular
contact ball bearing)
Ball bearing
Magnetic
encoder
Rear hub
Oil seal
ZC5017810000
REAR AXLE AWD

M22700000030USA0000010000
For the rear axle, the unit bearing (double-row angular Adoption of the electronic control AWD optimizes
contact ball bearing) in which the hub and ball bearing the size of the driveshaft constant velocity joint and
are incorporated has been adopted for the wheel reduces weight.
bearing, and the EUJ-ETJ type constant velocity joint Lead-free grease for the constant velocity joint has
for the driveshaft. been adopted.
The following features are also available. Hexavalent chromium has been eliminated from the
The lightweight and compact EUJ type constant dust cover material.
velocity joint has been installed on the wheel side
of the driveshaft, and the lightweight compact ETJ
type constant velocity joint has been installed on the
differential side.

The number of parts has been reduced by with the conventional BJ has been achieved by
integrating the magnetic encoder for ABS wheel adopting the eight small balls.
speed detection into the wheel bearing. ETJ (High Efficiency Compact Tripod Joint): The
with the conventional TJ has been installed.
EUJ (High Efficiency Compact Undercut Joint): The
SPECIFICATIONS
Item Specification
Wheel bearing Bearing type Unit bearing (double-row angular contact ball
bearing)
Driveshaft Joint type Outer EUJ
Inner ETJ
Shaft length* x Shaft LH 505.5 × 23 (19.90 × 0.91)
diameter mm (in) RH 586 × 23 (23.07 × 0.91)
Differential carrier
Electronic control
coupling
ETJ
Driveshaft
EUJ
Rear hub
Ball bearing
Rear hub
Magnetic
encoder
Oil seal
ZC5017820000

EUJ compared with BJ ETJ compared with TJ
BJ EUJ
ETJ
TJ
ZC5017830000
DIFFERENTIAL
M22700000010USA0000010000
With the introduction of the electronic control AWD, generated by the magnetic coil (For more details, refer
the electronic control coupling has been installed in to Electronic Control AWD P.27-18).
front of the differential. The following features are also available.
The electronic control coupling transfers the drive Aluminum differential carrier reduces weight.
force to the rear wheels by pushing the clutch in Optimization of the hypoid gear ratio reduces the
according to the strength of the magnetic attraction torque loss.
Adoption of the hypoid gear with the same teeth
height increases the strength of the coupling.
SPECIFICATIONS
Item Specification
Reduction gear type Hypoid gear
Reduction ratio 2.352
Differential gear type (Type × Side gear Straight bevel gear x 2
Quantity) Pinion gear Straight bevel gear x 2
Number of teeth Drive gear 40
Drive pinion 17
Side gear 14
Pinion gear 10
Bearing (Outside diameter × Side 72 × 35 (2.83 × 1.38)
inside diameter) mm (in) Front 55 × 30 (2.17 × 1.18)
Rear 68 × 40 (2.68 × 1.57)
Differential gear oil Type Hypoid gear oil API classification GL-5 SAE
80W
Amount dm3(qt) 0.5 (0.53)

Electronic control
Equal
coupling
altitude
toothed
gear
Bevel gear
Hypoid gear
ZC5017850000
Electronic control coupling
Differential
Clutch Electromagnet
ZC5017860000

DIFFERENTIAL MOUNT
Rear suspension
crossmember
Rear differential
mount insulator
Upper stopper
Rear differential mount
front bracket (LH)
Rear differential mount

front bracket (RH)
Electronic control coupling Lower stopper
Weight
ZC5017870000
The front side of the differential carrier is installed to crossmember via rear differential mount insulator. In
the rear suspension crossmember via rear differential this way, the three-point support type differential
mount front bracket (LH/RH). The rear side of the mount and the optimization of the layout reduces
differential carrier is installed to the rear suspension vibration and noise.
GENERAL INFORMATION
M22700000001USA0000010000
Electronic control AWD ensures performance,
lighter and smaller body, and better fuel economy. AIMS OF DEVELOPMENT
The electronic control AWD controls the torque of Lightweight and simple construction of the electronic
the electronic control coupling located between the control AWD achieves good fuel efficiency and
propeller shaft and rear differential. This strategy is provides enjoyment of selecting the drive mode.
enabled by varying the torque distribution to the
front and rear wheels from the status closer to the
front wheel drive to the status closer to the direct
coupling AWD and realizes the optimal drive force
according to the various driving conditions.

FUNCTION The following drive modes are available according
The adoption of the electronic control coupling to the drivers' preference to provide the enjoyment
of selecting functions.
prevents the tight corner braking phenomenon*and
satisfies the traction performance. Drive Control content Appeal points
mode
FWD Minimizes the High fuel efficiency
limitation force of mode which enables
the differential. smoother turning
performance of the
FWD vehicle
AWD Increases the Universal mode
limitation force of which automatically
The electronic control AWD receives the signals of the differential distributes the drive
the throttle position and vehicle speed via according to the force to the rear
different rotation wheels as necessary
CAN*communication protocol, detects the vehicle
speed of the front
driving condition and operation of the driver, and
and rear wheels
distributes the proper torque to the rear wheels.
and the throttle
position.
LOCK Further increases Mode which has an
Under severe driving conditions, the system is the limitation force excellent driving
protected by minimizing the limitation force of the of the differential performance when
differential. compared to the driving on rough
During high-speed driving, the fuel efficiency is AWD mode. roads or in stuck
improved by reducing the limitation force of the situation and enables
differential. powerful driving

Combination
ASC-ECU
meter
Electronic
Drive mode control
Engine-ECU ETACS-ECU
selector coupling
AWD-ECU
Diagnosis
connector
Vehicles for USA
Drive mode
selector
Drive mode indicator
Vehicles for Canada
Drive mode indicator
ZC5018010000
System component and function

Parts name Functional description
Engine ECU Sends the following signals required by AWD-ECU via CAN communication.

Engine torque signal
Throttle position signal
Engine speed signal
ASC-ECU Sends the following signals required by AWD-ECU via CAN communication.
ABS sensor signal (wheel speed signal) [4 wheels]
ABS operation signal
AWD limitation torque signal
Drive mode selector Sends the drive mode switch signal [FWD/AWD/LOCK] to AWD-ECU.
ETACS-ECU Receives the drive mode switch signal [FWD/AWD/LOCK] from AWD-
ECU and flashes the indicators (AWD operation indicator and LOCK
indicator) in the combination meter.
Flashes the indicators (AWD operation indicator and LOCK indicator) in
the combination meter in case of failure.
Controls diagnostic function (Compatible with scan tool).
AWD-ECU Calculates the optimum differential limitation force judging from the vehicle
condition and present drive mode based on the signals from each ECU and
switch, and controls the current value flown to the electronic control coupling.
Controls the indicators (AWD operation indicator and LOCK indicator) in the
combination meter.
Controls the self-diagnostic function and fail-safe function.
Controls diagnostic function (Compatible with scan tool).
Electronic control coupling Transmits the torque corresponding to the current value controlled by AWD-
ECU to the rear wheels.
Drive mode indicator Integrated in the combination meter, and indicates the selected drive mode
AWD operation indicator (Not displayed in FWD mode).
LOCK indicator When the AWD operation indicator and LOCK indicator flash alternately,
the system automatically enters the front wheel drive mode to protect the
drive system components, and the drive mode changeover with the drive
mode selector becomes unavailable.
When the drive system generates heat, the AWD operation indicator
flashes.
The indicator lamp operation signal from AWD-ECU is sent to the
combination meter via ETACS-ECU using CAN communication.
Data link connector Outputs the diagnostic trouble code and establishes the communication with
scan tool.

SYSTEM CONFIGURATION
Combination
Engine-ECU ASC-ECU ETACS-ECU meter
CAN_C CAN_B
CAN_C CAN_D
Diagnosis
connector
AWD-ECU
Engine
Electronic
Transmission
control
coupling
Drive mode selector
Note: The dashed line indicates CAN communication lines (CAN_B, CAN_C, CAN_D). ZC5018020000

CONTROL SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM
Drive mode selector

(FWD, AWD, LOCK) AWD-ECU
Coupling torque
[Current (1- 3A)]
CAN_B
Feed forward control
Engine-ECU · Throttle opening Combination meter
· Accelerator pedal · Vehicle speed ETACS-ECU · Drive mode indicator
· Engine r/min CAN_C · Fail information
Diagnosis output
CAN_D
Drive mode working-out
Coupling torque
ASC-ECU working-out
· 4 wheel speed
· AWD torque reduction ASC-ECU
requirement CAN_C · Drive mode
· Coupling torque
Feed back control
· Front/rear wheel
revolution difference
· Vehicle speed
ETACS-ECU
· Vehicle information
· Key position
· Battery voltage
Note: The dashed line indicates CAN communication
lines (CAN_B, CAN_C, CAN_D).
ZC5018030000

ELECTRONIC CONTROL AWD ELECTRIC CIRCUIT DIAGRAM
Fusible Ignition switch Fusible

link No.34 (IG1) link No.34
ETACS-ECU
(Fuse) ETACS-ECU NO.5
(Fuse) 10A
IG1
relay
Electronic control
No.17 No.12 coupling solenoid
10A 7.5A
AWD-ECU
AWD
FWD LOCK
ASC-ECU or
Engine-ECU
ABS-ECU
Drive mode selector
ETACS-ECU
Diagnosis
LCD connector
FWD
AWD AUTO
AWD LOCK
Combination meter
ZC5018040000
Note:The dashed line indicates CAN communication lines.

AWD-ECU
M22700000005USA0000010001
FUNCTION occurred when the failure detection conditions are

The main functions of AWD-ECU are as follows: met, and it sets the diagnostic trouble code and
Communication function executes the countermeasures for trouble. When the
CAN communication with other ECUs (Engine failure resume conditions are met, ECU determines
ECU, ASC-ECU, ETACS) the status is normal, and resumes the system.
Communication with drive mode switch: The
signal from the drive mode switch changes the
drive mode.
Combination meter display: Drive mode is CPU check
displayed. Performs the ROM and RAM check.
Coupling control function Actuator check
Current output: Differential control function of After CPU check has been completed, check
the electronic control coupling according to the the driving voltage with the actuator relay OFF.
vehicle conditions
ECU self-diagnosis function
Initial check: ROM check, relay check, etc. CPU check
Recording function of diagnosis codes and Performs CAN communication and interactive
freeze frame data in case of failure check between CPUs.
System shutdown function after failure Power supply check
detection and AWD/LOCK indicator lamp Monitors the CPU supply voltage and checks if
warning display function the voltage is within specifications.
Normal control: Malfunction of CPU power Actuator check
supply, relay check, open or short circuit of the Checks if the actuator relay turns ON according
I/O signal, abnormal CAN communication to the control.
FAIL-SAFE FUNCTION Compares the command current value from
CPU with the monitored current and checks if
FAILURE DETECTION they agree.
ECU performs the following checks at a timing shown External wire connection check
in the chart below. ECU determines the malfunction Checks if the input and output of each external
wire connection is open, shorted, or stuck.

FAIL-SAFE SPECIFICATIONS
Diagnost Diagnostic item Fail-safe
ic trouble Detection Countermeasures for failure Cancel
code No. timing condition
AWD Combination Actuator
control meter (AWD relay inside
operation AWD-ECU
indicator,
LOCK
indicator,
driving
system oil
temperature
warning
lamp)
C1078 Different size tire Always Gradually to AWD and ON Ignition switch:
installation FWD LOCK OFF
indicators
flash
alternately.
C1456 Harness, Always Immediatel AWD and OFF Ignition switch:
coupling coil y to FWD LOCK OFF
overcurrent indicators
abnormality flash
alternately.
C145A Harness, Always Immediatel AWD and OFF Ignition switch:
short circuit indicators
abnormality flash
alternately.
C145D Harness, Always Immediatel AWD and OFF Ignition switch:
break indicators
abnormality flash
alternately.
C145F Coupling Always Gradually to Drive system ON Estimated
overload FWD oil temperature of
temperature coupling is at
warning lamp specification or
turns ON. less.
C1460 Drive mode FWD switch: Changes AWD and ON Coupling:
selector circuit ON into AWD LOCK Resumes the
abnormality LOCK switch: AUTO indicators normal state.
ON mode. flash
alternately.

operation AWD-ECU
indicator,
LOCK
indicator,
driving
system oil
temperature
warning
lamp)
C2100 Battery voltage When the Gradually to AWD and ON Ignition switch:
abnormality engine speed FWD LOCK OFF
(Low voltage) is 1500 r/min, indicators
IG1 voltage is flash
less than 8 V, alternately.
and battery
voltage is less
than 8 V.
C2101 Battery voltage IG1 voltage Gradually to AWD and ON Ignition switch:
abnormality and battery FWD LOCK OFF
(High voltage) voltage are indicators
more than 17 flash
V. alternately.
C211C IG1 power IG1 voltage is Gradually to AWD and ON Ignition switch:
supply low less than 8 V. FWD LOCK OFF
voltage indicators
abnormality flash
alternately.
C211D IG1 power IG1 voltage is Gradually to AWD and ON Ignition switch:
supply high more than 17 FWD LOCK OFF
voltage V. indicators
abnormality flash
alternately.
C211E Power supply IG1 voltage is Immediatel AWD and OFF Ignition switch:
voltage 7.5 V or more. y to FWD LOCK OFF
abnormality indicators
(Low voltage) flash
alternately.
C211F Power supply Power supply Gradually to AWD and ON Battery power
voltage voltage is 17 FWD LOCK supply voltage is
abnormality V or more indicators 16 V or less.
(High voltage) flash
alternately.

operation AWD-ECU
indicator,
LOCK
indicator,
driving
system oil
temperature
warning
lamp)
C2208 AWD-ECU Always Immediatel AWD and OFF Ignition switch:
internal y to FWD LOCK OFF
abnormality indicators
flash
alternately.
U0001 Bus off When bus-off Control AWD and Turns ON/ Ignition switch:
abnormality interruption is using the LOCK OFF OFF
detected data value indicators depending on
just before flash the data value
the bus-off alternately. just before
detection. the bus-off
detection.
U0100 Engine CAN time Always Gradually to AWD and ON Ignition switch:
out AWD AUTO LOCK OFF
mode indicators
flash
alternately.
U0121 ABS CAN time ABS signal Gradually to AWD and ON Ignition switch:
out cannot be FWD LOCK OFF
received. indicators
flash
alternately.
U0141 ETACS CAN ETACS Retains the AWD and ON Ignition switch:
time out signal cannot last normal LOCK OFF
be received. status. indicators
flash
alternately.
U0401 Engine CAN Always Gradually to AWD and ON Ignition switch:
data abnormality AWD AUTO LOCK OFF
mode indicators
flash
alternately.

operation AWD-ECU
indicator,
LOCK
indicator,
driving
system oil
temperature
warning
lamp)
U0415 ABS CAN data One or more Gradually to AWD and ON Ignition switch:
abnormality wheel speed FWD LOCK OFF
data has indicators
abnormality. flash
alternately.
U113C Wheel speed ABS signal Gradually to AWD and ON Ignition switch:
sensor cannot be FWD LOCK OFF
abnormality received. indicators
Diagnostic flash
trouble code alternately.
U0121 has
not been
detected yet.
DIAGNOSTIC FUNCTION SERVICE DATA OUTPUT

AWD-ECU has the following functions for easier Using scan tool, the data (input data from each ECU
system checks. All of the following items can be and switch) used for control by the electronic control
diagnosed using the scan tool. AWD system can be read.
Diagnostic trouble code set
Service data output
Actuator test
Freeze frame data output
ACTUATOR TEST
DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE SET Scan tool can forcibly drive the actuators (electronic
Using scan tool, the diagnostic trouble code control coupling solenoid and drive mode indicator)
(information of failures generated in the electronic controlled by the electronic control AWD system.
control AWD system) can be read. When a failure
occurs, AWD-ECU sets the diagnostic trouble code
for that failure in the nonvolatile memory (EEPROM*),
so the recorded information will not be erased even if
the battery is disconnected. FREEZE FRAME DATA OUTPUT
Scan tool can read the freeze frame data (driving
conditions when the failure occurs) set when the
*EEPROM (Electrical Erasable & Programmable
diagnostic trouble code is detected.
ROM): Special type of memory that can be
programmed or erased electrically
For the diagnostic trouble code output items of the
electronic control AWD, refer to Workshop Manual.

DRIVE MODE SELECTOR
M22700000032USA0000010000
The drive mode selector has been installed on the floor console.
When the dial is rotated with the ignition switch turned to ON
position, you can select the drive mode from FWD (2WD), AWD
(4WD), or LOCK modes.
Drive mode
selector
ZC5018050000
ELECTRONIC CONTROL COUPLING

M22700000007USA0000010000
FEATURES
The electronic control coupling realizes the highly
reliable AWD system with lighter weight and simpler
construction.
CONSTRUCTION
Rear differential
Pilot cam
Pilot clutch Magnet coil
Armature
Main cam
Ball
Front housing
Rear housing
Drive pinion
Main clutch Shaft ZC5018090000
The electronic control coupling is comprised of the armature, pilot clutch, rear housing, magnetic coil, and
front housing, main clutch, main cam, ball, pilot cam, shaft.

The front housing is joined to the propeller shaft and on the inner side (The pilot clutch is installed via the
rotates along with the shaft. pilot cam).
The main clutch and pilot clutch are assembled to The shaft is engaged via serrations with the drive
the front housing on the outer side and to the shaft pinion of the rear differential.
OPERATION
COUPLING STOPS (FWD: MAGNETIC COIL DE-ENERGIZED.)
Main clutch
Pilot clutch
Front housing Magnet coil
Propeller shaft
Shaft Drive pinion

(rear differential)
ZC5018100000
The drive force from the transfer is transmitted to the front housing. Because the pilot clutch and the main
front housing connected to the propeller shaft. The clutch are not engaged with the magnetic coil de-
drive force is also transferred to the pilot clutch and energized, the drive force is not transferred to the
the outer side of the main clutch assembled to the shaft and the drive pinion of the rear differential.

COUPLING OPERATES (AWD: MAGNETIC COIL ENERGIZED)
Main cam
Main clutch Armature Magnetic field
Pilot clutch
Front housing
Magnet coil
Rear housing
Propeller shaft
Shaft Ball Pilot cam Drive pinion

(rear differential)
ZC5018100001
Pilot cam
Main cam
Ball
ZC5018110000
The drive force from the transfer is transmitted to The ball slides along the curved space between the
the front housing connected to the propeller shaft. pilot cam and main cam by the rotational speed
The drive force is also transferred to the pilot clutch difference and pushes the pilot cam and main cam.
and the outer side of the main clutch assembled to Then, the main clutch is pushed toward the main
the front housing. When the magnetic coil is cam to engage. When the main clutch is engaged,
energized, the magnetic field is generated among the drive force is transferred to the rear wheels via
the rear housing, pilot clutch, and armature. The the shaft and the drive pinion of the rear differential.
magnetic field induces the pilot clutch and armature By controlling the current applied to the magnetic
to engage the pilot clutch. When the pilot clutch is coil, the amount of the drive force transferred to the
engaged, the drive force is transferred to the pilot rear wheels can be controlled within the range of 0
cam. When there is a difference in wheel angle to 100%.
between the front and rear wheels (i.e. rotation
speed of the propeller shaft is different from that of
the drive pinion), the rotation speed of the pilot cam
applied with the drive force and that of the main cam
not applied with the drive force become different.

GENERAL INFORMATION
M23100000001USA0000010000
DESIGN CONCEPT OUTLINE FEATURE

Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) Warns driver of low tire pressure by illuminating the
TPMS warning light on the combination meter
Warns driver of TPMS problems by flashing the
TPMS warning light on the combination meter
SPECIFICATIONS
Item Specification
TPMS warning Warning ON 174 (25) or less
pressure kPa (psi) Warning OFF 189 (27) or more
Wheel Type Steel type Aluminum type Aluminum type
Size 16 × 6 1/2JJ 18 × 7JJ
Amount of wheel offset 38 (1.5) 38 (1.5)
mm (in)
Pitch circle diameter 114.3 (4.50) 114.3 (4.50)
(PCD) mm (in)
Tire Size P215/70 R16 99H P225/55 R18 97H
Spare wheel Type Steel type
Size 16 × 4T
Amount of wheel offset 40 (1.6)
mm (in)
Pitch circle diameter 114.3 (4.50)
(PCD) mm (in)
Spare tire Size T155/90 D16
TIRE PRESSURE MONITORING SYSTEM (TPMS)

M23100000002USA0000010000
Refer to GROUP 42B - Keyless Operation System
(KOS) P.42B-23or GROUP 42C - Wireless
Control Module (WCM) P.42C-2.

GENERAL INFORMATION
M23200000001USA0000010000
For the power plant support, the inertial axis four-point For the engine mounting bracket, lightweight and
mounting system is adopted, and the system has the high rigidity aluminum is used to reduce
following features. acceleration noise.
For the engine and transaxle mountings, the For the transaxle mounting bracket, light weight and
cylindrical liquid seal mountings are adopted. This high rigidity sheet metal is used to reduce gear
reduces idling vibration and acceleration noise, and noise.
improves riding comfort. For the front and rear roll stoppers, insulators are
used for 6A/T. This reduces idling vibration and
acceleration/deceleration shock.
A flat crossmember improves steering ability.
Rear roll stopper

Engine mounting
insulator
<AWD>
Engine mounting
bracket
<FWD>
Transaxle mounting
insulator
Front roll stopper

Flat crossmember
Transaxle mounting
bracket
ZC6005360001

35-1
GROUP 35
SERVICE BRAKES
CONTENTS
BASIC BRAKE SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35A
ANTI-LOCK BRAKING SYSTEM (ABS). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35B
ACTIVE STABILITY CONTROL SYSTEM (ASC). . . . . . . . . . . . 35C

GENERAL INFORMATION
M23300000001USA0000010000
The MacPherson strut type suspension is adopted.
shocks received when the vehicle negotiates
MAIN FEATURES bumps.
The wheel tread is enlarged to improve cornering The fully flattened crossmember improves the left/
ability. right direction rigidity of installation points of the
The roll center height is reviewed with regarding the lower arms for high steering ability.
vehicle specifications to improve the steering ability. Tuning of the lower arm bushes improves the
Increasing of the suspension stroke enables to steering ability and riding comfort.
improve the road holding quality, and secures good The stabilizer bar is joined to the strut for high
adhesion even on bumpy/rough roads to reduce efficiency to secure the optimum rolling rigidity, and
improves the steering ability.
Total tuning of struts, springs, and bump rubbers
improves the steering ability and riding comfort.
Coil spring
Stabilizer link
Stabilizer bar
Shock absorber
Lower arm
Front axle crossmember
(Flat crossmember)
ZC6008360000
SPECIFICATIONS
SUSPENSION SYSTEM
ITEM SPECIFICATION
Suspension type MacPherson strut with coil spring

WHEEL ALIGNMENT
ITEM SPECIFICATION
Camber 0°21'
Caster 2°57'
Kingpin inclination 12°44'
Toe-in mm (in) 1 (0.04)
COIL SPRING
ITEM SPECIFICATION
Wire diameter mm (in) 14 (0.6)
Average outside diameter mm (in) 159 (6.2)
Free length mm (in) 345 (13.5)

MEMO

GENERAL INFORMATION
M23400000001USA0000010000
The trailing arm type multi-link suspension is adopted. Improvement of arms installation accuracy
The main features are listed as follows: eliminates the camber adjustment to improve
The wheel tread is enlarged to improve cornering maintenance performance.
ability. The trailing arm bushings are installed in the upper
The roll center height is reviewed with regard to the position to improve the movement of the
vehicle specifications to improve the steering ability. suspension when the vehicle negotiates bumps and
The double crossmember is adopted and the upper increase the riding comfort.
arm, lower arm, toe control arm are jointed to the Twin tube type shock absorber is adopted to secure
crossmember to improve the suspension alignment the optimum rolling rigidity and improve the steering
accuracy and maintenance performance. ability.
The high efficiency ball joint type stabilizer link is
adopted to improve the steering ability.
The toe control arm is installed in the lower position
to increase the toe and camber rigidity and improve
the steering ability.
<2WD> Shock absorber
Upper arm
Coil spring
Toe control arm
Rear crossmember
Stabilizer bar
Trailing arm
ZC6002930000

<4WD>
Shock absorber
Upper arm Rear crossmember
Stabilizer bar
Coil spring
Toe control arm
Trailing arm
ZC6002940000
Rebound
spring
Piston
Outer shell
Cylinder
ZC6002950000
SPECIFICATIONS
SUSPENSION SYSTEM
Item Specification
Suspension type Trailing arm type multi-link

WHEEL ALIGNMENT
Item Specification
Camber -0°25'
Toe-in (in) 3 (0.12)
COIL SPRING
Item FWD AWD
M-Line H-Line M-Line H-Line
Wire diameter mm (in) 14 (0.6) 14 (0.6) 14 (0.6) 14 (0.6)
Average outside diameter mm (in) 112 (4.4) 112 (4.4) 112 (4.4) 112 (4.4)
Free length mm (in) 5 person 358 (14.1) 358 (14.1) 363 (14.3) 363 (14.3)
7 person 363 (14.3) 363 (14.3) - 368 (14.5)

GENERAL
M23500000001USA0000010000
Brake systems with higher reliability and durability
have achieved distinguished braking performance.
FEATURES IMPROVEMENT IN SAFETY

The 4-wheel anti-skid brake system (4ABS) has
IMPROVEMENT OF BRAKING PERFORMANCE been installed to prevent slippage resulting from the
The 10-inch single brake booster with the variable wheel lock and assure stable vehicle posture and
boost ratio mechanism has been installed to assure driveability.
the maximum braking force with less pedal pressure Electronic control braking force distribution system
in case of emergency. (EBD) assures maximum braking force
In addition to the 10-inch single brake booster, the independent of the passenger's position in the
small and long stroke-type master cylinder has vehicle.
been adopted to achieve the downsizing and X-type piping of brake lines have been adopted for
secure the assist force. the front and rear wheels.
The installation of 16-inch ventilated disc brake on Audible wear indicators are used on the front and
the front axle and 16-inch solid disc brake on the rear brake pads to warn the driver of the wear limit.
rear axle achieves the secure braking force and
direct braking feeling.
SERVICE QUALITY IMPROVEMENTS
Diagnostic function has been adopted to ABS for
easier inspection.
Brake fluid reservoir, master cylinder, and brake
booster have been integrated for downsizing and
better serviceability.
Hydraulic unit
Reserve tank
Master cylinder
Rear disc brake
Brake booster
Front disc brake ZC6016900000

SPECIFICATIONS
Item Specifications
Master cylinder Type Tandem type
I.D. mm (in) 20.6 (0.81)
Brake booster Type Vacuum type, single
Effective dia. of power cylinder mm 254 (10.0)
(in)
Boosting ratio 6.5 (Pedal pressure: 60N)
8.5 (Pedal pressure: 140N)
Rear wheel hydraulic control method Electronic control braking force
distribution system (EBD)
Front brake Type Floating caliper 1 piston ventilated disc
(V6-S57)
Disc effective dia × thickness mm 294 × 26 (11.6 × 1.02)
(in)
Wheel cylinder I.D. mm (in) 57.2 (2.25)
Pad thickness mm (in) 10.0 (0.39)
Clearance adjustment Automatic adjustment
Rear brake Type Floating caliper 1 piston solid disc (S6-
S38)
Disc effective dia × thickness mm 302 × 10 (11.9 × 0.39)
(in)
Wheel cylinder I.D. mm (in) 38.1 (1.50)
Pad thickness mm (in) 10.0 (0.39)
Clearance adjustment Automatic adjustment
MASTER CYLINDER
M23500000010USA0000010000
Secondary piston assembly Primary piston assembly
ZC6018590000
The master cylinder is a tandem type and is integrated

with the brake fluid reservoir with the level sensor.

BRAKE BOOSTER
M23500000020USA0000010000
Diaphragm
Booster return spring

Reaction disc
Operating rod
Push rod
Barometric pressure chamber

ZC6009900000
10-inch single brake booster has been installed. The

variable boost ratio mechanism which increases the
brake booster gain has been adopted.
VARIABLE BOOST RATIO MECHANISM

The variable boost ratio mechanism changes the input/output
characteristics of the brake booster in two phases by changing
the reaction force applied to the valve plunger during the assist
phase.
AT INITIAL BRAKE ASSIST

When the brake pedal is not depressed (no input load applied),
Reaction
washer Disc the reaction washer is not deformed.
When the brake pedal is depressed, the reaction washer is
deformed to reach the ring piston and disc, then the first input
characteristics begin (Ratio 1).
Ring piston ZC6009910000

AT AN INCREMENT OF ASSIST RATIO
The reaction washer is further deformed and pushes down the
Spring
ring piston and lock washer, deflecting the spring. All the force
Spring pushing the ring piston and disc is transferred to the brake
seat
pedal via spring seat and disc as the reaction force.
Valve
piston
Lock washer ZC600992 0000
Reaction
The reaction washer is then further deformed, and when the
washer lock washer makes contact with the control housing, the input
characteristics change. All the force applied from the reaction
washer to the ring piston is now transferred to the control
housing via the lock washer, so no force is applied to the brake
Control pedal. The second input characteristics (Ratio 2) begin.
housing
Ring piston Lock washer ZC6009930000

BRAKE PEDAL
M23500000070USA0000010000
<Before collision> <After collision>
Brake pedal and support Brake pedal and support Pedal retreat
member Slope member path in collision
Slope
Collision load
Pedal arm
Pedal arm
Push
rod Push
Brake booster Brake booster rod
Pedal support frame
position before collision
After the breakage
mechanism operates
Pedal support frame position after

collision
ZC6009950000
The brake pedal retreat suppression mechanism surface of the brake pedal is retreated. In this case,
restrains the retraction of the brake pedal surface the end of the pedal support is forcibly slid down and
during a frontal collision, to reduce the shock to the back by the interference with the slope mounted on
driver's feet. the front deck crossmember assembly. At the same
When the brake booster is crushed rearward by the time, the linkage (comprised of the pedal support,
engine retreat during a frontal collision, the installation pedal arm, and push rod) moves the brake pedal
surface forward.

DISC BRAKE
M23500000071USA0000010000
<Front disc brake>
Normal At wear limit

Pad
<Rear disc brake>

Wear indicator Brake disc
AC201769
ZC6024420000
1-piston ventilated disc brake (V6-S57) has been An audible wear indicator has been adopted to the
installed to the front brake, and 1-piston solid disc front brake LH pads and rear brake LH/RH pads to
brake (S6-S38) has been installed to the rear brake. warn the driver of the wear limit.
The outer disc type brake disc which can be tightened
together with the wheel has been introduced for better
serviceability.
DISC BRAKE DESIGNATION

N Item Contents
o.
1 Brake disc type V: Ventilated
S: Solid
V 6 - S 57 2 Brake size 6: 16-inch
(Minimum applicable
1 2 3 4 disc wheel)
3 Number of pistons S: 1 (Floating type)
ZC600997 0000 4 Piston size 57: Φ 57.2 mm (2.25 in)
38: Φ 38.1 mm (1.49 in)

N Item Contents
o.
(Rounded integral
value)

GENERAL INFORMATION
M23501000001USA0000010000
FEATURES
The 4ABS ensures directional stability and control Fail-safe function which ensures that safety is
during hard braking. maintained.
This ABS uses a 4-sensor system that controls all four Diagnostic function which provides improved
wheels independently of each other. serviceability.
EBD*1(Electronic Brake-force Distribution system)
control can obtain ideal rear wheel brake force. *1: EBD (Electronic Brake-force Distribution)
The magnetic encoder for wheel speed detection
*2: For further details on CAN communication, refer
has been installed instead of the rotor as the wheel
speed sensor. to GROUP 54D, CAN P.54D-2.
For wiring harness saving and secure data On vehicles with ASC, the ABS system is controlled
by the ASC-ECU. For the system construction, refer
communication, CAN*2bus has been adopted as a
to GROUP 35C, General
tool of communication with another ECU.
Information P.35C-2. (Vehicle with ASC)
SPECIFICATIONS
Item Specification
ABS control type 4-sensor
Wheel speed sensor Magnetic encoder Front 86 (N-pole: 43, S-pole: 43)
Rear 86 (N-pole: 43, S-pole: 43)
Type Semiconductor type

6 7 6 7
ASC
OFF
SE R VIC E
RE Q UIRE D CHECK
6 7
3
4 <AWD>, 5, 9
1 2
8 1
2 ZC6006610000
Name of part Num Outline of function

ber
Sensor Wheel speed sensor 1 Outputs the frequency signal in proportion to the rotation speed
of each wheel to ABS-ECU.
Magnetic encoder for 2 When the magnetic encoder for wheel speed detection (a plate
wheel speed detection on which north and south pole sides of the magnets are arranged
alternately) rotates, the wheel speed sensor outputs frequency
pulse signal in proportion to each wheel speed.
Stoplight switch 3 Outputs the signal indicating whether the brake pedal is
depressed or not to ABS-ECU.

Name of part Num Outline of function
ber
G sensor <AWD> 4 Incorporated in ABS-ECU, and detects the longitudinal
acceleration of the vehicle.
Actuator Hydraulic unit 5 Drives the solenoid valve using the signal from ABS-ECU, and
controls the brake fluid pressure for each wheel.
ABS warning light 6 Informs the driver of the system status by illuminating, flashing,
or turning off the warning light according to the signal from ABS-
ECU.
Brake warning light 7 Used as the warning light for the parking brake, brake fluid level,
and EBD control. Informs the driver of the system status by
illuminating or turning off the warning light according to the signal
from ABS-ECU.
Data link connector 8 Outputs the diagnostic trouble code and establishes the
communication with the scan tool.
ABS-ECU 9 Controls actuators (described above) based on the signals
coming from each sensor.
Controls the self-diagnosis and fail-safe functions.
Controls the diagnostic function (scan tool compatible).

SYSTEM CONFIGURATION DIAGRAM
Wheel speed sensor (FL) FR solenoid valve (OUT)

Wheel speed sensor (RL) FR solenoid valve (IN)
FL solenoid valve (OUT)
Wheel speed sensor (RR) FL solenoid valve (IN)
RR solenoid valve (OUT)
Wheel speed sensor (FR)
RR solenoid valve (IN)
Stop light switch RL solenoid valve (OUT)
ABS-ECU
RL solenoid valve (IN)
ABS-ECU power supply
Combination meter and multi
information display
· ABS warning light
· Brake warning light
Data link connector
CAN-BUS LINE
Front-right Rear-right
wheel (FR) wheel (RR)
CAN-BUS LINE ETACS-ECU
Wheel Wheel
speed speed
sensor sensor
(FR) (RR)
Stoplight switch
Hydraulic
unit
Wheel Wheel
speed speed
sensor sensor
(FL) (RL)
Front-left Rear-left
wheel (FL) wheel (RL)
ZC6006660000

SENSOR
M23501000010USA0000010000
WHEEL SPEED SENSOR

Front Rear
Front wheel speed sensor Rear wheel speed sensor
Encoder for Encoder for

wheel speed detection wheel speed detection
ZC6006670000
The wheel speed sensor is a kind of a pulse generator. The front wheel speed sensor consists of the front
It consists of the magnetic encoder for wheel speed wheel speed sensor mounted on the knuckle and the
detection (a plate on which north and south pole sides magnetic encoder for wheel speed detection which is
of the magnets are arranged alternately) which rotates press-fitted together with the oil seal to the front wheel
at the same speed of the wheel and the wheel speed bearing. The rear wheel speed sensor consists of the
sensor (semiconductor sensor). This sensor outputs rear wheel speed sensor mounted on the trailing arm
frequency pulse signals in proportion to the wheel assembly and the magnetic encoder for wheel speed
speed. detection, which is press-fitted together with the oil
seal to the rear wheel bearing.
G SENSOR <AWD>
The G-sensor is incorporated in ABS-ECU, and
detects longitudinal acceleration of a vehicle.
Actuator
M23501000020USA0000010000
ABS warning light, Brake warning light

The ABS system informs the driver to the ABS system Turns ON when the EBD system malfunction
status by illuminating, extinguishing, or flashing the occurs.
ABS warning light and brake warning light as follows.
Turns ON when the brake fluid level in the
Turns ON when the system malfunction occurs. reservoir tank becomes the specified value or
lower than that.
Turns ON when the parking brake lever is pulled
and the brake is activated.
ABS warning light and brake warning light illumination or flashing pattern
State ABS warning light Brake warning light
Normal Correct - -

State ABS warning light Brake warning light
Faulty ABS failure Illuminates -
EBD failure Illuminates Illuminates
When scan tool is Actuator not operated - -
connected Actuator operated Flash (2Hz) -
ABS-ECU
M23501000030USA0000010001
By integrating ABS-ECU into the hydraulic unit, no activates a fail-safe function and illuminates the
wiring harness for sending drive signal of the ABS warning light and brake warning light*.
solenoid valve and pump motor is required,
assuring higher reliability.
By incorporating the G-sensor, no sensor harness
is required, enhancing the reliability. <AWD> ABS-ECU detects vehicle speed from the signals of
Self-diagnostic and memory functions are the wheel speed sensor and its incorporated G
integrated into ABS-ECU. If any malfunction is sensor <AWD>, recognizes the wheel rotation
detected by the self-diagnostic function, ABS-ECU status, estimates the wheel slip condition based on
the preprogrammed algorithm, and then controls
the solenoid valve in the hydraulic unit so that the
wheels do not lock.
ABS hydraulic pressure control
Pressure increase
Hold
Pressure decrease
Wheel speed
Estimated vehicle speed
A C
D
Actual wheel speed
a
Brake pressure
e
d
b
c
ZC500796

The ABS-ECU calculates the speed and When the vehicle deceleration and wheel speed
deceleration of each wheel based on the signals begin recovery, and the vehicle speed reaches the
from the four wheel speed sensors and the G point B, ECU outputs the pressure hold signal to
sensor incorporated in the ABS-ECU, and maintain the wheel cylinder fluid pressure.
estimates the vehicle speed at that time. (between b and c)
When the brake pedal is depressed, the brake fluid When the wheel speed deceleration is further
pressure applied to the wheel cylinder increases, recovered and overpasses the point C, ECU
and the wheel speed decreases. When the determines that the wheel lock possibility has been
difference between the wheel speed and vehicle eliminated and increases the brake fluid pressure
speed increases, and the vehicle deceleration by outputting the pressure increase signal again.
goes below the specified value (Point A), ECU (between c and d)
determines that the wheels are about to be locked. Brake fluid pressure is controlled by repeating the
At this time, ECU reduces the brake fluid pressure increase and hold of the pressure. (between d and
by outputting the pressure decrease signal to the e)
solenoid valves (IN, OUT). (between a and b) When the wheel deceleration goes below the
threshold again, ABS-ECU controls the brake fluid
pressure by repeating the cycle (Step 2 to 5).
Four-wheel control
ABS fluid pressure is controlled independently for four
wheels.
EBD hydraulic pressure control
EBD operation conceptual diagram
EBD braking force distribution range

Ideal distribution curve for
fixed passengers boarding
Enhanced braking force
Rear braking force
Brake force distribution curve by

Ideal distribution curve for conventional proportioning valve
one passenger boarding
Front braking force
ZC500798
EBD control is activated in a range with lower slip ratio

INITIAL CHECK
where ABS is disabled. EBD calculates vehicle ABS-ECU performs the following initial checks using
deceleration and slip amount of the four wheels based the diagnostic functions. ABS-ECU illuminates the
on the wheel speed sensor signal. If the rear wheel ABS warning light for 3 seconds (including the initial
speed differs from the vehicle speed by a certain level
or more, EBD increases, holds, and decreases the check)*after the ignition switch is turned ON. If any
pressure at the rear wheel control solenoid valve in malfunction is detected, ABS-ECU continues
the hydraulic unit, and then adjusts rear wheel brake illuminating the ABS warning light and disables ABS
fluid pressure fairly close to an ideal distribution curve. control.

Performs self-diagnosis in ECU.
Checks for abnormal output voltage of G sensor,
and detects open or short circuit in the G sensor.
<AWD>
Checks the output voltage for G sensor, and
determines that the G sensor is stuck when the
output voltage exceeding the specification
INITIAL CHECK continues for a certain period or more. <AWD>
Performs self-diagnosis in ABS-ECU. ECU power supply
STARTUP CHECK Checks if ECU power supply voltage stays within
the operational range.
When the startup vehicle speed reaches Wheel speed sensor
approximately 10 km/h, ABS-ECU performs the Monitors the output voltage of the sensor signal
following checks. wiring harness and checks for abnormal output
Motor, solenoid valve check (Initial startup*only) voltage (open/short circuit).
Turns ON the motor relay in ECU, and checks the Checks for any wheels that do not send pulse
pump motor operation. At the same time, ABS-ECU signal while the vehicle is in motion.
sequentially energizes each solenoid valve in a very Checks if wheel speed which is abnormally
short period and checks the valve operation. higher or lower than the vehicle speed is input.
Pump motor, solenoid valve
Checks that the ABS-ECU output signal and the
operating conditions of the pump motor and
Wheel speed sensor check solenoid valve agree with each other.
ABS-ECU checks for any wheels that have not
received wheel speed sensor signal from the CAN COMMUNICATION
ABS-ECU outputs the ABS warning light and the EBD
startup.
warning light*illumination request signals to the
CONSTANT CHECK combination meter through CAN communication.
ABS-ECU constantly checks the following items.
ABS-ECU
FAIL-SAFE FUNCTION
If any malfunction is detected by the self-diagnostic and brake warning light*, and it disables ABS and
function, ABS-ECU illuminates the ABS warning light EBD control.
DTC Item Countermeasures for failure

code EBD control ABS control Brake ABS warning
No. warning light light
C100A Abnormality in FL wheel speed Executed Prohibited Extinguished * Illuminated*3
sensor circuit (Prohibited 2
C1015 Abnormality in FR wheel speed when two or
sensor circuit more wheels
are faulty.)
C1020 Abnormality in RL wheel speed
sensor circuit
C102B Abnormality in RR wheel speed
sensor circuit

C1011 Abnormality in FL wheel speed Executed Prohibited Extinguished * Illuminated*3
sensor signal (Prohibited 2
C101C Abnormality in FR wheel speed when two or
sensor signal more wheels
are faulty.)
sensor signal
C1032 Abnormality in RR wheel speed
sensor signal
C1014 Mutual monitoring of FL wheel Executed Prohibited Extinguished * Illuminated*3
speed sensor (Prohibited 2
C101F Mutual monitoring of FR wheel when two or
speed sensor more wheels
are faulty.)
C102A Mutual monitoring of RL wheel
speed sensor
C1035 Mutual monitoring of RR wheel
speed sensor
C1041 Abnormality in periodical signal Executed Prohibited Extinguished * Illuminated*3
for FL wheel speed sensor (Prohibited 2
C1042 Abnormality in periodical signal when two or
for FR wheel speed sensor more wheels
are faulty.)
C1043 Abnormality in periodical signal
for RL wheel speed sensor
for RR wheel speed sensor
C1046 FL wheel speed sensor control Executed Prohibited Extinguished * Illuminated*3
phase time exceeded (Prohibited 2
C1047 FR wheel speed sensor control when two or
phase time exceeded more wheels
are faulty.)
C1048 RL wheel speed sensor control
phase time exceeded
C1049 RR wheel speed sensor control
phase time exceeded
C104B Abnormality in FL wheel inlet Prohibited Prohibited Illuminates Illuminates
valve system
C104F Abnormality in FR wheel inlet
valve system
C1053 Abnormality in RL wheel inlet
valve system
C1057 Abnormality in RR wheel inlet
valve system

C105F Abnormality in FL wheel outlet Prohibited Prohibited Illuminates Illuminates
valve system
C1063 Abnormality in FR wheel outlet
valve system
C1067 Abnormality in RL wheel outlet
valve system
C105B Abnormality in RR wheel outlet
valve system
C2104 Malfunction of valve power Prohibited Prohibited Illuminates Illuminates
supply circuit
C1073 Malfunction of motor drive circuit Executed Prohibited Extinguished Illuminated*3
C2116 Abnormality in pump motor Executed Prohibited Extinguished Illuminated*3
power supply voltage
C1000 Abnormality in stop light switch Executed Executed Extinguished Extinguished
circuit
C2200 Trouble in ASC-ECU Prohibited Prohibited Illuminates Illuminates
C2100 Battery 9.7 ± 0.3 V or Executed Prohibited Extinguished Illuminates
voltage less*1
problem (low
voltage) 8.0 ± 0.5 V or Prohibited Prohibited Illuminates Illuminates
less*1
C2101 Battery 18.0 ± 1.0 V or Prohibited Prohibited Illuminates Illuminates
voltage more
problem (high
voltage)
C1395 Brake fluid charging Executed Executed Extinguished Flashes (1 Hz)
incompletion
C2203 VIN not written Executed Executed Extinguished Illuminates
C1210 Defective G Abnormality in Executed Prohibited Extinguished Illuminates
*4 sensor output voltage
C1242 Defective G Abnormality in Executed Prohibited Extinguished Illuminates
*4 sensor output voltage
C2111 Sensor power supply circuit/Low Executed Prohibited Extinguished Illuminates
*4 input
C2112 Sensor power supply circuit/ Executed Prohibited Extinguished Illuminates
*4 High input
C1608 Implausible diagnosis data Executed Executed Extinguished Extinguished
U0001 Bus off Executed Executed Extinguished Extinguished
U0100 Engine time-out error Executed Executed Extinguished Extinguished
U0114 AWD-ECU time-out error Executed Executed Extinguished Extinguished
*4

U0141 ETACS time-out error Executed Executed Extinguished Extinguished
U1415 Variant coding not implemented Executed Prohibited Extinguished Illuminates
U1417 Invalid variant coding value Executed Prohibited Extinguished Illuminates
(including wrong assembly)
ACTUATOR TEST
*1This diagnostic trouble code is not set within the Using scan tool, the actuators can be forcibly
vehicle speed of 20 km/h or less. operated.
*2Turns ON when two or more wheels are faulty.
*3Stays ON until the vehicle speed reaches 10 km/ When ABS-ECU is disabled, the actuator test
h when the ignition switch is turned to ON next time. cannot be performed.
*4Vehicles for AWD. The actuator test can be performed only when the
vehicle is stationary. When the vehicle speed
DIAGNOSTIC FUNCTION reaches 10 km/h, the forcible actuator operation is
ABS-ECU has the following functions for easier disabled.
system checks. The following items can be diagnosed During actuator test, the ABS warning light flashes
using the scan tool. in 2Hz, and ABS control is prohibited.
Diagnostic trouble code set For the actuator test specification, refer to
Service data output Workshop Manual.
Actuator test
DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE SET

There are 43 diagnostic items <FWD> or 48
diagnostic items <AWD>. Since all the diagnostic
results are recorded in volatile memory (EEPROM*),
they are stored in the memory even though the battery
terminals are disconnected.
*EEPROM (Electrical Erasable & Programmable

ROM): Special type of memory that can be
programmed or erased electrically
For each diagnostic item, refer to Workshop
Manual.
SERVICE DATA OUTPUT

Using scan tool, the input data sent from the sensors
and switches can be read.

GENERAL INFORMATION
M23506100001USA0000010000
ASC (Active Skid Control System) has been installed. force to four wheels independently to control the
The ASC system integrates the traction control vehicle behavior.
function and skid control function. Fail-safe function assures the safety.
When Traction control function detects the slip of Serviceability improvement
the driving wheel (ex. during startup on slippery For reduced wiring harnesses and secure data
surfaces), it automatically applies the brakes to communication, the CAN*communication has been
control the wheel slip ratios. At the same time, adopted as a tool of communication with another
Traction control function reduces the engine output ECU.
and prevents the wheel spin.
Skid control function responds to driving conditions
and reduces the engine output and applies brake *For more information about CAN (Controller Area
Network), refer to GROUP 54D P.54D-7.
ABS and ASC are controlled by the ASC-ECU.

10 11 10 11
13 13
ASC
OFF
SE R VIC E SE R VIC E
RE Q UIRE D CHECK RE Q UIRE D
10 11 12
15 8 3
7, 9, 17
1 2
6 5
1 16
4 14
2 ZC600646 0000
NAME OF PART NUM OUTLINE OF FUNCTION

BER
Sensor Wheel speed sensor 1 Outputs the frequency signal in proportion to the rotation speed
of each wheel to ASC-ECU.
Magnetic encoder for 2 The wheel speed sensor is a pulse generator. When the magnetic
wheel speed detection encoder for wheel speed detection (a plate on which north and
south pole sides of the magnets are arranged alternately) rotates,
it outputs frequency pulse signal in proportion to each wheel
speed.

NAME OF PART NUM OUTLINE OF FUNCTION
BER
Stoplight switch 3 Outputs the signal indicating whether the brake pedal is
depressed or not through ETACS to ASC-ECU via CAN-bus line.
G&yaw rate sensor 4 Detects yaw rate longitudinal (AWD only) and lateral acceleration
of a vehicle, and outputs signal to ASC-ECU via the CAN line.
Steering wheel sensor 5 Detects the steering angle of the steering wheel, and outputs
signal to ASC-ECU via the CAN bus line.
ASC OFF switch 6 Outputs the ON/OFF signal through ETACS to ASC-ECU via
CAN-bus line to turn on and off skid control function and traction
control function.
Pressure sensor 7 Integrated into the hydraulic unit, and outputs the signal for the
brake fluid pressure in the master cylinder to ASC-ECU.
Brake fluid level switch 8 Outputs a drop in the brake fluid level in the brake fluid reservoir
tank through ETACS to ASC-ECU via CAN-bus line.
ACTUA Hydraulic unit 9 Drives the solenoid valve using the signal from ASC-ECU, and
TOR controls the brake fluid pressure for each wheel.
ABS warning light 10 Informs the driver of the system status by illuminating, flashing,
or turning off the warning light according to the signal from ASC-
ECU.
Brake warning light 11 Used as the warning light for the parking brake, brake fluid level,
and EBD control. Informs the driver of the system status by
illuminating, flashing, or turning off the warning light according to
the signal from ASC-ECU.
ASC operation indicator 12 Traction control function and skid control function use the same
light display. Depending on the signal from ASC-ECU, the indicator
light informs the driver of the system status by flashing when the
system operates and by illuminating when skid control function or
traction control function has a malfunction.
ASC OFF indicator light 13 Informs the driver of skid control function and traction control
function shutdown by the signal from ASC-ECU. Informs the
driver that the brake system overheats and the brake traction
control stops by flashing the indicator light in approximately 2 Hz.
Data link connector 14 Sets the diagnostic trouble code and establishes the
communication with scan tool.
Engine ECU 15 Controls the engine output based on the signal from ASC-ECU.
AWD-ECU 16 Outputs the drive status to ASC-ECU.
ASC-ECU 17 Controls actuators (described above) based on the signals
coming from each sensor.
Controls the self-diagnosis and fail-safe functions.
Controls the diagnostic function (scan tool compatible).

System configuration diagram
Combination meter and multi
information display
· ASC indicator lamp
Wheel speed sensor (FL)
· ASC OFF indicator lamp
Wheel speed sensor (RL) · Brake warning lamp
· ABS warning lamp
Wheel speed sensor (RR)
Data link
connector
Wheel speed sensor (FR) Front right suction valve
Master cylinder pressure sensor Front left suction valve

Front right cut valve
ASC-ECU power supply Front left cut valve
ASC-ECU
Front right solenoid valve (IN)
G & yaw rate sensor
Front right solenoid valve (OUT)
Brake fluid level switch/ Front left solenoid valve (IN)
ASC OFF switch/Stoplight switch
Front left solenoid valve (OUT)
Steering wheel sensor Rear right solenoid valve (IN)
AWD-ECU <AWD> Rear right solenoid valve (OUT)
Engine-ECU Rear left solenoid valve (IN)

Rear left solenoid valve (OUT)
ASC OFF switch
ETACS-ECU
G & yaw late sensor

Front right wheel Steering wheel Rear right wheel
sensor
Wheel Brake fluid Wheel

speed level switch speed
sensor sensor
(FR) (RR)
Engine-ECU
Hydraulic
unit Stoplight switch
AWD-ECU
<AWD>
Wheel speed sensor (FL) Wheel speed sensor (RL)
Front left wheel Rear left wheel

ZC6006590000

SENSOR
M23506100003USA0000010000
Wheel speed sensor

Refer to GROUP 35B, SENSOR P.35B-6.
G AND YAW RATE SENSOR

This sensor is installed under the front floor console, and detects
the yaw rate, lateral and longitudinal acceleration (AWD) of the
vehicle. ABS employs the longitudinal acceleration.
G&yaw rate sensor ZC3055990000
STEERING WHEEL SENSOR

The steering wheel sensor is attached to the column switch, and
Steering wheel sensor
detects the rotational angle of the steering wheel.
ZC6000060000
ASC OFF SWITCH

The ASC OFF switch is attached on the instrument panel to the
left side of the driver's seat. Traction control and skid control
functions can be deactivated by pressing this switch for 3
seconds or longer. Pressing this switch again resumes the active
state. Pressing the ASC OFF switch for 15 seconds resumes the
system to the active state, and the traction control and skid
control function cannot be turned off until the ignition switch is
turned on next time.
ASC off switch When the ignition switch is turned from "LOCK" (OFF) to ON
ZC5019530000 position, traction control and skid control functions are constantly
in the active state.

ASC OFF switch operation and system operation
ASC OFF switch control Traction control function Skid control function
Brake control Engine control
ON Enabled Enabled Enabled
OFF Prohibited Prohibited Prohibited
ACTUATOR
M23506100004USA0000010000
HYDRAULIC UNIT suction damper, and pressure sensor have been

The hydraulic unit incorporates the ABS and ASC. added to the unit for the ASC.
The cut valve, pressure relief valve, suction valve,
ASC OPERATION INDICATOR LAMP, ASC OFF INDICATOR LAMP

The ASC system illuminates or flashes the ASC
operation indicator light or ASC OFF indicator light in
ASC-ECU detects the overheat of the brake pads.
the following operation patterns, and informs the
When the brake traction control is prohibited, the
driver of the ASC system status.
ASC OFF indicator light flashes in approximately 2
Hz.
Flashes in 2 Hz during the skid control. Turns ON when the system malfunction occurs.
Flashes in 2 Hz during the traction control. Turns ON when the ASC OFF switch is pressed for
Turns ON when the system malfunction occurs. 3 seconds or more, and the traction control function
and the skid control function are disabled.
ASC operation indicator light, ASC OFF indicator light illumination and flashing patterns
State ASC operation indicator light ASC OFF indicator light
Normal Normal - -
Skid control function Flashing (2 Hz) -
operated
Traction control function Flashing (2 Hz) -
operated
Brake traction control - Flashing (2 Hz)
function does not function
to protect brake system.
Abnorm Skid control function ON ON
al malfunction
Traction control function ON ON
malfunction
Scan Actuator not operated - -
tool Actuator operated ON (After the actuator is ON (After the actuator is
connecti
on operated)*1 operated)*1

State ASC operation indicator light ASC OFF indicator light
OFF (When the actuator is OFF (When the actuator is
operating) *2 operating)*2
*1After the actuator is operated, the light stays

illuminated until the ignition switch is turned to the
"LOCK" (OFF) position.
*2The ABS warning light flashes (2 Hz) while the
actuator is operating.
ASC-ECU
M23506100005USA0000010000
This ECU incorporates the ABS function, EBD CONTROL DESCRIPTION
function, Skid control function, and Traction control ASC-ECU detects vehicle movement based on
function. information from various sensors and calculates a
model of ideal vehicle movement. ASC-ECU
SYSTEM CONFIGURATION compares the actual vehicle movement with the ideal
The hydraulic units of the ASC employ the automatic vehicle model, and manages the brake of the specific
pressurization function. ASC systems also wheel so that the actual vehicle movement gets close
incorporate G and yaw rate sensor, steering wheel to the ideal vehicle mode. It also controls the plowing
sensor, and master cylinder pressure sensor out or spinning out condition by creating the yaw
(integrated with hydraulic unit). moment in the vehicle.
Example of Active Skid Control operation
<Generation of rotating force> <Generation of counter-rotating force>
Large braking
force
Large braking
force ZC600705 0000
The Skid Control manages the vehicle attitude by restrain the plowing out by increasing the rear-inside
creating a yaw moment from altering the balance braking force. On the other hand, when the vehicle
between the cornering force and each wheel's braking tends to be spinning out, a yaw moment (a restorative
mechanism. moment) is created to restrain the spinning out by
For example, on a slippery surface, if the vehicle tends increasing the front-outside wheel braking force.
to be plowing out contrary to the driver’s intention, a Furthermore, when it is determined that the vehicle is
yaw moment (a rotational moment) is created to spinning out, safe and stable cornering is enabled by
deceleration from reducing the engine output.

Example of the effect of control
Suppression of plowing out Suppression of spinning out
Prevention of deviation
from the course by Avoidance of spinning
understeer by tacking in
AC204506
AC204505
Improvement in ABS performance
Vehicle balance stable

after avoiding collision
with obstacles
AC204504
ZC600706 0000
Joint control
Skid control function transmits data necessary for
control of ABS and traction control function,
performing joint control.
Control system Control content
ABS Even during skid control operation, ABS performance is improved from the
joint operation of the skid control.
Traction control function During acceleration, engine output is governed through joint operation with
skid control function.
Example of traction control function
Traction control function applies the brake the driving wheel, when the driving wheels slip on the
automatically, sends the signal requesting engine slippery road surface.
speed reduction to the engine ECU, and prevents the
loss of the driving force resulting from the slippage of

FAIL-SAFE AND DIAGNOSTIC FUNCTIONS are processed depending on the cause of malfunction
ASC-ECU constantly monitors the input and output as shown below.
signals. If an error is detected in the system, ASC- ASC-ECU has the following functions for easier
ECU sends a fail signal and the corresponding system checks.
indicator light is illuminated or blinks. Various controls Diagnostic trouble code set
Service data output
Actuator test
All the above items can be diagnosed using scan tool.
FAIL-SAFE FUNCTION
DTC Item EBD ABS Skid control Traction control
Engine Brake Engine Brake
control control control control
C100A Abnormality in FL wheel Enabled Prohibite Prohibite Prohibite Prohibite Prohibite
speed sensor circuit (Prohibite d d d d d
C1015 Abnormality in FR wheel d when
speed sensor circuit two or
more
C1020 Abnormality in RL wheel wheels
speed sensor circuit have
C102B Abnormality in RR wheel fault.)
speed sensor circuit
C1011 Abnormality in FL wheel Enabled Prohibite Prohibite Prohibite Prohibite Prohibite
speed sensor signal (Prohibite d d d d d
C101C Abnormality in FR wheel d when
speed sensor signal two or
more
C1027 Abnormality in RL wheel wheels
speed sensor signal have
C1032 Abnormality in RR wheel fault.)
speed sensor signal
C1014 Mutual monitoring of FL Enabled Prohibite Prohibite Prohibite Prohibite Prohibite
wheel speed sensor (Prohibite d d d d d
C101F Mutual monitoring of FR d when
wheel speed sensor two or
more
C102A Mutual monitoring of RL wheels
wheel speed sensor have
C1035 Mutual monitoring of RR fault.)
wheel speed sensor

C1041 Abnormality in periodical Enabled Prohibite Prohibite Prohibite Prohibite Prohibite
signal for FL wheel speed (Prohibite d d d d d
sensor d when
C1042 Abnormality in periodical two or
signal for FR wheel speed more
sensor wheels
have
C1043 Abnormality in periodical fault.)
signal for RL wheel speed
sensor
C1044 Abnormality in periodical
signal for RR wheel speed
sensor
C1046 FL wheel speed sensor Enabled Prohibite Prohibite Prohibite Prohibite Prohibite
control phase time exceeded (Prohibite d d d d d
C1047 FR wheel speed sensor d when
control phase time exceeded two or
more
C1048 RL wheel speed sensor wheels
control phase time exceeded have
C1049 RR wheel speed sensor fault.)
control phase time exceeded
C104B Abnormality in FL wheel inlet Prohibited Prohibite Prohibite Prohibite Prohibite Prohibite
valve system d d d d d
valve system
valve system
valve system
C105F Abnormality in FL wheel Prohibited Prohibite Prohibite Prohibite Prohibite Prohibite
outlet valve system d d d d d
C1063 Abnormality in FR wheel
outlet valve system
C1067 Abnormality in RL wheel
outlet valve system
C105B Abnormality in RR wheel
outlet valve system
C1200 Abnormality in FL/RR wheel Prohibited Prohibite Prohibite Prohibite Prohibite Prohibite
cut valve system d d d d d
C1204 Abnormality in FR/RL wheel
cut valve system

C1208 Abnormality in FL/RR wheel
suction valve system
C120C Abnormality in FR/RL wheel
C2104 Faulty valve power supply Prohibited Prohibite Prohibite Prohibite Prohibite Prohibite
circuit d d d d d
C1073 Faulty motor drive circuit Enabled Prohibite Prohibite Prohibite Prohibite Prohibite
d d d d d
C2116 Abnormality in power supply Enabled Prohibite Prohibite Prohibite Prohibite Prohibite
voltage in pump motor d d d d d
C121D Abnormality in brake fluid Enabled Enabled Prohibite Prohibite Prohibite Prohibite
pressure sensor circuit d d d d
C121E Abnormality in brake fluid Enabled Enabled Prohibite Prohibite Prohibite Prohibite
pressure sensor output signal d d d d
C1000 Abnormality in stoplight Enabled Enabled Prohibite Prohibite Prohibite Prohibite
switch circuit d d d d
C1009 Low brake fluid level Enabled Enabled Prohibite Prohibite Prohibite Prohibite
d d d d
C123B Prolonged operation of ASC Enabled Enabled Prohibite Prohibite Prohibite Prohibite
d d d d
C2200 Abnormality in ASC-ECU Prohibited Prohibite Prohibite Prohibite Prohibite Prohibite
d d d d d
C2100 Abnormality 9.7 ± 0.3 V or Enabled Prohibite Prohibite Prohibite Prohibite Prohibite
in battery less*1 d d d d d
voltage (low
voltage) 8.0 ± 0.5 V or Prohibited Prohibite Prohibite Prohibite Prohibite Prohibite
less*1 d d d d d
C2101 Abnormality 18.0 ± 1.0 V or Prohibited Prohibite Prohibite Prohibite Prohibite Prohibite
in battery more d d d d d
voltage (high
voltage)
C1395 Brake fluid filling not Enabled Prohibite Prohibite Prohibite Prohibite Prohibite
completed d d d d d
C121C Torque request signal Enabled Enabled Prohibite Prohibite Prohibite Prohibite
rejection d d d d
C1290 CAN time-out error Enabled Enabled Prohibite Prohibite Prohibite Prohibite
d d d d
C2203 VIN not recorded Enabled Enabled Enabled Enabled Enabled Enabled
C2206 Change of valiant coding Enabled Prohibite Prohibite Prohibite Prohibite Prohibite
value d d d d d

C1210 Abnormality Abnormality in Enabled Prohibite Prohibite Prohibite Prohibite Prohibite
*2 in G and yaw longitudinal d d d d d
rate sensor G-sensor
output voltage
C1242 Abnormality Abnormality in Enabled Prohibite Prohibite Prohibite Prohibite Prohibite
*2 in G and yaw longitudinal d d d d d
rate sensor G-sensor
output signal
C123C Abnormality Abnormality in Enabled Enabled Prohibite Prohibite Prohibite Prohibite
in G and yaw lateral G- d d d d
rate sensor sensor output
value
Abnormality in Enabled Enabled Prohibite Prohibite Prohibite Prohibite
yaw rate d d d d
sensor output
value
C2204 Internal Abnormality in Enabled Enable Prohibite Prohibite Prohibite Prohibite
abnormality internal circuit d d d d d
in G and yaw (FWD)
rate sensor Prohibit
ed
(AWD)
lateral G- d d d d
sensor output
voltage
yaw rate d d d d
sensor output
voltage
Abnormality in Enabled Enable Prohibite Prohibite Prohibite Prohibite
G and yaw d d d d d
rate sensor (FWD)
supply voltage Prohibit
ed
(AWD)
C2111 Sensor Low input Enabled Prohibite Prohibite Prohibite Prohibite Prohibite
power supply d d d d d
circuit
C2112 Sensor High input Enabled Prohibite Prohibite Prohibite Prohibite Prohibite
power supply d d d d d
circuit

C2114 Abnormality Low voltage Enabled Enable Prohibite Prohibite Prohibite Prohibite
in G and yaw (6.5 ± 0.5 V or d d d d d
rate sensor less) (FWD)
operation Prohibit
voltage ed
(AWD)
C2115 Abnormality High voltage Enabled Enable Prohibite Prohibite Prohibite Prohibite
in G and yaw (18.0 ± 1.0 V d d d d d
rate sensor or more) (FWD)
operation Prohibit
voltage ed
(AWD)
C123A Abnormality in sensor Enabled Prohibite Prohibite Prohibite Prohibite Prohibite
calibration d d d d d
C1219 Abnormality in steering wheel Enabled Enabled Prohibite Prohibite Prohibite Prohibite
sensor signal d d d d
C121A Steering wheel sensor Enabled Enabled Prohibite Prohibite Prohibite Prohibite
neutral point not learned d d d d
C2205 Internal abnormality in Enabled Enabled Prohibite Prohibite Prohibite Prohibite
steering wheel sensor d d d d
C1608 Implausible diagnosis data Enabled Enabled Enabled Enabled Enabled Enabled
U0001 Bus-off Enabled Enabled Enabled Enabled Enabled Enabled
U0100 Engine time-out error Enabled Enabled Enabled Enabled Enabled Enabled
U0101 A/T time-out error Enabled Enabled Enabled Enabled Enabled Enabled
U0114 AWD-ECU time-out error Enabled Enabled Enabled Enabled Enabled Enabled
*2
U0126 Steering wheel sensor time- Enabled Enabled Enabled Enabled Enabled Enabled
out error
U0141 ETACS time-out error Enabled Enabled Enabled Enabled Enabled Enabled
U0125 G and yaw rate sensor Enabled Enable Prohibite Prohibite Prohibite Prohibite
message time-out error/ d d d d d
message error (FWD)
Prohibit
ed
(AWD)
U0401 Engine malfunction detected Enabled Enabled Prohibite Prohibite Prohibite Prohibite
d d d d
U0428 Steering wheel sensor CRC, Enabled Enabled Prohibite Prohibite Prohibite Prohibite
message error d d d d
U1003 G and yaw rate sensor bus- Enabled Enable Prohibite Prohibite Prohibite Prohibite
off d d d d d
(FWD)

Prohibit
ed
(AWD)
U1415 Variant coding not completed Enabled Prohibite Prohibite Prohibite Prohibite Prohibite
d d d d d
U1417 Variant coding value invalid Enabled Prohibite Prohibite Prohibite Prohibite Prohibite
(includes faulty installation) d d d d d
*1: This diagnostic trouble code is not set with the

vehicle speed of 20 km/h or less.
*2: AWD only
Warning light, indicator light
DTC Item Brake ABS warning ASC ON ASC OFF
warning light light indicator light indicator light
C100A Abnormality in FL wheel speed OFF*1 ON*2 ON ON
sensor circuit
C1015 Abnormality in FR wheel speed
sensor circuit
sensor circuit
C102B Abnormality in RR wheel speed
sensor circuit
C1011 Abnormality in FL wheel speed OFF*1 ON*2 ON ON
sensor signal
C101C Abnormality in FR wheel speed
sensor signal
sensor signal
C1032 Abnormality in RR wheel speed
sensor signal
C1014 Mutual monitoring of FL wheel OFF*1 ON*2 ON ON
speed sensor
C101F Mutual monitoring of FR wheel
speed sensor
C102A Mutual monitoring of RL wheel
speed sensor
C1035 Mutual monitoring of RR wheel
speed sensor
C1041 Abnormality in periodical signal OFF*1 ON*2 ON ON
for FL wheel speed sensor

for FR wheel speed sensor
for RL wheel speed sensor
for RR wheel speed sensor
C1046 FL wheel speed sensor control OFF*1 ON*2 ON ON
phase time exceeded
C1047 FR wheel speed sensor control
phase time exceeded
C1048 RL wheel speed sensor control
phase time exceeded
C1049 RR wheel speed sensor control
phase time exceeded
C104B Abnormality in FL wheel inlet ON ON ON ON
valve system
valve system
valve system
valve system
C105F Abnormality in FL wheel outlet ON ON ON ON
valve system
C1063 Abnormality in FR wheel outlet
valve system
C1067 Abnormality in RL wheel outlet
valve system
C105B Abnormality in RR wheel outlet
valve system
C1200 Abnormality in FL/RR wheel cut ON ON ON ON
valve system
C1204 Abnormality in FR/RL wheel cut
valve system
C1208 Abnormality in FL/RR wheel
C120C Abnormality in FR/RL wheel
C2104 Faulty valve power supply circuit ON ON ON ON
C1073 Faulty motor drive circuit OFF ON*2 ON ON
C2116 Abnormality in power supply OFF ON*2 ON ON
voltage in pump motor

C121D Abnormality in brake fluid OFF OFF ON ON
pressure sensor circuit
C121E Abnormality in brake fluid OFF OFF ON ON
pressure sensor output signal
C1000 Abnormality in stoplight switch OFF OFF ON ON
circuit
C1009 Low brake fluid level OFF OFF ON ON
C123B Prolonged operation of ASC OFF OFF ON ON
C2200 Abnormality in ASC-ECU ON ON ON ON
C2100 Abnormality in 9.7 ± 0.3 V or OFF ON ON ON
battery voltage less*3
(low voltage)
8.0 ± 0.5 V or ON ON ON ON
less*3
C2101 Abnormality in 18.0 ± 1.0 V or ON ON ON ON
battery voltage more
(high voltage)
C1395 Brake fluid filling not completed OFF Flash (1 Hz) OFF OFF
C121C Torque request signal rejection OFF OFF ON ON
C1290 CAN time-out error OFF OFF ON ON
C2203 VIN not recorded OFF ON OFF OFF
C2206 Change of variant coding value OFF ON ON ON
C1210 Abnormality in Abnormality in OFF ON ON ON
*4 G and yaw rate longitudinal G-
sensor sensor output
voltage
C1242 Abnormality in Abnormality in OFF ON ON ON
*4 G and yaw rate longitudinal G-
signal
C123C Abnormality in Abnormality in OFF OFF ON ON
G and yaw rate lateral G-
value
Abnormality in OFF OFF ON ON
yaw rate sensor
output value
C2204 Internal Abnormality in OFF OFF (FWD) ON ON
abnormality in internal circuit ON (AWD)
G and yaw rate
sensor

lateral G-
sensor output
voltage
yaw rate sensor
output voltage
Abnormality in OFF OFF (FWD) ON ON
G and yaw rate ON (AWD)
sensor supply
voltage
C2111 Sensor power Low input OFF ON ON ON
supply circuit
C2112 Sensor power High input OFF ON ON ON
supply circuit
C2114 Abnormality in Low voltage OFF OFF (FWD) ON ON
G and yaw rate (6.5 ± 0.5 V or ON (AWD)
sensor less)
operation
voltage
C2115 Abnormality in High voltage OFF OFF (FWD) ON ON
G and yaw rate (18.0 ± 1.0 V or ON (AWD)
sensor more)
operation
voltage
C123A Abnormality in sensor OFF ON ON ON
calibration
C1219 Abnormality in steering wheel OFF OFF ON ON
sensor signal
C121A Steering wheel sensor neutral OFF Flashing (2 Hz) OFF OFF
point not learned
C2205 Internal abnormality in steering OFF OFF ON ON
wheel sensor
C1608 Implausible diagnosis data OFF OFF OFF OFF
U0001 Bus-off OFF OFF OFF OFF
U0100 Engine time-out error OFF OFF OFF OFF
U0101 A/T time-out error OFF OFF OFF OFF
U0114 AWD-ECU time-out error OFF OFF OFF OFF
*4
U0126 Steering wheel sensor time-out OFF OFF OFF OFF
error
U0141 ETACS time-out error OFF OFF OFF OFF
U0125 G and yaw rate sensor message OFF OFF (FWD) ON ON
time-out error/message error ON (AWD)

U0401 Engine malfunction detected OFF OFF ON ON
U0428 Steering wheel sensor CRC, OFF OFF ON ON
message error
U1003 G and yaw rate sensor bus-off OFF OFF (FWD) ON ON
ON (AWD)
U1415 Variant coding not completed OFF ON ON ON
U1417 Variant coding value invalid OFF ON ON ON
(includes faulty installation)
Data list output
*1: Turns on when two or more wheels are faulty. The following items input to ASC-ECU can be read
*2: Stays on until the vehicle speed reaches 10 km/ using scan tool.
h when the ignition switch is turned to ON next time.
*3: This diagnostic trouble code is not set with the
vehicle speed of 20 km/h or less.
*4: AWD only ACTUATOR TEST
Using the M.U.T.-III scan tool, the actuators can be
forcibly operated. The M.U.T.-III scan tool can also
DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE READING bleed the active stability control system.
METHOD When ASC-ECU is disabled, the actuator test cannot
There are 70 diagnosis items (FWD) or 73 diagnosis be performed.
items (AWD). The diagnostic trouble code can be
checked using the M.U.T.-III scan tool.
Scan tool uses the ABS data list.
For the actuator test specification, refer to
HOW TO ERASE DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE Workshop Manual.
MEMORY
Diagnostic trouble code can be erased using the
M.U.T.-III scan tool. CALIBRATION
After the G and yaw rate sensor and steering wheel
sensor have been replaced with new ones, calibration
must be performed using the M.U.T.-III scan tool*.
The M.U.T.-III scan tool uses the ABS data list.

*: For calibration, refer to Workshop Manual.
DESCRIPTION OF CONSTRUCTION AND OPERATION

M23506100006USA0000010000
When the system increases the fluid pressure
ACTIVE SKID CONTROL OPERATION
ASC-ECU receives various kinds of information from automatically, it closes the cut valve to shut off the
the engine ECU, AWD-ECU, ETACS-ECU, A/T-ECU, pressure line to the suction valve, and drives the pump
steering wheel sensor, G and yaw rate sensor, and motor. For example, when the vehicle runs in the
wheel speed sensor. When ECU determines the plowing out direction while turning to the right, ASC-
vehicle runs in the spinning out or plowing out ECU supplies the brake fluid from the pump to the
direction based on the signal sent from these sensors, front left wheel to apply the braking force on it.
ASC-ECU drives each valve and pump motor and
controls the braking force to be applied to the wheels.

ASC-ECU, the engine ECU, and AWD-ECU requesting the engine output reduction is sent to the
communicate with each other via CAN. When the engine ECU. Depending on the situation, AWD control
accelerator pedal is depressed too far, the signal amount limitation signal is sent to the ASC-ECU to
secure the ASC controllability.
When brake fluid pressure decreases during normal braking and ABS operation
Master cylinder
Hydraulic unit
Outlet valve Inlet valve

(with switched orifice) Pressure relief valve
Suction valve
Cut
valve
Outlet valve Pressure sensor

Wheel
cylinder
Brake fluid flow
Brake fluid flow

Inlet valve
Low pressure
Brake fluid flow accumulator Pump Damping
Wheel
cylinder chamber
Motor
Suction damper
ZC6000070000
The brake fluid supplied from the wheel cylinder is stored brake fluid is returned to the master cylinder by
stored in the low pressure accumulator. Then, the driving the pump using the motor.
VALVE CONDITION
Item Power status Open/Close
Cut valve OFF Open
Suction valve OFF Closed
Inlet valve ON Closed
Outlet valve ON Open

When brake fluid pressure is held by ABS
Master cylinder
Hydraulic unit

Suction valve
Cut
valve
Outlet valve
Brake fluid
flow
Pressure sensor
Wheel Brake fluid
cylinder flow
Brake fluid flow Brake fluid flow

Inlet valve
Low pressure
Wheel accumulator Pump Damping
cylinder chamber
Suction damper Motor
ZC600008 0000
The system closes the inlet valve and outlet valve to the brake fluid is stored in the low pressure
hold the brake fluid pressure in the wheel cylinder. If accumulator, the brake fluid is returned to the master
cylinder by driving the pump using the motor.
VALVE CONDITION
Cut valve OFF Open
Outlet valve OFF Closed

WHEN BRAKE FLUID PRESSURE IS INCREASED BY ABS
Master cylinder
Hydraulic unit

Suction valve
Cut
valve
Outlet valve
Pressure sensor
Wheel
cylinder Brake fluid flow
Inlet valve
Low pressure
cylinder chamber
Motor
Suction damper
ZC600009 0000
The system opens the inlet valve while closing the

outlet valve to increase the brake fluid pressure in the
wheel cylinder.
VALVE CONDITION
Cut valve OFF Open
Inlet valve OFF Open

When brake fluid pressure is increased by skid control (or increased by traction control)
Master cylinder
Hydraulic unit

(with switched orifice) Suction valve Pressure relief valve
Cut
valve
Outlet valve
Pressure sensor
Wheel
cylinder
Brake fluid flow
Inlet valve Brake fluid flow
Low pressure
cylinder chamber
Motor
Suction damper
ZC600010 0000
The system closes the cut valve to block the passage the master cylinder to the pump inlet. The brake fluid
from the pump outlet to the master cylinder, and from the master cylinder is supplied to the wheel
opens the suction valve, connecting the passage from cylinder.
VALVE CONDITION
Cut valve ON Closed
Suction valve ON Open
Inlet valve OFF Open

When brake fluid pressure is held by skid control (or held by traction control)
Master cylinder
Hydraulic unit

Cut
valve
Outlet valve
Brake fluid
flow
Brake fluid Pressure sensor

Wheel
cylinder flow
Brake fluid flow
Brake fluid flow

Inlet valve
Low pressure
cylinder chamber
Suction damper Motor
ZC600011 0000
The system closes the inlet valve and outlet valve to The brake fluid pressurized by the pump returns to the
hold the brake fluid pressure in the wheel cylinder. pump through the pressure relief valve in the cut
valve.
VALVE CONDITION
Cut valve ON Closed

When brake fluid pressure is decreased by skid control (or decreased by traction control)
Master cylinder
Hydraulic unit

Cut
valve
Outlet valve Pressure sensor

Wheel
cylinder
Brake fluid flow Brake fluid flow
Brake fluid flow

Inlet valve
Low pressure
Brake fluid flow accumulator Pump Damping
Wheel
cylinder chamber
Motor
Suction damper
ZC600012 0000
The system opens the outlet valve while closing the fluid stored in the low pressure accumulator returns to
inlet valve to store the brake fluid filled in the wheel the master cylinder through the pressure relief valve
cylinder in the low pressure accumulator. The brake in the cut valve by driving the pump using the motor.
VALVE CONDITION
Cut valve ON Closed
Outlet valve ON Open
TRACTION CONTROL OPERATION

The ASC-ECU receives various kinds of information
from the engine ECU, AWD-ECU, steering wheel
sensor, A/T-ECU, G and yaw rate sensor, and wheel
speed sensor. When the ASC-ECU determines that a

driving wheel is slipping, it suppresses the wheel
slippage. At this time, ASC-ECU controls the brake
fluid pressure of the driving wheel determined to be
slipping so that the torque is transferred to another
driving wheel. Basically, the operations of ABS
solenoid valve and ASC valve are the same. ASC-
ECU, the engine ECU, and A/T-ECU communicate
with each other via the CAN bus line. When the
accelerator pedal is depressed too far, the signal
requesting the engine speed reduction is sent to the
engine ECU. The ASC-ECU performs joint control
with A/T and secures the TCL controllability.

GENERAL INFORMATION
M23600000001USA0000010000
The mechanical rear-wheel acting type parking brake
is adopted, and a parking brake lever is used for that
operation.
Parking brake lever
Parking brake rear cable
ZC6017510000

GENERAL INFORMATION
M23700000001USA0000010000
and improves the stability during the straight-ahead
FEATURES
A hydraulic power steering system has been adopted driving.
to all models. One-way check valve for the power steering fluid
This steering system offers the following features: has been added in the steering gear. By reducing
The support method of the steering gear to the the kickback due to the disturbance from the
crossmember is realized by the left and right uneven road surface, the handling stability has
internal bushings with inner cylinders. This support been improved.
method achieves higher rigidity of the steering gear As the pressure sensor for increasing the engine
and improves the steering feeling. idling speed during power steering operation, the
Configuring the optimum flow characteristics and sensor which can precisely detect the pressure in
gear valve feature improves the handling stability. the power steering system.
Appropriate application of friction to the steering Optimization of the flexible tube in the high pressure
gear cuts off the disturbance from the road surface hose reduces the pump noise.
SPECIFICATIONS
Steering wheel Type Three-spoke type
Outside diameter mm (in) 380 (14.9)
Maximum number of turns 3.1
Steering column Column mechanism Shock absorbing
mechanism and Tilt steering
mechanism
Power steering type Integral type (Engine speed-
dependent type)
Oil pump Type Vane type with fluid flow
amount control system
Basic discharge amount cm3/rev. (cu in/rev) 8.1 (0.49)
Relief pressure MPa (psi) 8.8 (1,276)
Reservoir type Separate type (Resin made)
Pressure sensor Equipped
Steering gear Type Rack and pinion type
Stroke ratio (Rack stroke/Steering wheel 45.6 (1.8)
Maximum turning radius) mm/rev (in/rev)
Rack stroke mm (in) 144 (5.7)
Steering angle Inner wheel 39°
Outer wheel 32°
Power steering fluid Specified lubricants GENUINE MITSUBISHI
POWER STEERING FLUID
Quantity dm3(qt) Approximately 1.0 (1.06)

Steering column
Oil reservoir Return hose shaft assembly
Suction hose
Pressure sensor
Steering wheel
Pressure hose
assembly
Oil pump
Cross member
Steering gear
ZC5019710000
STEERING WHEEL
M23700000010USA0000010000
A Air bag module Section A - A
Audio control switch Inflator
A
ZC501972 0000
The steering wheel is designed to improve operability, Sporty and thick type grip shape has been adopted.
safety and maintainability and has the following Rigid core metal reduces the steering wheel
features: vibration.
Newly designed three-spoke type has been It incorporates an SRS airbag to protect the driver
adopted. For LS models, the steering wheel is made in the event of a frontal collision.
of urethane. For XLS models, the steering wheel is The airbag module is equipped with an inflator that
made of genuine leather. does not contain sodium azide.
Remote steering wheel audio control switches are Optimization of the airbag specifications reduces
available on same models. the risk of injury to the passengers in a collision.

STEERING SHAFT AND COLUMN
M23700000020USA0000010000
The steering column is designed to improve Tilt steering mechanism has been employed on all
operability, safety and maintainability and has the models (Tilt-up amount: 20mm/Tilt-down amount:
following features: 25mm).
To improve the feeling of steering (reduction of Collapsible steering column has been employed.
torque fluctuation) covering the whole tilting range, During a collision, the steering wheel moves
the steering column layout has been optimized by forward.
focusing the tilting function. To reduce the separation load during a collision, the
sliding resistance reduction member has been
installed to the column bracket.
Column bracket
A B
Tilt point
A B Column pipe
Intermediate shaft
Tilt lever
Section A-A Section B-B One-way

capsule
Pin
ZC5017710000

IMPACT-ABSORBING MECHANISM
Primary collision
If the vehicle is involved in a crash and impact energy is
transmitted to the lower shaft from the gearbox side, the
BEFORE COLLISION intermediate shaft (A) will be pushed into intermediate shaft (B)
to absorb impact energy. Thus, the steering column will not be
projected into the passenger compartment.
Intermediate shaft (A)

Intermediate shaft (B)
AFTER COLLISION
ZC5017720000
Secondary collision
BEFORE COLLISION When the driver's body falls against the steering wheel via the
Rivet pin deployed air bag, the column bracket moves forward by
Column One way
bracket capsule deforming the rivet pin of the one-way capsule, and
simultaneously the steering column assembly frees from the pin
of column bracket to move forward and downward.
A A
Column pipe
Section A - A
AFTER COLLISION
B B
Section B - B
ZC5017730000

Column A
bracket
A Column pipe
Section A - A
Pin
ZC5017740000
OIL PUMP
M23700000040USA0000010000
The oil pump is a vane type with a fluid flow control be reduced at low engine speeds and is increased at
system in which the steering wheel turning effort will higher speeds.
The oil pump is essentially the same as the
conventional one in construction.

STEERING GEAR
M23700000030USA0000010000
Steering gear
Bushing
Bushing
Inner cylinder Steering gear
Steering gear
Inner cylinder
ZC5019730000
The steering gear and linkage is mounted on the pressure and sends the signal to the engine control
suspension crossmember via three bushings with module. The engine control module uses this signal
inner cylinders. to perform idle-up control according to the power
The inner bushing with inner cylinder supports the steering load. The method offers the following
steering gear and linkage in the vertical and fore- features:
and-aft direction with high rigidity, and improves the Improvement of fuel efficiency: Minimal drop in
steering feel. engine idle speed when the steering wheel is
The oil pressure sensor allows the system to turned to lock.
perform idle-up control linearly and without delay as Improvement of driveability: Excessive engine
the power steering fluid pressure deviates. The revving is inhibited when the steering wheel is
hydraulic sensor detects the power steering fluid turned at low speeds.

OIL RESERVOIR
M23700000050USA0000010000
AC407444 The resin oil reservoir is adopted to reduce weight. The oil
Scale reservoir is translucent and has fluid level marks (MAX and MIN
lines), for ease of inspection.
Cap O-ring
Oil reservoir
Filter
Return
Suction
ZC5017750000

13-1
GROUP 13
FUEL
CONTENTS
MULTIPORT FUEL INJECTION (MFI) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13A
FUEL SUPPLY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13B

GENERAL INFORMATION
M24200000001USA0000010000
FEATURES IMPROVEMENTS IN OPERATION

PERFORMANCE
LIGHT WEIGHT, HIGH RIGIDITY, ANTI- The central door locking system which can lock/
CORROSIVE unlock all the doors and liftgate has been adopted.
The application ranges of high-tensile steel panels, The override function which allows to open the
and anti-corrosion steel panels have been driver's door by pulling the driver's inside handle
expanded. when all the doors are locked has been adopted.
The ring structure for the side structure Electric liftgate lock release handle that requires
reinforcement has been adopted. only the slightest operating force has been adopted.
The 3-way support structure for the front frame has
been adopted.
IMPROVEMENTS IN MARKETABILITY AND
The strut tower bar has been installed.
APPEARANCE
The upper frame to front pillar brace has been
By improving the clicking sound when the door latch
installed.
and striker are engaged, the door locking sound
The aluminum roof panel has been adopted.
quality has been enhanced.
The high rigidity pressed door has been adopted to
REDUCTION IN VIBRATION AND NOISE improve the rigidity of the door sash bottom section.
More sound absorption/insulator and styrene foam The privacy glasses for the rear door window glass,
filler have been adopted. quarter window glass, and liftgate window glass has
The closed section roof bow has been adopted. been adopted. (Optional for LS, Standard for XLS)
The headlight support upper panel cover has been
installed to the hood latch front section to deter
IMPROVEMENT IN SAFETY
thieves.
The one-touch power window (operative after
The upper/lower split type liftgate has been
ignition switch is turned OFF) with safety
adopted.
mechanism has been installed. <Driver's seat only>
The sunroof with safety mechanism has been
The direct combination key cylinder and inside lock
installed as an option.
cables for the front doors have been adopted to
improve door opening operation upon impact.
RISE (Reinforced Impact Safety Evolution) has IMPROVEMENTS IN FUNCTIONALITY
been adopted for the main body. A fuel filler cap holder has been installed to the fuel
The side door beam has been adopted. door in order to prevent the fuel cap from being left
The crush box structure has been adopted to the open.
side member front end. The security alarm function has been introduced to
The shock absorbing hole has been adopted to the the keyless entry system.
cowl top outer panel. The selector "P" position-linked door unlocking
The fender padding structure has been adopted. function has been introduced to the central door
locking system.

BODY PANELING
M24200000020USA0000010000
AB501519
ZB500405
ZB500404
**
**
* **
* **
*
* *
*
*
*
**
: Anti-corrosion steel panels

: High-tensile steel panels (*: Indicates 590MPa-high-tensile steel panels.)
(**: Indicates 980MPa-ultra-high-tensile steel panels.)
ZB5003710001

RISE (Reinforced Impact Safety Evolution) has High-tensile steel panels of 590MPa-grade and
been adopted for the main body in order to improve 980MPa-grade have been used for some panels to
all-round impact safety at high level. improve collision safety and reduce weight.
The applications of anti-corrosion steel plates have The sealer application area has been extended to
been expanded to the hood, doors, inner panel of the entire flange folded edge of the doors, hood, and
the liftgate and reinforcements to improve the anti- liftgate, and the panel joints at the bottom of the front
corrosive properties of the main body. floor and the rear floor, in order to improve rust
resistance.
BODY SHELL
M24200000030USA0000010000
IMPACT SAFETY BODY RISE(REINFORCED IMPACT SAFETY EVOLUTION)

2
D
C
D
C
B
3
B
1
1 Front bumper 5 Section B - B 7 Section D - D Cowl top
reinforcement inner panel
bracket upper Cowl top
Front sidemember outer
inner panel
Cowl
Front bumper top
reinforcement Front sidemember lower
bracket lower outer When hood is removed panel
4 View A 6 Section C - C
Fender bracket rear
Dash
crossmember
center
Front
sidemember
rear
Front fender
Dash crossmember lower When hood is removed
ZB6003970000
The front and rear structures to absorb high energy,

and the highly tough cabin structure is adopted to

reduce the risk of passenger injuries at front-, rear-, The front frame structure is supported in three
and side-impact collisions, secure the space for life directions by the dash crossmember center, dash
protection, and facilitate rescuing passengers. The crossmember lower, and front sidemember rear in
structures also have the following features: order to improve the frontal collision
The crush box structure has been adopted to the characteristics, and increase the vehicle body
front end of the sidemember to improve the rigidity.
characteristics at a minor frontal collision. The front sidemember structure has been changed
Closed-crosssectional construction has been to a straight frame structure with a hexagon cross
used for the front roof rail, the roof bow center and section in order to improve the collision
the rear roof rail to improve vehicle body ridigity characteristics.
and suppress vibration and noise. The padding structure of the fender has been
An annular construction has been used for the side adopted to efficiently absorb energy upon impact
structure reinforcement to improve collision safety and improve the pedestrian protection capability.
and vehicle body ridigity. The impact absorbing opening on the cowl top
outer panel has been added to efficiently absorb
energy upon impact and improve the pedestrian
protection capability.

STEEL PLATE WITH UNEVEN THICKNESS
Front door inner panel Rear door inner panel

Thickness is thicker on the forward
Thickness is thicker on the forward
part of the vehicle from this line.
part of the vehicle from this line.
ZB6003980000
The uneven thickness steel panels* (in uneven the parts shown in the figure to improve safety upon
thickness integrated structure) have been adopted for impact and reduce weight.

STEERING ABILITY
Upper frame to
front pillar brace
ZB600399 0000
The aluminum roof panel has been adopted to The front upper frame outer and front pillar have
reduce weight and improve the steering ability. been joined with the upper frame to front pillar
brace in order to improve the steering ability.

QUIETNESS
M24200000040USA0000010000
1
1
2 ZB6010200000
Foams have been filled in the front pillar upper and rear wheelhouse front and the gate pillar in order
lower, the center pillar lower, the rear pillar, the to reduce noise.
The quarter inner inside have been filled with the
urethane foam to reduce noise.
BODY COLOR CHARTS

M24200000050USA0000010000
Two types of color variation have been introduced; the providing the sporty and tough impression. Color
color suggesting the great nature or the color names have been modified for easy recognition. The
color recipe is the same as the conventional one.
BODY COLOR TABLE
Color Color code Color number Color name (Previous name) Composition of
film
SILVER A31 CMA10031 Cool Silver Metallic Metallic
MEDIUM A39 CMA10039 Medium Purplish Gray Mica Metallic +
PURPLISH GRAY Interferenced
Pearl

Color Color code Color number Color name (Previous name) Composition of
film
GREENISH A86 CMA10086 Aqua Metallic Metallic +
SILVER Interferenced
Pearl
DEEP BLUE T65 CMT10065 Deep Blue Mica Interferenced
Pearl
BEIGE S18 CMS10018 Beige Metallic (Fraser Beige) Metallic +
Interferenced
Pearl
BLACK X42 AC11342 Black Mica (Amethyst Black) Interferenced
Pearl
WHITE W13 CMW10013 White Pearl Pearl
RED P23 CMP10023 Red Solid Solid
HOOD
M24200000230USA0000010000
HOOD LATCH
Hood latch
Headlight support
upper panel cover ZC6001300000
A headlight support upper panel cover has been

installed to the front of the hood latch to deter thieves.

FUEL FILLER DOOR
M24200000140USA0000010000
Fuel filler cap holder
Fuel filler door Fuel filler cap
<When using fuel filler cap holder>

Fuel filler cap
Fuel filler door
ZC6001310000
The fuel filler cap holder has been installed to the fuel
lid, holding the removed cap in refueling to prevent the
fuel cap from being left open.

STRUT TOWER BAR
M24200000013USA0000010000
Strut tower bar
ZC600132 0000
The strut tower bar has been adopted to the strut

attachment point to improve steering ability.

DOOR AND LIFTGATE LOCK
M24200000011USA0000010001
CENTRAL DOOR LOCKING

<Rear door> <Front door>
Outside handle Outside handle

Key cylinder
Inside lock cable (Driver's side only)
Inside lock cable
Inside lock knob
Inside lock knob
Door check
Door latch Door check
assembly
Door latch
assembly
Door lock
actuator Door lock
actuator
Inside handle cable
Inside handle cable
Inside handle
Inside handle
ZC6001330000
<Liftgate upper> <Liftgate lower>

Liftgate lower cable assembly
Liftgate lock
release handle Liftgate lock
release handle knob Striker
Striker
Striker
Liftgate lock actuator

Liftgate lower latch assembly
Liftgate upper latch assembly

Liftgate lower hinge
ZC6001340000

Location of the door lock switches
Driver's side Passenger's side
CK
LO
LO
CK
Door lock switch Door lock switch
ZC6003680000
The central door locking system locks/unlocks all

the doors and liftgate using the driver's door key turns ON after turning OFF the unlock switch in the
cylinder, the driver’s side door lock switch or the driver's door lock actuator), ETACS-ECU turns ON
passenger’s side door lock switch. the lock relay output for 0.25 second, and locks all
The child protection function prevents the rear doors (including the liftgate). When the driver's door
doors from being opened accidentally during is unlocked by turning the door lock key cylinder to the
driving. unlock side (when the unlock switch turns ON after
The key-in prevention function has been turning OFF the lock switch on the driver's door lock
introduced. actuator), ETACS-ECU turns ON the unlock relay
The selector "P" position-linked door unlocking output for 0.25 second, and unlocks all doors
function has been introduced. (including the liftgate).
The direct combination key cylinder mechanism has
been adopted.
DESCRIPTION OF CONSTRUCTION AND
ON
OPERATION Driver's or (LOCK)
passenger's OFF
CENTRAL DOOR LOCKING door lock
ON
switch
All the doors (including liftgate) can be locked/ (UNLOCK)
unlocked, using the door key cylinder on the driver’s
ON
door, the driver’s side door lock switch or the Lock relay
t t
output
passenger’s side door lock switch. OFF
The function that allows the driver's door to be opened
by pulling the driver's door inside handle even when ON
Unlock relay
the driver's door inside lock knob is in the lock position output OFF
is called "override function". t t t
Time lag
All doors LOCK

ON lock
Lock switch actuator UNLOCK
OFF
ON t: 0.25 Second
Unlock switch
OFF
ON ZC6002570000
Lock relay output
OFF t
ON
Unlock relay output
OFF t
t: 0.25 second ZC6001350000
When the driver's door is locked by turning the door

lock key cylinder to the lock side (when the lock switch

When the door is locked by the driver’s or passenger’s
door lock switch, the ETACS-ECU operates its door
lock relay and passes a current through the door lock
actuators of all the doors (including the liftgate) for Inhibitor switch "P"
ON
OFF
0.25 second to lock all the doors (including the
liftgate). ON T
Unlock relay output
When the door is unlocked by the driver’s or OFF t
passenger's door lock switch, the ETACS-ECU
operates its door unlock relay and passes a current t: 0.25 second
T: 0.3 second
through the door lock actuators of all the doors ZC6001360000
(including the liftgate) for 0.25 second to unlock all the
doors (including the liftgate). When the selector lever is shifted to the P position with
When the door is locked and unlocked by driver’s or the ignition switch turned ON, the transmission range
passenger's door lock switch consecutively, the switch "P" turns ON, ETACS-ECU turns the unlock
ETACS-ECU operates its door lock relay and passes relay output ON for 0.25 seconds to unlock all the
a current through the door lock actuators of all the doors (including the liftgate).
doors (including the liftgate) for 0.25 second to lock all
the doors (including the liftgate). Then, the ETACS- DIRECT COMBINATION KEY CYLINDER
ECU operates its door unlock relay and passes a MECHANISM
current through the door lock actuators of all the doors
Key cylinder
(including the liftgate) for 0.25 second to unlock all the
doors (including the liftgate). Due to this, there may be
a time lag between the driver’s or passenger's door
lock switch actuation and the time when all the doors
(including the liftgate) are unlocked.
KEY-IN PREVENTION FUNCTION Direct combination

When the driver's door inside lock knob is operated to key cylinder mechanism
the lock position with the driver's door opened, the
driver's door cannot be locked, preventing it from
being locked with the key inside the vehicle.
SELECTOR "P" POSITION-LINKED DOOR

UNLOCKING FUNCTION
Door latch
When the selector lever is shifted to the "P" (parking)
position with the ignition switch turned ON, all the
doors (including the liftgate) will be unlocked
automatically, improving passengers' convenience for
getting out. Using a customization feature, the ZC6001370000
selector "P" position-linked door unlocking function The impact of a side collision is not easily transferred
can be switched (Refer to P.42A-23). to the door latch with the doors unlocked (to prevent
passengers from falling out of the vehicle).
Even if any door key cylinder is attempted to be
tampered with the doors locked, the tampering force
is not easily transferred to the door latch, to deter
thieves.

CENTRAL DOOR LOCKING SYSTEM
DOOR LOCK OPERATION TABLE
Operation Driver’s side Passenger’s Rear door Liftgate
door side door
Door lock key cylinder Lock Lock Lock Lock Lock
Unlock Unlock Unlock Unlock Unlock
Door lock switch Driver’s side Lock Lock Lock Lock Lock
door Unlock Unlock Unlock Unlock Unlock
Passenger’s Lock Lock Lock Lock Lock
side door Unlock Unlock Unlock Unlock Unlock
LIFTGATE
OPENING/CLOSING OF LIFTGATE
<Liftgate full close> <Liftgate full open>
Upper liftgate
Lower liftgate
Liftgate lock release handle knob
ZC6001380000
The upper/lower split liftgate has been adopted.

improves the opening operation. When the liftgate
To open the lower liftgate, open the upper liftgate lock release handle is operated, the switch is turned
first and operate the liftgate lock release handle ON or OFF.
knob in the direction of the arrow as shown in the If the liftgate cannot be opened from the outside of the
figure. Then the lower liftgate will be opened. vehicle due to any malfunction such as discharged
battery, it can be opened from the inside of the vehicle
To close the lower liftgate, lift it up. using the following procedure:
When the lower liftgate is opened, the floor and
lower liftgate make a flat surface for ease of loading
and unloading.
The lower liftgate can be sit upon. Cover
LIFTGATE LOCK RELEASE HANDLE

<Vehicles without KOS> ZC6001400000
Remove the inside release lever cover installed to

A the liftgate trim from the inside of the vehicle.
Inside release lever
A
Liftgate lock release handle
<Vehicles with KOS>
ZC6001410000
Push down the inside release lever in the direction

A
of the arrow shown in the figure.
Open the liftgate while pushing it up.
LIFTGATE OPENER CONTROL FUNCTION
Section A – A
Vehicle speed 0km/h
UNLOCK
Liftgate
LOCK
ON
OFF Liftgate lock ON
release handle
switch OFF
ON
Unlock relay output
OFF
t
t: 0.3 second ZC6001420000
ZC6001390000
The electric liftgate lock release handle requires low

operating force and has no temperature dependency

When the liftgate lock release handle is operated to liftgate is unlocked, ETACS-ECU turns the unlock
open the liftgate (the liftgate lock release handle relay output ON for 0.3 seconds, thus the liftgate can
switch turns ON) while the vehicle is parked and the be opened by the liftgate lock release handle.
POWER WINDOW
M24200000220USA0000010001
<Rear door> <Front door>
Door window glass Door window glass
Power window motor
Power window motor
Power window regulator assembly

Power window regulator assembly
Power window main switch (Driver's side)

Power window
Power window switch lock switch
ZC6001430000
The power window has the following features:

Safety mechanism <Driver's door only>
Power window timer function
Power window lock switch

When the power window switch manual-closing or
DESCRIPTION OF CONSTRUCTION AND
one-touch closing operation is performed
OPERATION
accidentally, and an obstacle is detected, the power
POWER WINDOW SYSTEM window switch manual-closing and one-touch
The power window switch has a waterproofing closing operations are prohibited for 3 seconds after
structure which prevents water (such as rain drops) the obstacle has been detected to be pinched, and
from entering from above. Should water enter, it is activates the safety mechanism.
drained through the hole located on the lower area of
the switch, and no water may be accumulated. POWER WINDOW TIMER FUNCTION
POWER WINDOW SWITCH ON

Ignition switch (IG1)
The power window switch has a push-pull operation OFF
method to enhance safety. To close a door window ON
Driver's or (Open)
glass, press in the switch knob; and to open, pull it up. passenger's
OFF
The one-touch opening/closing mechanism in the door switch
(Closed)
driver's power window switch will fully open or close
driver’s door window glass in a single operation. Power window relay
ON
OFF
t
t: 30 Seconds
SAFETY MECHANISM <Driver's door only> ZC6002580000
The power window with the safety mechanism has Even after the ignition is switched off, the ETACS-
been adopted to enhance safety. If any obstacle ECU keeps the power window relay activated for
such as a hand or a head is detected to be pinched approximately 30 seconds, enabling raising or
during a door window glass closing operation, the lowering of the power windows by using the power
door window glass is opened by approximately 150 window switches. After approximately 30 seconds,
mm (6.0 inches). The safety mechanism is activated the power window relay is deactivated.
when the power window switch is operated by one- During this timed operation, if the driver’s or
touch closing operation (the status when the hand passenger’s doors are opened, the power window
is released from the switch knob after one-touch relay is deactivated from that moment.
closing operation).
To prevent anyone from intruding into the vehicle,
by performing the manual-closing operation of the POWER WINDOW LOCK SWITCH
power window switch, or by continuing the one- The driver’s power window switch is equipped with the
touch closing operation (keep pulling up the switch lock switch. This switch disables the opening/closing
knob), the door window glass can be forcibly closed operation of the door window glass using each
without safety mechanism activation even when the passenger's power window switch and rear power
obstacle is detected to be pinched. window switch.

WEATHERSTRIP
M24200000200USA0000010001
A
A
A
A
B
B
B
B
Section A – A Section B – B
Door opening
weatherstrip
Door opening weatherstrip
ZC6001450000
The double weather strips have been installed along

the perimeter of the door window to improve the
sound-proof and water-proof performances.

WINDOW GLASS
M24200000150USA0000010000
VISIBLE RAY TRANSMISSIVITY RATE FOR WINDOW GLASS
1
6
3
4
ZC600146 0000
No. Name Type Thick Color Visible ray

ness transmissivity
(mm) rate (%)
1 Windshield Laminated glass 4.3 Green 80.5
2 Front door window glass Reinforced glass 3.5 Green 81
3 Rear window glass 3.1 Green 82.3
Dark gray (privacy 25
glass)
4 Quarter window glass 3.1 Green 82.3
glass)
5 Liftgate window glass 3.1 Green 82.3
glass)
6 Sunroof lid glass 3.5 Dark gray 18
adopted for other windows. The window glass has the
following features.
The laminated glass has been adopted for the The privacy glasses for the rear door window glass,
windshield, and the reinforced glass has been quarter window glass, and liftgate window glass
have been adopted as an option.(Optional for "LS"
grade, standard for "XLS" grade)

SUNROOF
M24200000160USA0000010000
Drain pipe
Sunroof lid glass
Drain pipe
Sunshade
Sunroof motor assembly

(integrated into sunroof ECU) Drain pipe
ZC6001490000
Close/tilt-down switch
Tilt-up switch
Sunroof switch Open switch

ZC6001500000
The electric sliding glass sunroof with tilt-up If external force is applied during slide closing or tilt
mechanism has been adopted as an option. This down operations that obstructs operations, the
sunroof has the following characteristics: sunroof lid glass will move in the reverse direction.
A lightweight sunroof has been adopted.
The sunroof tilts up for approximately 30 mm to
improve ventilation.
The integrated switch allows for all slide opening/
closing, tilt up/down, and stop operations. All
operations are available at one touch.

DESCRIPTION OF CONSTRUCTION AND Ignition switch (IG1)
ON
OPERATION OFF
ON
SAFETY MECHANISM Driver's door switch or
(Open)
If any obstacle such as a hand or a head is detected passenger’s door switch OFF
(Close)
to be pinched during a sunroof lid glass closing
operation, the sunroof lid glass is opened by
(Enabled) ON
approximately 200 mm (7.9 inches) or more. Sunroof operation
(Disabled) OFF
During the sunroof lid glass closing operation, by t: 30 Seconds t
continuing the sunroof close switch operation, the (Sunroof timer operation time) ZC6002580002
sunroof can be forcibly closed without activating the
The sunroof ECU (integrated into the sunroof motor
safety mechanism even when the obstacle is
assembly) receives the ignition switch (IG1) signal
detected to be pinched.
transmitted by ETACS-ECU. If the ignition switch
During the safety mechanism activation, when the
(IG1) signal turns OFF, the sunroof ECU allows the
sunroof close switch is operated, the sunroof lid
sunroof switch to open/close (timer activation) the
glass stops. By continuing the close switch
sunroof for approximately 30 seconds. During the
operation, the sunroof lid glass can be forcibly
timer operation, if the driver's or passenger’s door
closed without activating the safety mechanism
open is detected from the door switch signal
even when the obstacle is detected to be pinched.
transmitted by ETACS-ECU, the sunroof timer
function stops at this time.
SUNROOF TIMER FUNCTION
SUNROOF MOTOR ASSEMBLY
Sunroof ECU Drive gear
Sunroof motor ZC6001520000
The sunroof motor assembly, which consists of the

motor main body, drive gear, and sunroof ECU, is
installed in front of the housing.

SUNROOF ECU
ETACS-ECU
6
Ignition switch
3
Driver
circuit M Motor
Tilt-up switch
4 Sunroof-ECU
Open switch
5
Close/Tilt-down Sensor
switch
10
Sunroof switch
EEPROM
1
2
1 2 3 4 5 Sunroof motor assembly
6 7 8 9 10
ZC6044300000
The sunroof ECU incorporates a microcomputer and

controls motor operations with the sunroof switch
signals, depending on various conditions.
CUSTOMIZATION FUNCTION
M24200000241USA0000010000
With the scan tool MB991958 operation, the following information is kept in memory even when the battery
functions can be programmed. The programmed is disconnected.
Adjustment Adjustment item Adjusting contents Adjusting contents
item (scan tool (scan tool MB991958
MB991958 display)
display)
Door unlock Door lock system All doors unlock All the doors are unlocked when the driver's
mode side door is unlocked.
Dr door unlock Only the driver's side door is unlocked when
the driver's side door is unlocked. (default)
Auto door Auto door unlock by Disable Without function (default)
unlock by P P position function Always enabled Always able to function
position
P/W unlocked With function (with power window
unlocked)

MEMO

GENERAL INFORMATION
M24200100001USA0000010000
transmitted correctly or if the battery in the key is
discharged. (Refer to P.42B-15.)
The keyless operation key incorporates the
The keyless operation system (KOS) enables the immobilizer function that inhibits starting the engine
driver to unlock all the doors*and the liftgate by just by using an unauthorized key.
pulling the front door outside handle or operating the The incorporated TPMS function monitors the air
liftgate lock release handle, without taking the key out pressure of all the tires.
from his/her pocket or bag when he/she is carrying a Each vehicle is provided with two keyless operation
keyless operation key which has been registered in keys, and up to four keyless operation keys can be
the vehicle's KOS-ECU. KOS also allows the driver to registered in the vehicle's KOS-ECU.
lock all the doors and the liftgate by pressing the lock The keyless operation key incorporates an
switch on the front door outside handle or on the emergency key with a transponder to lock/unlock
liftgate lock release handle (door entry function), and the doors and start the engine in case the battery in
start the engine without using the conventional the keyless operation key is discharged or the
mechanical key (engine start function). KOS has the keyless operation system is not working normally.
following features: The driver can customize KOS; enabling/disabling
The keyless operation key incorporates the lock all the system functions, enabling the door locking/
and unlock switches on it. Like the conventional unlocking function only, or enabling the engine
keyless entry system, remote control operation can starting function only.
be performed by using these switches. The keyless
operation key also incorporates an indicator light
that enables the driver to check if the signal is

Steering lock
(Push switch, Steering lock unit)
IG knob Receiver
antenna module
TPMS transmitter
Inside transmission (Tire pressure sensor)
antenna assembly IG knob cap
(Front) ABS or ASC-ECU
KOS-ECU
Lock switch and
Engine control module Unlock sensor
(Driver's side door)
Outside transmission
antenna assembly
(Driver's side)
Inside transmission
antenna assembly
(Rear: Driver's side)
TPMS transmitter
(Tire pressure sensor)
ETACS-ECU
Lock switch
and Unlock sensor
(Passenger's side
door)
TPMS transmitter
Outside transmission
antenna assembly
(Passenger's side)
ZC600224
Antenna and Buzzer assembly
Inside transmission <Outside transmission
TPMS transmitter
antenna assembly antenna assembly
(Rear: Passenger's side) (Liftgate), Outer buzzer>
Lock switch and Unlock sensor Section A - A
(Driver's side door, Passenger's side door) Front door
outside
A handle
A
Unlock Liftgate
Door
Lock switch sensor lock release handle Lock switch
Unlock sensor assembly
ZC601005 0000

Multi information display
(Built in combination meter) TPMS
warning light
LOW SE R VIC E
TIRE PRESSURE RE Q UIRE D
ZC603702 0000
Emergency key
Indicator light Lock switch
Keyless operation
Keyless operation key (rear view)
key (front view)
Unlock switch
ZC6008490000
Main components and functions

KOS-ECU Controls KOS by using the following inputs/outputs and
communications.
Input from the unlock sensor and lock switch on each door,
input from the push switch on the IG knob
Communications with ETACS-ECU, ECM, ABS or ASC-ECU
and combination meter via CAN
Wire communication with the steering lock unit
Wireless communication with the keyless operation key via the
receiver antenna module and interior/exterior transmitter
antennas
Wireless communication with the TPMS transmitter
Output to the outer tone alarm
Steering lock (incorporates push switch The steering lock has two unlocking mechanisms; a mechanical
and steering lock unit) mechanism that uses an emergency key and an electrical
mechanism. In the electrical unlocking mechanism, the steering
lock communicates with KOS-ECU via wire, and when requested
by KOS-ECU, the steering lock unlocks for two seconds.

Keyless operation key (incorporates The keyless operation key receives signals sent from each
emergency key) interior/exterior transmitter antenna, certifies the keyless
operation key ID code, calculates the encrypted code, and
sends the reply data signal to KOS-ECU via the receiver
antenna module. When the lock/unlock switch on the keyless
operation key is pressed, corresponding signal is sent to KOS-
ECU via the receiver antenna module.
If two or more keyless operation keys registered in KOS-ECU
respond at the same time, their signals would interfere. To
avoid this interference, each signal from KOS-ECU is given
the priority*1data, and the keyless operation keys respond in
accordance with this priority.
Lock switch Driver's door Locks all the doors and the liftgate when a driver carrying the
Front passenger's keyless operation key presses the lock switch on the front door
door outside handle or on the liftgate lock release handle.
Liftgate
Unlock sensor Driver's door The unlock sensors incorporated in the driver’s front door
outside handles unlock driver’s the door when a driver carrying
the keyless operation key pulls the driver’s door outside handle.
Front passenger's The unlock sensors incorporated in the passenger's front door
door outside handles unlock all the doors and the liftgate when a
driver carrying the keyless operation key pulls the front door
outside handle.
Liftgate lock release handle Locks all the doors and the liftgate when a driver carrying the
keyless operation key presses the lock switch on the front door
outside handle or on the liftgate lock release handle.
Exterior transmitter Driver's side Converts the data output from KOS-ECU via wire into a signal,
antenna assembly Front passenger's and sends it to the keyless operation key. (For the transmission
side area, refer to Operation Manual - Engine Start
Function P.42B-20.)
Interior transmitter Front Converts the data output from KOS-ECU via wire into a signal,
antenna assembly Rear and sends it to the keyless operation key. (For the transmission
area, refer to Operation Manual - Engine Start
Function P.42B-20.)
Antenna & tone Exterior transmitter Converts the data output from KOS-ECU via wire into a signal,
alarm assembly antenna assembly and sends it to the keyless operation key. (For the transmission
(liftgate) area, refer to Operation Manual -Door Entry
Function P.42B-8.)
Outer tone alarm The outer tone alarm sounds when:
The doors are locked or unlocked by the door entry function.
The keyless operation key is brought out of the vehicle when
the IG knob is in the "LOCK" (OFF) position and the push
switch is in other than the ON position.
The lock switch on the keyless operation switch is pressed
when the IG knob is in the "LOCK" (OFF) position and the push
switch is in other than the ON position.

The lock switch on the keyless operation key is pressed from
inside the car.
The lock switch on the keyless operation key is pressed when
the door is ajar.
Receiver antenna module Receives the operation signals from the lock/unlock switches
and panic alarm switch on the keyless operation key, and the air
pressure signal from the TPMS transmitter, and then converts
them into data and sends them to KOS-ECU.
TPMS transmitter Measure tire pressure directly, then send radio frequency signal
to receiver antenna module.
Combination meter (Multi information Communicates with KOS-ECU via CAN. Receives the warning
display, TPMS warning light) request or warning information from KOS-ECU, flashes or
activates*2the warning indicator or warnig light. Warning symbol
and message is additionally displayed on the multi information
display
ETACS-ECU Communicates with KOS-ECU via CAN. Send ignition switch
status. Receives the door lock/unlock request from KOS-ECU,
outputs the lock/unlock signal, and flashes the turn signal light
to inform the driver that the doors are locked/unlocked.
ECM Communicates with KOS-ECU via CAN. Permits/inhibits the
engine starting and controls the engine operation. Send
atmospheric pressure data.
ABS or ASC-ECU Communicates with KOS-ECU via CAN. Sends the vehicle
speed data.

Dome light,
Ignition key cylinder
illumination light
Horn
CAN-B
Steering unit communi- Door lock actuator
cation
ETACS-ECU
Push switch
Liftgate lock actuator
Steering lock unit CAN-C comm-

unication
Turn-signal light
ECM
ABS or ASC-ECU
Unlock sensor and
lock switch
(driver's side door) Combination meter
(Multi center display, TPMS warning light )
KOS-ECU
Unlock sensor and
lock switch
(passenger's side door)
Interior transmitter Exterior transmitter
antenna assembly antenna assembly
Liftgate lock release
handle and lock switch
(liftgate) Front Driver's side
Outer buzzer Rear: Passenger's side

Driver's side
Rear:
Liftgate
Receiver antenna module Passenger's side
Radio Radio Radio Radio

frequency frequency frequency frequency
signal signal signal signal
Keyless operation key

Lock switch
Antenna
Front tire (LH) Front tire (RH) Unlock switch
Transmission
circuit
CPU Battery Emergency key (incorporating a transponder)
Pressure Acc. Indicator light

sensor sensor
Rear tire (LH) Rear tire (RH)
TPMS transmitter ZC600946 0001

DOOR ENTRY FUNCTION
M24200100004USA0000010000
Front door outside handle (passenger's side)
Liftgate lock
release handle
ZC600226
Front door outside handle (driver's side)
Keyless operation key ZC600218

ZC6002590000

Door outside handle (Driver’s side, front passenger’ side)
Liftgate lock
Lock switch release handle
AC505249 AC506192
View A View B
Lock switch
Unlock sensor AC505250 License plate light AC505247

ZC600227 0000
When a driver carrying a keyless operation key

presses a lock switch on the driver-side/front
passenger-side door outside handle or on the liftgate
lock release handle, unlock sensor on the door
outside handle, or liftgate lock release handle (switch)
(Refer to GROUP 42A, Door and Liftgate Lock P.
42A-12), the keyless operation key and KOS-ECU
communicate to certify* the keyless operation key.
When KOS-ECU certifies the registered keyless
operation key within 70 cm (28 inches) in radius from
these switches and sensors on outer side of the
vehicle, it requests ETACS-ECU to lock/unlock the
doors. (The key may not be certified even it is within UNLOCKING OPERATION OF DOOR
this range, when it is positioned too high or too low). ENTRY FUNCTION
The keyless operation key and KOS-ECU
communicate to certify the keyless operation key
when the unlock sensor on the driver-side/front
passenger-side door outside handle or the liftgate lock
release handle (switch) is turned ON. When KOS-
ECU certifies the registered keyless operation key on
the outer side of the vehicle, it requests ETACS-ECU
to unlock the doors.

CONTROL OF UNLOCKING OPERATION
Jamming is not transmitted at If there is no keyless operation key

the time of liftgate operation. response, retry is performed once.
The unlock sensor of door outside handle ON
(driver's side, passenger's side) or the
liftgate lock release handle (switch) OFF
Exterior transmitter antenna Transmission
assembly operation side side Un-transmitting
Exterior transmitter antenna Transmission
assembly opposite side
Un-transmitting
Interior transmitter antenna Transmission
assembly
Un-transmitting
Keyless operation key Response
1 to 4 response Un-answering
c
a b d
e
f
h
g g g g
Communication
CAN
Un-communicating
a: Exterior data transmitting start: 0.015 to 0.04 sec e: Keyless operation key 3 response time of onset 0.135 to 0.18 sec
b: Interior data transmitting start: 0.03 to 0.05 sec d: Keyless operation key 2 response time of onset 0.205 to 0.26 sec
c: Keyless operation key 1 response time of onset 0.035 to 0.06 sec g: CAN communication time of onset: to 0.03 sec
d: Keyless operation key 2 response time of onset 0.08 to 0.115 sec h: Retry time: It is variable by the registration number
(at the time of 4 pieces registration 0.31 sec).
ZC6002510000
When KOS-ECU detects that the unlock sensor on

the driver-side/front passenger-side door outside
handle or the liftgate lock release handle (switch) is
turned ON, it transmits the exterior data from the After the exterior data are transmitted from the
exterior transmitter antenna assembly on the exterior transmitter antenna assembly, the interior
operation side. At the same time, KOS-ECU data are transmitted from the interior transmitter
transmits the interfering radio wave* (reversal code) antenna assembly (front).
from the exterior transmitter antenna assembly on For the specified time period (varies with the
the other side (The interfering radio wave will be number of the keyless operation keys registered in
transmitted from the front passenger-side antenna KOS-ECU), KOS-ECU monitors the response from
assembly when the driver-side door outside handle the keyless operation key that meets the unlock
is operated, and vice versa. It will not be transmitted conditions.
when the liftgate lock release handle is operated). When the keyless operation key receives the
exterior data only, KOS-ECU transmits the unlock
request (request to unlock the applicable
position) to ETACS-ECU.

UNLOCKING OPERATION INHIBITION
When KOS-ECU receives no response that CONDITIONS
enables the unlocking after the specified time The door unlocking operation is inhibited when:
period has passed, it performs the retry cycle The emergency key is in the ignition switch.
once (When no response after the retry, KOS- The push switch in the steering lock is ON.
ECU terminates the unlocking operation). During the unlocking operation inhibition time
LOCKING OPERATION OF DOOR ENTRY
UNLOCKING OPERATION INHIBITION TIME FUNCTION
If the customer pulls the door outer handle to make The keyless operation key and KOS-ECU
sure the doors are locked, unlocking operation is communicate to certify the keyless operation key
inhibited for three seconds after the doors and the when the lock switch on the driver-side/front
liftgate are locked by the lock switches on the driver- passenger-side door outside handle or on the liftgate
side/front passenger-side door outside handle or on lock release handle is turned ON. When KOS-ECU
the liftgate lock release handle. This duration can be certifies the registered keyless operation key only on
selected from zero, three seconds, and five seconds, the outer side of the vehicle, it requests ETACS-ECU
and can be switched using a customization function. to lock all the doors (including the liftgate).
(Refer to P.42B-29.) The default factory setting is
3 seconds.
CONTROL OF LOCKING OPERATION
Jamming is not transmitted at If there is no keyless operation key response,

The lock switch of door outside the time of liftgate operation. retry that keyless operation key located outside.
handle (driver's side, passenger's ON
side) or the lock switch of liftgate
lock release handle OFF
Exterior transmitter Transmission
antenna assembly
operation side side Un-transmitting
Exterior transmitter Transmission
antenna assembly
opposite side Un-transmitting
Interior transmitter Transmission
antenna assembly
Un-transmitting
Keyless operation key Response
1 to 4 response
Un-answering
a b c d
e
f
g g
Communication
CAN
Un-communicating
a: Exterior data transmitting start: 0.03 to 0.04 sec e: Keyless operation key 3 response time of onset 0.135 to 0.18 sec
b: Interior data transmitting start: 0.03 to 0.05 sec d: Keyless operation key 4 response time of onset 0.205 to 0.26 sec
c: Keyless operation key 1 response time of onset 0.035 to 0.06 sec g: Retry time: It is variable by the registration number
d: Keyless operation key 2 response time of onset 0.08 to 0.115 sec (at the time of 4 pieces registration 0.31 sec).
h: CAN communication time of onset: to 0.65 sec
ZC6002520000
When KOS-ECU detects that the lock switch on the

driver-side/front passenger-side door outside

handle or on the liftgate lock release handle is If there is no response from the keyless operation
turned ON, it transmits the exterior data from the keys, perform Step 6 once.
exterior transmitter antenna assembly on the KOS-ECU transmits the exterior data from the
operation side. At the same time, KOS-ECU exterior transmitter antenna assembly on the
transmits the interfering radio wave (reversal code) operation side. At the same time, KOS-ECU
from the exterior transmitter antenna assembly on transmits the interfering radio wave (reversal code)
the other side (The interfering radio wave will be from the exterior transmitter antenna assembly on
transmitted from the front passenger-side antenna the other side. (The interfering radio wave will be
assembly when the driver-side door outside handle transmitted from the front passenger-side antenna
is operated, and vice versa. It will not be transmitted assembly when the driver-side door outside handle
when the liftgate lock release handle is operated). is operated, and vice versa. It will not be transmitted
After the exterior data are transmitted from the when the liftgate lock release handle is operated.)
exterior transmitter antenna assembly, the interior After the specified time period (varies with the
data are transmitted from the interior transmitter number of the keyless operation keys registered in
antenna assembly (front). KOS-ECU) has passed, confirm that the lock
After the specified time period (varies with the conditions are met.
number of the keyless operation keys registered in When the responded keyless operation keys after
KOS-ECU) has passed, confirm that there is no the retry receives the exterior data only, KOS-
keyless operation key in the interior. ECU transmits the lock request (request to lock
When KOS-ECU receives the response from the the actuated position) to ETACS-ECU.
keyless operation keys that received the interior
data, KOS-ECU cancels without the locking
LOCKING OPERATION INHIBITION CONDITIONS
operation.
In the following cases, the door locking operation is
The interior data are transmitted from the interior
inhibited.
transmitter assembly (front).
Any door or the liftgate is open/ajar (door switch is
After the specified time period (varies with the
ON). (including door ajar)
number of the keyless operation keys registered in
The emergency key is in the ignition switch.
KOS-ECU) has passed, confirm that the lock
The push switch in the steering lock is ON.
conditions are met.
When KOS-ECU receives the response from the AUTO LOCK FUNCTION
keyless operation keys that received the interior The auto lock function locks the doors automatically
data, KOS-ECU cancels without the locking when a driver carrying the keyless operation key left
operation. the car with all the doors closed and unlocked. This
When all the responding keyless operation keys function prevents the doors from being unlocked
receive the exterior data only, KOS-ECU accidentally. Using a customization function, the auto
transmits the lock request to ETACS-ECU. lock function can be selected between "Auto lock" and
"No auto lock". (Refer to P.42B-29.) The initial
setting is "No auto lock".

CONTROL OF AUTO LOCK FUNCTION
Item 1 to 7: Key location judge processing Item 9 to 14: Automatically

(vehicles inside and outside) locking processing
If there is no keyless operation key response,
Jamming retry that keyless operation key located outside. Jamming
Open
Door
Close
Exte rior t ransmitter
antenna assem bly Transmissio n
(driver's side ) Un-t ransmittin g
Exte rior t ransmitter Transmissio n
antenna assem bly
(passenger's side) Un-t ransmittin g
Exte rior t ransmitter Transmissio n
antenna assem bly
(liftgate) Un-t ransmittin g
Inte rior t ransmitter Transmissio n
antenna assem bly
Un-t ransmittin g
Keyless ope ration Response
key 1 to 4 respons e
Un-an swering
Com municatio n
CAN
Un-com municatin g
a b a b a b b b b c
Item 3 and 5: At inside keyless operation key detection, KOS-ECU outputs door unlock
demand to ETACS-ECU when driver's side door is locked and driver’s side door is lastly closed.
Item 14: Lock demand
a: 0.65 to 0.67 sec (4 keyless operation keys are registered.) Item 8: Outer buzzer sounds
b: 0.34 to 0.36 sec (4 keyless operation keys are registered.) when auto-lock is set.
c: 0.31 sec (4 keyless operation keys are registered.) ZC600253 0000
Interior/exterior judgment (Keyless operation key After the specified time period (varies with the
certification communication to detect if all the doors number of the keyless operation keys registered in
are closed) KOS-ECU) has passed, KOS-ECU performs the
KOS-ECU transmits the exterior data from the following condition judgments.
exterior transmitter antenna assembly (driver's When KOS-ECU receives the response from the
side, passenger's side, liftgate). keyless operation keys that received the interior
After Step 1 is completed, KOS-ECU transmits the data, KOS-ECU terminates the interior/exterior
interior data from the interior transmitter antenna judgment.
assembly (Front). If there is no response from the keyless operation
After the specified time period (varies with the keys, perform Step 6 once.
number of the keyless operation keys registered in KOS-ECU transmits the exterior data from the
KOS-ECU) has passed, KOS-ECU performs the exterior transmitter antenna assembly (driver's
following condition judgments. side, passenger's side, liftgate).
When KOS-ECU receives the response from the After the specified time period (varies with the
keyless operation keys that received the interior number of the keyless operation keys registered in
data, KOS-ECU terminates the interior/exterior KOS-ECU) has passed, KOS-ECU performs the
judgment. following condition judgments.

All the responded keyless operation keys receive When all the responded keyless operation keys
the exterior data only. receive the exterior data only during a series of
the keyless operation key certification
communications, KOS-ECU continues
monitoring the keyless operation key. (Repeat
from Step 9.)
When no response is received during a series of
the keyless operation key certification
communications, KOS-ECU moves to Step 14.
When all the responding keyless operation keys KOS-ECU requests ETACS-ECU to lock the
have received the exterior data only during a doors. ETACS-ECU locks the doors and sends the
series of the keyless operation key certification answerback request to KOS-ECU. By this request,
communications (driver's door front KOS-ECU sounds the outer tone alarm
passenger's door liftgate), KOS-ECU moves to answerback.
Step 8.
Auto lock judgment (Keyless operation key AUTO LOCK FUNCTION INHIBITION CONDITIONS
certification communication after interior/exterior The door auto lock function is inhibited when:
judgment) Any door or the liftgate is open/ajar (door switch is
When the auto lock function has been selected, ON). (including door ajar)
KOS-ECU activates the auto lock answerback The emergency key is in the ignition switch.
function. The push switch in the steering lock is ON.
KOS-ECU transmits the exterior data from the
exterior transmitter antenna assembly (driver's
side, passenger's side, liftgate). AUTO LOCK FUNCTION CANCELLATION
After the Step 9 is completed, KOS-ECU transmits CONDITION
the interior data from the interior transmitter data The auto lock function is cancelled when:
assembly (Front). No keyless operation key is detected on the outer
After the specified time period (varies with the side of the vehicle during the keyless operation key
number of the keyless operation keys registered in certification communication performed to detect if
KOS-ECU) has passed, KOS-ECU performs the all the doors are closed.
following condition judgments. Any of the keyless operation switches (on driver-
When KOS-ECU receives the response from the side door, front passenger-side door, or liftgate) is
keyless operation keys that received the interior pressed after all the doors are detected closed.
data, KOS-ECU terminates the auto lock All the auto lock function inhibition conditions are
judgment. met.
A keyless operation key is detected inside the
vehicle.

After the specified time period (varies with the
number of the keyless operation keys registered in
KOS-ECU) has passed, KOS-ECU performs the
following condition judgments.
When KOS-ECU receives the response from the
keyless operation keys that received the interior
data, KOS-ECU terminates the auto lock
judgment.

alarm sounds" and "Tone alarm not sound" (Refer
ANSWERBACK FUNCTIONS
When KOS-ECU sends a signal to ETACS-ECU, to P.42B-29). The default factory setting is "Tone
ETACS-ECU outputs the lock/unlock signal and alarm sounds".
activates the hazard warning light and the outer tone
alarm to notify the driver the doors are locked/
unlocked. Using a customization function*, the outer
tone alarm operation can be selected between "Tone
Lock signal received Unlock signal received When received auto lock
signal
ETACS-ECU Lock signal output Unlock signal output Lock signal output
Hazard warning Flashes once Flashes twice Flashes once
light
Outer tone alarm Sounds once (initial Sounds twice (initial setting) Sounds once
setting) or none or none
automatically outputs the door lock signal to lock the
KOS TIMER LOCK FUNCTION
When none of the doors is opened within 30 seconds doors. This function prevents the doors from being
after the doors are unlocked by KOS, ETACS-ECU unlocked accidentally.
KEYLESS ENTRY FUNCTION

M24200100009USA0000010000
Receiver antenna module
KOS-ECU
ZC600223
Radio signal

Lock button
ETACS-ECU
Electric signal Panic button
Unlock button
· Dome light (when locked: flashes once, when unlocked: illuminates for 15 seconds)
· Turn signal lights (when locked: flashes once, when unlocked: flashes twice)
ZC600218
· Horn (when locked while driver's side door is locked: sounds once, when unlocked: no sound)
· Door lock actuator (when locked: locking, when unlocked: unlocking)
· Liftgate actuator (when opened: opening)
ZC6002600000

A keyless entry system enables locking and unlocking <Front view> Indicator light
of all doors, and the liftgate from 12m (39.4 feet) away Lock button
from the vehicle. The following features are also
available:
Three-button type keyless operation key with lock,
unlock and panic buttons
Receiver antenna module incorporates a receiver
and a receiving antenna.
Up to 4 security codes can be registered using scan Unlock button
tool MB991958 (M.U.T.-III sub-assembly). ZC600218
Answerback functions Panic button
<Rear view>
Keyless entry timer lock
DESCRIPTION OF CONSTRUCTION AND Three-diamond mark

AC500464
OPERATION ZC6003420000
KEYLESS OPERATION KEY The keyless operation key has three-knob type
buttons and transmits encrypted code peculiar to
each key in an electric wave signal.
A shiny three-diamond mark on the back of the
keyless operation key gives it a classy look.
An indicator light, which illuminates when signals
are received, is on the keyless operation key. This
indicator light informs you of the signal transmission
status and warns you of flat battery.
A coin type battery, CR2032 is used in the keyless
operation key.
The button operation of the keyless operation key
allows the system to operate as follows:
SYSTEM OPERATION KEYLESS OPERATION
KEY OPERATION
All doors (including the Press the lock button
liftgate) are locked. once.
All doors (including the Press the unlock button
liftgate) are unlocked. once.
KEYLESS ENTRY SYSTEM OPERATION TABLE
OPERATION OF KEYLESS OPERATION KEY SYSTEM OPERATION
Lock button Press once Lock all doors (including the liftgate)
Unlock button Press once Unlock the driver’s door
Press twice Unlock all doors (including the liftgate)

OPERATION OF KEYLESS OPERATION KEY SYSTEM OPERATION
Panic alarm Panic button Press once (press and hold Starts the panic alarm (headlights flash and
system for 1 second). horn honks for three minutes)
Lock button, Press again Stops the panic alarm in progress
unlock button
or panic button
ENCRYPTED CODE prevent theft by copying signal codes, the data code
includes a rolling code with the encrypted code. The
Keyless operation key lock or unlock button rolling code changes each time a signal is sent.
ON
OFF RECEIVER
The receiver is incorporated into the receiver antenna
module together with the receiving antenna. It sends
Data the signal the antenna received from the keyless
code operation key to KOS-ECU. KOS-ECU compares this
signal with the ID code registered in it, and when they
ZC6002540000 coincided, a signal is output from ETACS-ECU. By
connecting scan tool MB991958 (M.U.T.-III sub-
Four data codes are transmitted when a switch is assembly) to the data link connector, up to four
operated once. The encrypted code for user encrypted codes of keyless operation keys can be
identification is a combination of 0 and 1, and more registered.
than 1 million different combinations are available. To
FUNCTION FOR CONFIRMING ETACS-ECU (RECEIVER) OUTPUT AND OPERATION
When the ETACS-ECU receives an electric wave setting at factory for the answerback function is as
signal of the identification code stored in the receiver follows: "Hazard warning light: LOCK, Flash once,
antenna module, the ETACS-ECU outputs LOCK/ UNLOCK, Flash twice/Dome light: LOCK, Flash once,
UNLOCK signal and informs the driver of the keyless UNLOCK, Stay on for 15 seconds/Horn: LOCK
entry system operation by flashing the light (driver’s side door is locked), Sound once, UNLOCK,
(Answerback). Using a customization feature, the No sound." Using a customization feature, the hazard
flashing patterns for the answerback function can be answerback function can be changed (Refer
changed according to the table below. The initial to P.42B-29).
ITEM OPERATION
DOORS AND LIFTGATE LOCKED DOORS AND LIFTGATE
UNLOCKED
ETACS-ECU (receiver) Sends lock signal Sends unlock signal
Dome light Flashes once Illuminates for 15 seconds
Turn-signal lights (RH and LH) Flashes once Flashes twice
Horn Sounds once if doors are already -
locked
KEYLESS ENTRY HAZARD LIGHT
ANSWERBACK FUNCTION

The hazard answerback function that allows checking
LOCK
Keyless operation the lock/unlock state of the door easily even in the
key button OFF
UNLOCK
daytime is installed. When the LOCK signal from the
ON keyless operation key is input to ETACS-ECU via
Lock relay output
OFF receiver antenna module, all doors (including liftgate)
ON
are locked and the hazard warning light flashes once.
Unlock relay output
OFF When UNLOCK signal is input, all doors (including
Hazard light Illuminated liftgate) are unlocked and the hazard warning light
flashing
state Not illuminated flashes twice.
ZC5005200001
KEYLESS ENTRY DOME LIGHT ANSWERBACK FUNCTION
ON
Unlock relay output
OFF
ON
Lock relay output
OFF
ON
Door lock switch
output
OFF
ON
Door unlock switch
output
OFF
Illuminate
Dome lamp
Extinguish
b a b
a: 0.6 second c
b: 1.2 seconds
c: 15 seconds
ZC6002550000
When LOCK signal from the keyless operation key is fades out in 15 seconds after the door unlock relay is
input to the ETACS-ECU via receiver antenna operated.
module, all doors are locked and the dome light will
turn off*. When UNLOCK signal is input, all doors are
unlocked and the dome light illuminates for 15
seconds. The dome light fades in, keeps on, and

KEYLESS ENTRY HORN ANSWERBACK FUNCTION
LOCK
Keyless operation key button
OFF
T T T
ON
Door lock relay output
OFF
UNLOCK
Driver's door lock actuator
LOCK
t t t
Horn relay output ON
OFF
t: 0.15 Second
T: 2.5 Seconds ZC6003450000
When the lock signal from the keyless operation key

is received into ETACS-ECU via receiver antenna SECURITY INDICATOR LIGHT
module, all doors are locked and the horn sounds. If ZC600231
the driver's door cannot be locked even when the
keyless operation key is operated, the horn does not
sound.
KEYLESS ENTRY TIMER LOCK TIME

When none of the doors is opened within 30 seconds
after the doors are unlocked by the keyless entry
system, ETACS-ECU automatically outputs the door Security indicator light
lock signal to lock the doors. This function prevents ZC6004340000
the doors (including the liftgate) from being unlocked The security indicator light is installed on the center
unexpectedly by operation errors. Using a panel of the instrument panel.
customization function, the timer lock period can be
changed (Refer to P.42B-29).
HOOD LATCH SWITCH
OPERATION INHIBITION CONDITIONS

The operation of the system is inhibited when:
The ignition key is in the ignition switch.
Any door or the liftgate is open (door switch is ON).
(including door ajar)
SECURITY ALARM
The security alarm function is based on the door lock Hood latch switch
operation by the keyless entry system or KOS. The
function warns when the doors (including the liftgate)
ZC6000310001
are opened by any operation other than the keyless
entry system or KOS. Using a customization function, The hood latch switch has been provided to the hood
the security alarm can be enabled/disabled (Refer latch. When the hood latch is operated, the hood latch
to P.42B-29). This customization function is switch detects this and sends a signal to ETACS-
described in the owner’s manual. ECU.

ENGINE STARTING FUNCTION
M24200100005USA0000010000
When carrying the keyless operation key, a driver can
start/stop the engine by operating the IG knob, without
using the ignition key.
Emergency key

Radio
frequency Keyless
signal operation key (Rear view) AC500465
Radio Inside Inside Inside

frequency transmission transmission transmission
signal antenna antenna antenna
assembly assembly assembly
(Front) (Rear: LH) (Rear: RH)
IG knob cap CAN-B CAN-C

communication communication
Ignition
IG knob CPU CPU
unlock signal
Push
switch Injector
OK status signal
IG knob
Steering lock KOS-ECU ETACS-ECU ECM
Receiver
(Built in AC506645
antenna module
Steering lock unit) ZC3057930000
AC507042
OPERATION from KOS-ECU when it is not located within the

WHEN THE USER IS CARRYING THE KEYLESS engine starting function valid area P.42B-22.)
OPERATION KEY The receiver antenna receives the signal from the
Press the IG knob on the steering lock, and the keyless operation key, and then KOS-ECU
push switch inside the steering lock is turned ON. compares the keyless operation key ID data sent
When the push switch inside the steering lock is from the key with the one registered in it.
turned ON, KOS-ECU activates the interior When these data coincide, KOS-ECU sends the
transmitter antenna assembly to send the IG knob unlock signal to the steering lock unit
transmitter signal to the keyless operation key. inside the steering lock.
On receiving the transmitter signal from KOS-
ECU, the keyless operation key performs the
keyless operation key certification and the
encrypted code calculation, and sends the keyless
operation key ID data to KOS-ECU. (The keyless
operation key cannot receive the transmitter signal

communication with the keyless operation key inside
On receiving the IG knob unlock signal, the the vehicle and monitors if it is carried out of the
steering lock unit performs processing (verification vehicle.
of the KOS ID, etc.) based on the received data. When none of the registered keyless operation keys
When no problem is found during the processing, (up to four) respond during the communication, KOS-
the unit sends the OK status signal to KOS-ECU, ECU determines that the key has been brought out of
and at the same time, electrically disengages the the car, and the keyless operation key certification
steering lock mechanism to make the IG knob agreement memory "does not exist," and does not
rotatable. permit starting of the engine.
When a keyless operation key certification
agreement memory "exists"*1in KOS-ECU when it
The keyless operation key certification agreement
received the OK status signal from the steering
memory "does not exist" from the start.
lock unit, the engine start permission
The emergency key is in the IG knob.
communication (CAN communication) is
The IG knob is in LOCK (OFF) position and the push
performed between KOS-ECU and the engine
switch is OFF.
ECU by turning the IG knob from the ACC position
The vehicle is judged running (shift lever in "P" or
to the ON/START position, and the engine starts.
"N", or vehicle speed is 6 km/h or higher).
If the keyless operation key certification
agreement memory "does not exist"*2, the engine
does not start. KEYLESS OPERATION KEY REPLACEMENT
MONITORING FUNCTION
If the keyless operation key carrying-out monitoring
*1: The keyless operation key certification function once detects that the key has been carried
agreement memory "exists" means that a out of the vehicle with the IG knob in the LOCK (OFF)
registered keyless operation key has been position and with the push switch in other than OFF,
recognized during the keyless operation key and then the key is brought into the vehicle, the engine
certification communication. must be started when the IG knob is turned to the ON
*2: When the keyless operation key certification or START position. For this purpose, KOS-ECU
agreement memory "does not exist," the performs the certification communication with the
"keyless operation key bringing-out monitoring keyless operation key inside the vehicle every 5
function" and the "keyless operation key seconds to monitor the replacement of the keyless
replacement monitoring function" (keyless operation key. When any of the registered keyless
operation key monitoring controls) have judged operation keys sends a respond, KOS-ECU
that the keyless operation key has been carried determines that the key has been brought into the
out of the vehicle with the IG knob in the LOCK vehicle (replaced), and sets the keyless operation key
(OFF) position while turning ON the push switch certification agreement memory to "exist," and
or in the ACC, ON, or START position. permits starting of the engine.
KEYLESS OPERATION KEY TAKE OUT The keyless operation key certification agreement
MONITORING FUNCTION memory "exists" from the start.
To prevent the engine from started when the keyless The emergency key is in the IG knob.
operation key is carried out of the vehicle with the IG The IG knob is in LOCK (OFF) position and the push
knob in the LOCK (OFF) position and the push switch switch is OFF.
OFF, KOS-ECU performs the certification The vehicle is judged running (shift lever in "P" or
"N", or vehicle speed is 6 km/h or higher).

WHEN USING EMERGENCY KEY
Receiver
antenna ETACS-ECU ECM
Emergency key KOS-ECU
module
CPU CAN-B CAN-C CPU Ignition

ID
Transponder CAN Injection

CAN
Steering lock
ZC3064040000
AC507889
Receiver antenna module
IG knob
Emergency key
ZC3054220000
AC506646
The engine can be started by removing the IG knob is turned ON. This feature prevents code copying,
cap and inserting the emergency key (incorporating a resulting in higher security of the system.
transponder ID) in KOS steering lock. In this case, the
system operates as follows:
When the emergency key is turned to ON position,
the transponder (a small transmitter) incorporated
When KOS-ECU is lost, all the emergency keys and
in the key transmits an ID code peculiar to each
keyless operation keys must be re-registered.
key (transponder ID) to the receiver antenna
When a key is lost, all the emergency keys and
module by radio.
keyless operation keys other than the lost one must
KOS-ECU compares the transponder ID with the
be re-registered to cancel the registration of the lost
ID code registered in it, and when they coincide,
key.
KOS-ECU controls the engine ECU.
To add a key, all the emergency keys and keyless
The power to the transponder has been supplied
operation keys to be used for the vehicle and the
from the receiver antenna module, and therefore,
additional one must be re-registered.
the transponder is maintenance-free. Each vehicle
is provided with two keys, and up to eight ENGINE STARTING FUNCTION VALID
emergency keys can be registered in the vehicle's AREA
KOS-ECU. More than one trillion ID code The engine can be started only when the keyless
combinations can be registered, and parts of them operation key is within the interior antenna receiving
are irregularly changed whenever the ignition key area.

Inside transmission antenna assembly (Front) Inside transmission antenna assembly (Rear)
Antenna receiving area Antenna receiving area

ZC600900 0000
TIRE PRESSURE MONITORING SYSTEM (TPMS) FUNCTION

M24200100011USA0000010000
When the tire pressure becomes under the specified
value, the TPMS function warns the driver of that state
by illuminating the TPMS warning light.
OPERATION
The signals from the TPMS receiver are received sends a warning signal causing the TPMS warning
by the KOS-ECU. light to be flashed*.
KOS-ECU processes input signals from each
TPMS transmitter as well as vehicle speed signals
from the ABS-ECU or ASC-ECU. The WCM also
receives the atmospheric pressure signal from the For 3 seconds after the ignition switch is turned to
ECM. When the road tire pressure is low, it sends the "ON" position, KOS-ECU illuminates the TPMS
a warning signal causing the TPMS warning light to warning light to check any breaks in the TPMS
be illuminated. When the TPMS has problems, it warning light circuit.
By connecting the scan tool to the data link
connector, data stored in KOS-ECU (data of tire
pressure and TPMS transmitter ID, the alarm status
and warning history, etc.) can be displayed and
TPMS transmitter ID can be registered.

TPMS WARNING LIGHT
The TPMS warning light on the combination meter illuminates or
flashes*to alert the driver by request from KOS-ECU. When the
tire pressure warning or the fault warning is activated, a warning
symbol and a message are displayed on the multi information
display.
Circumstance Warning light Multi

information
display
For 3 seconds Illuminates No indication
after the ignition
LOW switch is turned to
TIRE PRESSURE the "ON" position
ZC604415 (warning light
circuit self-check)
SERVICE TPMS problems Flashes* Symbol and
REQUIRED "SERVICE
ZC604416
REQUIRED" is
displayed
ZC6021650000
Low tire pressure Illuminates Symbol and
"LOW TIRE
PRESSURE"
is displayed
Item Tire pressure kPa (psi)

Standard pressure at 220 (32)
cold (reference)
Alarm ON pressure 174 (25) or less
Alarm OFF pressure 190 (28) or more
TPMS TRANSMITTER (TIRE PRESSURE

SENSOR)
The TPMS transmitter combines the valve and tire TIRE PRESSURE SAMPLING TIMING
pressure sensor in a single unit. The TPMS
Vehicle status Sampling timing
transmitters are mounted inside the tires. The TPMS
transmitter measures tire pressure directly with its tire At vehicle moving once every 5 seconds
pressure sensor and sends radio frequency signals to At vehicle stationary once every 1 minutes
KOS-ECU. The TPMS transmitter includes
acceleration sensor that senses tire rotation. The
KOS-ECU turns the warning light ON/OFF according
to the signal from the acceleration sensor that tells
whether the vehicle is running or stopped. DATA TRANSMISSION TIMING
Vehicle status Transmission timing
At vehicle moving once every 1 minute*

Vehicle status Transmission timing If a sampled pressure varies by ±10 kPa
(1.5psi) from the last transmitted pressure
At vehicle stationary once every 13 hours
value, an additional transmission will occur.
WARNINGS/ALARMS
M24200100006USA0000010000
If the KOS failed, operated improperly, TPMS fails or operation warning indicator, TPMS warning indicator,
the tire pressure is low, KOS-ECU warns the driver of or TPMS warning light on the multi information display
this by setting off the outer tone alarm and the keyless in the combination meter.
Item State Warning operations Warning cancellation
TPMS warning Multi conditions (Cancels
light information warning operations
display when one of the
conditions met)
Low keyless operation The keyless - Warning IG knob in
key battery voltage operation key with indicator "LOCK" (OFF)
warning low battery voltage flashes for 30 position and push
is detected when seconds. switch OFF are
the IG knob is The outer tone detected.
pressed. alarm will not 30 seconds have
sound. passed after the
warning output
started.
No keyless operation No keyless - The warning IG knob in
key detected inside the operation key is indicator "LOCK" (OFF)
car detected inside the flashes for 5 position and push
car when the IG minutes. switch OFF are
knob is pressed. The outer tone detected.
alarm will not 5 minutes have
sound. passed after the
warning output
started.
IG knob is not returned Opening of the - The warning The IG knob in the
properly. driver's door is indicator "RUN" or "START"
detected when the flashes for 5 position, or the IG
IG knob is in ACC minutes. knob in the
or LOCK position The outer tone "LOCK" (OFF)
and the push alarm will not position, and the push
switch is ON. sound. switch OFF are
Key reminder detected.
warning tone The driver's door is
alarm sounds detected closed from
until closing of the open position.
the driver's 5 minutes have
door is passed after the
detected. warning output
started.

conditions met)
Keyless operation key The keyless - The warning IG knob in
brought out of the car operation key is indicator "LOCK" (OFF)
warning brought out of the flashes for 5 position and push
car when the IG minutes. switch OFF are
knob is in other Outer tone detected.
than the LOCK alarm sounds KOS-ECU has
position. for 5.69 detected a keyless
seconds in operation key inside
pattern 2. the vehicle.
5 minutes have
passed after the
warning output
started.
Door lock does not Push switch is - Warning IG knob in
operate. pressed ON when indicator "LOCK" (OFF)
the IG knob is in flashes for 5 position and push
other than LOCK seconds. switch OFF are
position. Outer tone detected.
alarm sounds 5 seconds have
for 2.96 passed after the
seconds in warning output
pattern 1. started.
Push switch is Lock switch on the
pressed ON when keyless operation
the keyless switch is pressed
operation key is again.
inside the car. 5 seconds have
passed after the
warning output
started.
Push switch is All doors are closed.
pressed ON when 5 seconds have
the door is ajar. passed after the
warning output
started.
System error Push switch is - The warning 5 minutes have passed
pressed ON from indicator after the push switch
OFF when an error flashes for 5 was pressed ON and IG
has been detected minutes. knob is in "LOCK" (OFF)
in EEPROM in The outer tone position.
KOS-ECU. alarm will not
sound.

conditions met)
Push switch is
pressed ON from
OFF while open
circuit in the
transmitter
antennas are
being detected.
The push switch is
pressed ON from
OFF while short
circuit in the power
supply output
(steering lock,
transmitter
antennas, receiver
antenna module,
etc.) is detected.
Steering lock
communication
error has been
detected when the
push switch was
pressed ON.
The IG knob is in
other than the
LOCK position
while some error is
being detected.
TPMS ID not The TPMS Flashes* Symbol and ID is registered
failure stored transmitter ID is "SERVICE normally.
warning not registered in REQUIRED" is
the WCM. displayed.
Defective Abnormality of Data in the EEPROM of
EEPROM data in the the WCM is checked to
EEPROM of the be normal.
WCM is detected.

conditions met)
Problem The signals from The signal from the
in signal TPMS transmitters TPMS transmitter that
reception cannot be received was warned is received.
while driving for 20
minutes or less.
Defective The sensor failure A normal signal is
sensor signal is received received from the TPMS
from the TPMS transmitter that was
transmitter. warned.
The The reception The signal of normal
battery problem warning is battery voltage is
voltage of activated because received from the TPMS
the TMPS of the low battery transmitter that was
transmitte voltage of the warned.
r is low. TPMS transmitter.
Vehicle The vehicle speed The vehicle speed is
speed is not input. input.
input
problem
Abnormal The vehicle speed The normal vehicle
vehicle value is abnormal. speed value is received.
speed
value
<Sound pattern 1> <Sound pattern 2>

T7
T3 T3 T3 T3
T1 T4 T4 T4
T1
T2 T3 : 1.01 Seconds
T4 : 0.55 Seconds
T1 : 0.08 ± 0.01 Seconds T5 : 0.17 ± 0.01 Seconds
T2 : 2.96 Seconds T6 : 0.11 ± 0.01 Seconds
T5 T5 T5 T5
T6 T6 T6 T7 : 5.69 Seconds
ZC601086 AA00

CONFIGURATION FUNCTION
M24200100010USA0000010000
By using ETACS functions, KOS functions can be In-car keyless operation key search
adjusted. A function that monitors the keyless operation key
Horn answerback function of the keyless entry being brought out of the car through the car window
system KOS outer tone alarm answerback function
A function that sounds the horn when the doors are A function that sounds the outer tone alarm when
locked/unlocked by the keyless operation key to let the doors are locked/unlocked by the keyless
the driver confirm that the doors are locked/ operation key to enable the driver confirm that the
unlocked even when he/she is away from the car doors are locked/unlocked
KOS auto lock function All KOS functions
A function that automatically locks the doors when Enables/disables all KOS functions or enables
the driver left the car without locking the doors either door entry function or engine starting function
respectively.
MB991958 display)
display)
Hazard answer Adjustment of the Lock:1, Unlock:2 LOCK: Flashes once, UNLOCK: Flashes
back number of keyless twice (default)
hazard warning light Lock:1, Unlock:0 LOCK: Flashes once, UNLOCK: No flash
answer back
flashes Lock:0, Unlock:2 LOCK: No flash, UNLOCK: Flash twice
Lock:2, Unlock:1 LOCK: Flash twice, UNLOCK: Flash once
Lock:2, Unlock:0 LOCK: Flash twice, UNLOCK: No flash
Lock:0, Unlock:1 LOCK: No flash, UNLOCK: Flash once
Lock:0, Unlock:0 No function
Dome light Adjustment of 0sec 0 second (no delay shutdown time)
delay timer with interior light delay 7.5sec 7.5 seconds
door shutdown time
15sec 15 seconds
30sec 30 seconds (default)
60sec 60 seconds
120sec 120 seconds
180sec 180 seconds
Auto door Auto door unlock by Disable No function (default)
unlock by P P position function Always enabled Always with function
position
unlocked)
Duration of horn Horn sounding time Short 0.01 second (default)
chirp during horn answer Long 0.02 second
back

MB991958 display)
display)
Horn chirp by Horn chirp by RKE Not sound horn No horn answerback function
RKE Lock any time The horn sounds when the lock button of
keyless entry transmitter is pressed once.
W lock any time The horn sounds when the lock button of
keyless entry transmitter is pressed twice.
(default)
Tone alarm Adjusts the tone Not sound tone alarm No function
answer back alarm answer back At keyless key Sounds when the keyless entry system is
function. activated.
At keyless Sounds when KOS is activated (default).
At Both Sounds when the keyless entry system or
KOS is activated.
Timer lock timer Timer lock period 30sec 30 seconds (default)
adjustment 60sec 60 seconds
120sec 120 seconds
180sec 180 seconds
Duration pre- Adjustment of pre- 10 sec 10 seconds (default)
alarm alarm continue time 6 sec 6 seconds
Alarm With/without theft- Disable No function
alarm function Enable With function (default)
Panic alarm With/without panic Disable No function
switch alarm function Enable With function (default)
KOS auto lock With/without KOS Enable No function (default)
auto lock function Disable With function
Fob out of car With/without KOS Enable No function
key exterior Disable With function (default)
detection function
KOS feature KOS function Both enable All KOS functions are enabled (default).
adjustment DoorEntry enable Only door entry function is enabled.
ENG strt enable Only engine starting function is enabled.
Both disabled All KOS functions are disabled.
KOS unlock Adjusts the door 0sec 0 seconds
disable time unlock inhibition 3sec 3 seconds (default)
period after door
lock is activated. 5sec 5 seconds

GENERAL INFORMATION
M24200200001USA0000010000
The wireless control module (WCM) is a system that or if the battery in the key is discharged. (Refer
integrates the keyless entry function, immobilizer to P.42C-5.)
function, and the TPMS function, and it has the The ignition key incorporates the immobilizer
following features: function that inhibits starting the engine by using an
The ignition key (transmitter) incorporates a lock/ unauthorized key.
unlock switch and a panic alarm switch, and can be The incorporated TPMS function monitors the air
operated by remote control. The ignition key also pressure of all the tires.
incorporates an indicator light that enables the Each vehicle is provided with two ignition keys
driver to check if the signal is transmitted correctly (transmitter), and up to eight ignition keys can be
registered.
Settings of the keyless entry function can be
adjusted using a customization function.
TPMS
(Built in combination meter)
warning light
LOW
TIRE PRESSURE
TPMS transmitter
ABS or ASC-ECU
WCM
Indicator light
Lock switch
ETACS-ECU
C
NI
PA
Engine control module

TPMS transmitter
Ignition key
Unlock switch (Transmitter)
ZC6009620000

Main components and functions
WCM Controls the keyless entry functions, TPMS functions and starting of the engine
by using the following communications.
Communications with ETACS-ECU, ECK, ABS or ASC-ECU and combination
meter via CAN
Wireless communication with the ignition key (transmitter)
Wireless communication with the TPMS transmitter
Ignition key (transmitter) The ignition key (transmitter) receives signals sent from WCM, certifies the
transponder ID code, calculates the encrypted code, and sends the reply data
signal to WCM. The ignition key (transmitter) also sends signals to WCM when
the lock/unlock switches on it are operated. Warning symbol and message is
additionally displayed on the Multi information display.
Combination meter (Multi Communicates with WCM via CAN. Send ignition switch status. Receives the
information display, TPMS warning request or warning information from WCM, activates*the TPMS warning
warning light) iight.
ETACS-ECU Communicates with WCM via CAN. Receives the door lock/unlock request from
WCM, outputs the lock/unlock signal and flashes the turn signal light to inform
the driver that the doors are locked/unlocked.
ABS or ASC-ECU Communicates with WCM via CAN. Sends the vehicle speed data.
ECM Communication with WCM via CAN. Send atmospheric pressure data.
TPMS transmitter Measure tire pressure directly, then send radio frequency signal to WCM.
Flashes for about 1 minute and then continuously
Illuminates for tire pressure warning. illuminated for TPMS malfunction warning.

TPMS transmitter
Ignition key
Panic switch Indicator light Front tire (LH) Front tire (RH)
Antenna
Transmission circuit
Lock switch Unlock switch Rear tire (LH) Rear tire (RH)
CPU Battery
Dome light,
Pressure Acc.
sensor sensor Ignition key cylinder
illumination light
Radio Radio
frequency frequency Horn
signal signal
CAN-B
communi- Door lock actuator
cation
ETACS-ECU
Wireless control module Liftgate lock actuator
CAN-C comm-
unication
Turn-signal light
ECM
ABS or ASC-ECU
Combination meter
(TPMS warning light )
ZC600949 0001

KEYLESS ENTRY FUNCTION
M24200200004USA0000010000
WCM
ZC600223
Radio frequency signal
Transmitter
Lock button
ETACS-ECU
Panic button
Electric signal
C
NI
PA
Unlock button
· Dome light (when locked: flashes once, when unlocked: illuminates for 15 seconds)
· Turn signal lights (when locked: flashes once, when unlocked: flashes twice)
· Horn (when locked while driver's side door is locked: sounds once, when unlocked: no sound) ZC600219
· Door lock actuator (when locked: locking, when unlocked: unlocking)
ZC6003430000
This keyless entry function has the following features: Answerback functions
A keyless entry system enables locking and unlocking
of all doors, the liftgate from 12m (39.4 feet) away from
the vehicle. The following features are also available.
A three-knob type transmitter with lock, unlock and
Keyless entry timer lock
panic buttons
The WCM incorporates a receiver and a receiving
antenna.
Up to eight encrypted codes can be registered using
scan tool MB991958 (M.U.T.-III sub-assembly).
Door unlock mode

DESCRIPTION OF CONSTRUCTION AND <Front view >
OPERATION
Indicator light Lock button
TRANSMITTER
C
NI
PA
Unlock button
Panic button
ZC600219
<Rear view>
Three-diamond mark
AC405617
ZC600344 0000
The transmitter is integrated into the master key.

The 3-knob button is used, and the specific secret
code is transmitted as a radio wave signal.
Three-diamond mark is stamped on the back side
of the key grip.
An indicator light, which illuminates when signals
are sent, is added on the key grip. This indicator
light informs you of the signal transmission status
and warns you of a flat battery in the transmitter.
A signal transmission circuit (printed circuit) and a
battery are housed in one case. The case is housed
in the key grip, thus improving resistance to water
intrusion.
A coin type battery, CR1620 is used in the
transmitter.
The functions of the immobilizer system are
integrated (Refer to P.42C-9).
The transmitter button operation allows the system
to operate as follows:
KEYLESS ENTRY SYSTEM OPERATION TABLE (DEFAULT)
OPERATION OF TRANSMITTER SYSTEM OPERATION
Unlock button Press once Unlock the driver’s door
Press twice Unlock all doors (including the liftgate)

OPERATION OF TRANSMITTER SYSTEM OPERATION
Panic alarm Panic button Press once (press and hold Starts the panic alarm (headlights flash and
system for 1 second). horn honks for three minutes)
unlock button
or panic button
KEYLESS ENTRY SYSTEM OPERATION TABLE (AFTER ADJUSTMENT)
OPERATION OF TRANSMITTER OPERATION OF KEYLESS ENTRY SYSTEM
Unlock button Press once Unlock all doors (including the liftgate)
Panic alarm Panic button Press once Starts the panic alarm (headlights flash and
system horn honks for three minutes)
unlock button,
trunk button or
panic button
ENCRYPTED CODE than 1 million different combinations are available. To
prevent theft by copying signal codes, the data code
Transmitter lock or unlock button includes a rolling code with the encrypted code. The
rolling code changes each time a signal is sent.
ON
OFF
RECEIVER
The receiver is incorporated into WCM together with
Data the receiving antenna. The receiver compares the
code signal the antenna received from the transmitter with
the encrypted code registered in it, and when they
ZC6002540001 coincided, outputs a signal from WCM. By connecting
scan tool MB991958 (M.U.T.-III sub-assembly) to the
Four data codes are transmitted when a switch is data link connector, encrypted codes of up to eight
operated once. The encrypted code for user transmitters can be registered.
identification is a combination of 0 and 1, and more
FUNCTION FOR CONFIRMING ETACS-ECU (RECEIVER) OUTPUT AND OPERATION
When the ETACS-ECU receives can command from according to the table below. The initial setting at
WCM, the ETACS-ECU outputs LOCK/UNLOCK factory for the answerback function is as follows:
signal and informs the driver of the keyless entry "Hazard warning light: LOCK, Flash once, UNLOCK,
system operation by flashing the light (Answerback). Flash twice/Dome light: LOCK, Flash once, UNLOCK,
Using a customization feature, the flashing patterns Stay on for 15 seconds." Using a customization
for the answerback function can be changed feature, the hazard answerback function can be
changed (Refer to P.42C-13).
ITEM OPERATION
UNLOCKED
ETACS-ECU (receiver) Sends lock signal Sends unlock signal
Dome light Flashes once Illuminates for 15 seconds
Turn-signal lights (RH and LH) Flashes once Flashes twice

ITEM OPERATION
UNLOCKED
Horn Sounds once if doors are already -
locked
KEYLESS ENTRY HAZARD LIGHT LOCK
ANSWERBACK FUNCTION Keyless entry
OFF
transmitter button
UNLOCK
ON
Lock relay output
OFF
ON
Unlock relay output
OFF
Hazard light Illuminated
flashing
state Not illuminated
ZC5005200000
The hazard answerback function that allows checking

the lock/unlock state of the door easily even in the
daytime is installed. When WCM receives the LOCK
signal from the keyless entry transmitter and send
LOCK can command to ETACS-ECU, all doors
(including liftgate) are locked and the hazard warning
light flashes once. When UNLOCK signal is input,
driver’s side door or all doors (including liftgate) are
unlocked and the hazard warning light flashes twice.
KEYLESS ENTRY DOME LIGHT ANSWERBACK FUNCTION
ON
Unlock relay output
OFF
ON
Lock relay output
OFF
ON
Door lock switch
output
OFF
ON
Door unlock switch
output
OFF
Illuminate
Dome lamp
Extinguish
b a b
a: 0.6 second c
b: 1.2 seconds
c: 15 seconds
ZC6002550000
When WCM receives the LOCK signal from the

keyless entry transmitter and send LOCK can
command to ETACS-ECU, all doors are locked and
the dome light will extinguish*. When UNLOCK signal

is input, all doors are unlocked and the dome light
SECURITY ALARM
illuminates for 15 seconds. The dome light gradually The security alarm function is based on the door lock
fades out in 15 seconds after the door unlock relay is operation by the keyless entry system. The function
operated. warns when the doors (including the liftgate) are
opened by any operation other than the keyless entry
system. Using a customization function, the security
alarm can be enabled/disabled (Refer
to P.42C-13). This customization function is
described in the owner’s manual.
SECURITY INDICATOR LIGHT

ZC600231
KEYLESS ENTRY HORN ANSWERBACK
FUNCTION
When WCM receives the LOCK signal from the
keyless entry transmitter and send LOCK can
command to ETACS-ECU, all doors are locked and
the horn sounds. If the driver's door cannot be locked
even when the keyless entry transmitter is operated,
the horn does not sound.
Security indicator light
ZC6004340000
KEYLESS ENTRY TIMER LOCK TIME
When none of the doors is opened within 30 seconds The security indicator light has been installed on the
after the doors are unlocked by the keyless entry center panel of the instrument panel.
system, ETACS-ECU automatically outputs the door
lock signal to lock the doors. This function prevents HOOD LATCH SWITCH
the doors (including the liftgate) from being unlocked
unexpectedly by operation errors. Using a
customization function, the timer lock time can be
changed (Refer to P.42C-13).
OPERATION INHIBITION CONDITIONS

The operation of the system is inhibited when:
The ignition key is in the ignition switch. Hood latch switch
Any door or the liftgate is open (door switch is ON).
(including door ajar) ZC6000310001
The hood latch switch is installed to the hood latch.

When the hood latch is operated, the hood latch
switch detects this and sends a signal to ETACS-
ECU.
IMMOBILIZER FUNCTION
M24200200005USA0000010000
The immobilizer function prevents the engine from the key registered for that vehicle is used in an attempt
starting and immobilizes the vehicle if a key other than to start the engine after forced entry.

Ignition key WCM ETACS-ECU ECM
CPU CAN-B CAN-C CPU Ignition

ID
Transponder CAN
CAN Injection
Steering lock
ZC3064030000
AC507888
them are irregularly changed whenever the ignition

OPERATION
With the ignition key turned ON, the transponder key is turned ON. This feature prevents code
(a small transmitter) integrated in the ignition key copying, resulting in higher security of the system.
transmits its own ID code (transponder ID) to WCM
via radio wave.
According to the sent transponder ID, WCM
controls the engine ECU only when the sent ID
code agrees with the pre-registered one. In case WCM was lost, all the ignition keys should
The system is designed to be maintenance-free be registered again.
because the power source for the transponder is In case of loss of the ignition key, all keys except
supplied by WCM. Two ignition keys are provided, the lost one should be registered again for
and up to eight ignition keys can be registered to eliminating the registration of the lost key.
one vehicle as needed. More than one trillion of ID For addition of a key, all the keys to be used
code combinations can be registered, and parts of afterwards including the added key should be
registered again.
TIRE PRESSURE MONITORING SYSTEM (TPMS) FUNCTION

M24200200007USA0000010000
When the tire pressure becomes under the specified
value, the TPMS function warns the driver of that state
by illuminating the TPMS warning light.
OPERATION
The signals from the TPMS receiver are received problems, it sends a warning signal causing the
by the WCM. TPMS warning light to be flashed*.
WCM processes input signals from each TPMS
transmitter as well as vehicle speed signals from the
ABS-ECU or ASC-ECU. The WCM also receives
the atmospheric pressure signal from the ECM. For 3 seconds after the ignition switch is turned to
When the atmospheric pressure is low in areas the "ON" position, WCM illuminates the TPMS
such as high altitude, it calibrates the received tire warning light to check any breaks in the TPMS
pressure value. When the road tire pressure is low, warning light circuit.
it sends a warning signal causing the TPMS
warning light to be illuminated. When the TPMS has

By connecting the scan tool to the data link and warning history, etc.) can be displayed and
connector, data stored in WCM (data of tire TPMS transmitter ID can be registered.
pressure and TPMS transmitter ID, the alarm status
TPMS WARNING LIGHT

The TPMS warning light on the combination meter illuminates or
flashes*to alert the driver by request from WCM. When the tire
pressure warning or the fault warning is activated, a warning
symbol and a message are displayed on the multi information
display.
Circumstance Warning light Multi

information
display
For 3 seconds Illuminates No indication
after the ignition
LOW switch is turned to
TIRE PRESSURE the "ON" position
ZC604415 (warning light
circuit self-check)
SERVICE TPMS problems Flashes* Symbol and
REQUIRED "SERVICE
ZC604416
REQUIRED" is
displayed
ZC6021650000
Low tire pressure Illuminates Symbol and
"LOW TIRE
PRESSURE"
is displayed
Item Tire pressure kPa (psi)

Standard pressure at 220 (32)
cold (reference)
Alarm ON pressure 174 (25) or less
Alarm OFF pressure 190 (28) or more
acceleration sensor that tells whether the vehicle is
TPMS TRANSMITTER (TIRE PRESSURE
running or stopped.
SENSOR)
The TPMS transmitter combines the valve and tire
pressure sensor in a single unit. The TPMS
transmitters are mounted inside the tires. The TPMS
transmitter measures tire pressure directly with its tire
pressure sensor and sends radio frequency signals to
WCM. The TPMS transmitter includes acceleration TIRE PRESSURE SAMPLING TIMING
sensor that senses tire rotation. The WCM turns the
warning light ON/OFF according to the signal from the

Vehicle status Transmission timing
Vehicle status Sampling timing
At vehicle moving once every 1 minute*
At vehicle moving once every 5 seconds
At vehicle stationary once every 13 hours
At vehicle stationary once every 1 minutes
If a sampled pressure varies by ±10 kPa
(1.5psi) from the last transmitted pressure
value, an additional transmission will occur.
DATA TRANSMISSION TIMING
WARNINGS
M24200200008USA0000010000
If the TPMS fails or the tire pressure is low, the WCM indicator or TPMS warning light on the multi
warns the driver of that state by the TPMS warning information display in the combination meter.
TPMS Multi conditions (Cancels
warning light information warning operations
conditions met)
TPMS warning light The ignition switch is The TPMS - 3 seconds have passed
bulb open circuit turned form warning light after the TPMS warning
check "LOCK" (OFF) to "ON." illuminates for light is lit.
3 seconds.
Tire pressure alarm The received tire The indicator Symbol and The received tire
pressure value is under illuminates "LOW TIRE pressure value is over
the threshold value. until it receives PRESSURE" is the threshold value.
the normal tire displayed.
pressure
value.
TPMS ID not stored The TPMS transmitter ID Flashes* Symbol and ID is registered
failure is not registered in the "SERVICE normally.
warnin WCM. REQUIRED" is
g Defective Abnormality of data in the displayed. Data in the EEPROM of
EEPROM EEPROM of the WCM is the WCM is checked to
detected. be normal.
Problem in The signals from TPMS The signal from the
signal transmitters cannot be TPMS transmitter that
reception received while driving for was warned is
20 minutes or less. received.
Defective The sensor failure signal A normal signal is
sensor is received from the received from the
TPMS transmitter. TPMS transmitter that
was warned.

TPMS Multi conditions (Cancels
warning light information warning operations
conditions met)
The battery The reception problem The signal of normal
voltage of the warning is activated battery voltage is
TMPS because of the low battery received from the
transmitter is voltage of the TPMS TPMS transmitter that
low. transmitter. was warned.
Vehicle The vehicle speed is not The vehicle speed is
speed input input. input.
problem
Abnormal The vehicle speed value The normal vehicle
vehicle speed is abnormal. speed value is
value received.
M24200200006USA0000010000
Using scan tool, the following functions can be
customized. The programmed information is held
even when the battery is disconnected.
MB991958 display)
display)
answer back
door shutdown time
15sec 15 seconds
60sec 60 seconds
120sec 120 seconds
180sec 180 seconds

MB991958 display)
display)
position
unlocked)
back
(default)
120sec 120 seconds
180sec 180 seconds

GENERAL INFORMATION
M25100000001USA0000010000
Both high driving performance and great utilities are
achieved to establish the "On-road SUV style" that
11. Air guide duct to cool the radiator has been
provides the all round cruising performance.
installed behind the front bumper.
Harmonizing the tough functionality as an SUV with
sporty driving performance exceeding an SUV
Front face design creates sharp shape that is robust 12. Heated door mirrors
and handsome 13. Roof rails
FEATURES
14. Pad (front bumper core) has been installed in
the front bumper to reduce the severity of an injury
1. Newly designed front three-diamond mark
in an accident with pedestrians.
2. Front bumper extension appealing the robust
15. Vehicle speed-dependent intermittent
front mask
windshield wiper system
3. Overfender shape to keep the off-road image
16. Rear intermittent wiper with an initial continuous
4. Side air dam
operation and reverse gear-linked operation
5. Liftgate spoiler (with the integral high mounted
functions
stop light)
17. Liftgate garnishes
6. Plastic arm for the rear wiper
18. Divided structure for partial replacement for the
front/rear bumper damage
7. Overfender shape to improve the aerodynamic
SUPPORT RECYCLING OF RESOURCES
performance
Aggressively uses PP (polypropylene) materials that
8. Side air dam
are easy to recycle and easy to stamp material
9. Liftgate spoiler
symbols on the plastic (resin) parts.
10. Low air resistance large size door mirrors
15
1 10,12
13
5,9
4,8
14
2 3,7
11
19 6,16
17 18 3,7
ZC5018290005

BUMPER
M25100000020USA0000010000
Front bumper Section A-A

side bracket Front bumper
<Front bumper> core
Front bumper face
A
Front bumper
air guide duct
Front bumper
A extension A (LH)
Front bumper
extension B
Divided Air dam structure
structure (in front of tires)
Front bumper core
Front bumper
air guide duct
Rear bumper face Rear corner
side bracket Rear corner
bumper (LH) bumper (RH)
<Rear bumper>
Rear bumper
side bracket
Divided structure Rear bumper face

ZC5018310000
Pad (front bumper core) has been installed in the

upper part of the bumper to reduce the severity of
Divided structure has been adopted for the front
an injury in an accident with pedestrians.
bumper to improve the partial replacement, cost
Air guide duct has been installed behind the front
reduction in damaged parts replacement, and the
bumper to improve the radiator cooling efficiency.
recycle efficiency in scrapping.
Resin front bumper side bracket has been adopted
to improve the alignment with the body. Divided structure has been adopted for the rear
Air dam structure in front of tires with the overhung bumper to improve the partial replacement, the cost
front bumper at the right and left corners suppress reduction in damaged parts replacement, and the
the airflow against the tires and smoothen the recycle efficiency in scrapping.
airflow along the bumper sides. Resin rear bumper side bracket and resin rear
bumper face side bracket have been adopted to
improve the alignment with the body.

RADIATOR GRILLE
M25100000010USA0000010000
Clip
Radiator grille
Clip
Front three-diamond
mark
Front bumper
ZC5018510000
The structure that allows the radiator grille to be The newly designed front three-diamond mark is
removed and installed only by clips at the top and protruded from the installation surface of the
bottom has been adopted. radiator grille to improve the brand appeal.

AERO PARTS
M25100000030USA0000010000
Roof drip molding
Door mirror
Liftgate spoiler
Side air dam
Air dam structure Overfender

(in front of tires) shape
Overfender
shape
ZC5018290006
Aerodynamic performance has been improved by the bumper keeps the off-road vehicle image as an
optimized shape of the following parts. SUV, at the same time the optimized shape of the
Air dam structure in front of tires (Refer to P.51-3.) related parts improves aerodynamic performance.
Overfender shape Door mirror
Overfender shape from the front bumper to the Roof drip molding
fender and from the quarter panel to the rear Side air dam
Liftgate spoiler (with built-in high-mount stop light)

GARNISHES
M25100000083USA0000010000
Rear roof garnish Liftgate garnish
Lower liftgate garnish
ZC6007560000
The following garnishes have been installed on the Rear roof garnish
body to improve the appearance and marketability. Liftgate garnish
Lower liftgate garnish

WINDSHIELD WIPER AND WASHER
M25100000060USA0000010000
Windshield wiper blade
Windshield washer hose Windshield wiper arm
Wiper link
assembly
Windshield
washer nozzle
Windshield wiper
motor
Windshield washer tank
ZC5018650000
2-speed (low/high speed) windshield wiper The windshield washer is a 2-nozzle and 4-jet type.
The intermittent wiper features a vehicle speed- Washer nozzle with the integral check valve has
dependent variable intermittent time system*. been adopted to prevent the washer fluid from
Wiper motor torque has been increased to improve running down, and to improve the response to
kinetic performance of the wiper in the snowfall. switch operation.
Wiper blade pressure has been increased to The washer motor for both front windshield and rear
improve the wiping performance while driving at windshield has been installed to reduce the weight.
high speed. Washer-linked wiper function* has been adopted.
The mist wiper is turned ON by operating the mist The washer fluid can be injected without operating
switch in the opposite direction of the wiper switch the wiper. When the ignition switch is turned ON
for easy operation. The mist wiper is equipped with while the washer switch is ON, the washer motor
the function that quickly wipes raindrops away at operates but the wiper does not.
high speed when the mist switch is ON, and when
the mist switch is OFF, at low speed until the stop
position is reached. When the mist switch is briefly
turned ON, the wiper operates once at low speed.

Intermittent control (Vehicle speed-dependent variable

type) Factory default setting: ON
Change in intermittent time by variable
intermittent wiper control switch
(when vehicle is stationary)
30
Intermittent
time T1
(seconds)
0
FAST SLOW
Variable intermittent wiper
control switch position
Change in intermittent time according
to vehicle speed
30
When at SLOW position
Intermittent
time T1 When at FAST position
(seconds)
0 100(62)
Vehicle speed km/h(miles)
ZC6001540000
ETACS calculates the windshield intermittent wiper interval

T1 from the position of the windshield intermittent wiper
switch on the column switch and the vehicle speed signal
Windshield ON
wiper auto- (sent from the TCM to ETACS via CAN communication).
stop signal OFF
Windshield ON
wiper drive T1 T1 T1
signal OFF When ETACS receives the ON signal of the windshield
intermittent wiper switch, it turns the windshield wiper drive
signal ON. When the wiper reaches the stop position, the
ZC5012780000
windshield wiper auto-stop signal turns OFF, and the
windshield wiper drive signal turns OFF.
When the intermittent time T1 calculated by step 1 has
elapsed after the windshield wiper drive signal ON, the
windshield wiper drive signal turns ON again, and the above-
mentioned operation is repeated.

Mist wiper control
ON
When the windshield wiper mist switch on the column switch is
Windshield mist
wiper switch turned ON while the ignition switch is in ACC or ON position, the
OFF
column switch turns the windshield wiper drive signal ON. At the
Windshield wiper ON
same time, the wiper speed switching relay turns ON (HI). When
auto-stop signal
OFF
the windshield mist wiper switch is ON, the windshield wiper
operates at high speed.
Windshield wiper ON
drive signal
OFF
Windshield wiper ON (HIGH)
speed switching
OFF (LOW)
relay
ZC5012790000
Low speed wiper and high speed wiper control
Windshield low-speed ON
wiper switch
OFF
Windshield high-speed ON
wiper switch
OFF
ON
Windshield wiper auto-stop
signal
OFF
Windshield wiper ON
drive signal
OFF
Windshield wiper speed (HI) ON

switching relay
(LO) OFF
Low speed operations High speed operations
ZC5012800000
When the windshield low speed wiper switch on the speed switching relay turns OFF (LO), and the
column switch is turned ON while the ignition switch windshield wiper operates at low speed.
is in ACC or ON position, the column switch turns the When the windshield high speed wiper switch is
windshield wiper drive signal ON. Also, the wiper turned ON, the windshield wiper drive signal turns ON.
Also, the wiper speed switching relay turns ON (HI),
and the windshield wiper operates at high speed.

Windshield wiper linked with washer function Initial condition: with function, with windshield washer
check valve
ON
Windshield washer switch
OFF
t t
ON
Windshield washer relay
OFF
Windshield wiper ON
auto stop signal OFF
ON
Windshield wiper
drive signal OFF
T T
Wiper switch in Wiper switch in intermittent

off position operation position ZC5012810000
t: 0.3 second
T: Intermittent wiper intermittent time
Wiper switch OFF position Intermittent operation position Low-speed or

high-speed
operation
position
Washer switch ON 0.3 0.3 to 0.5 0.2 0.2 to 0.4 to 0.6 -
time(t) second 0.5 second second 0.4 0.6 second
or less second or more or less second second or more
T 0 2 3 0 1 2 3 3 seconds
second seconds seconds second second seconds seconds
When the windshield washer switch on the column the intermittent action starts again after the linked
switch is turned ON while the ignition switch is in ACC operation is finished.
or ON position, ETACS turns the windshield washer If the ignition switch is turned to ACC position while
relay ON. the windshield washer switch is ON, the windshield
When the windshield washer switch is kept ON for 0.3 washer relay turns ON, but the windshield wiper does
seconds or longer, the windshield wiper drive signal not perform the linked operation. When the windshield
(the wiper drive signal output time varies depending washer switch is turned OFF and then ON, the
on the conditions. For details, see the table.) is turned windshield wiper starts the linked operation.
ON, and the windshield wiper operates at high speed.
The windshield wiper is turned OFF with 3 seconds
Using the configuration function, the washer linked
delay after the windshield washer switch is turned
windshield wiper function can be turned off. (Refer
OFF.
to P.51-13.)
Even when the windshield washer switch is turned ON
Using the configuration function, when the washer
while the windshield wiper is operating intermittently,
linked windshield wiper function is turned off, only
the washer operates. It is useful to melt down ice on
a frozen windshield.

REAR WIPER AND WASHER
M25100000080USA0000010000
Tailgate spoiler
Rear washer
nozzle
Rear wiper hose
Rear wiper blade
Rear wiper arm
Rear wiper
motor
ZC6002320000
Resin wiper arm has been adopted to achieve continuous low-speed operation for 2 to 3 cycles
weight reduction and integration of the arm and approximately 1 second after the selector lever is
blade. shifted to “R” position while the rear wiper switch is
Fixed interval type intermittent wiper* provides a in the intermittent position, and then proceeds with
clear rear view in rainy weather. intermittent operation.
The washer tank is shared with the windshield Washer-linked wiper function* has been adopted.
washer. Washer fluid can be optionally injected without
The initial continuous operation function has been operating the wiper. When the ignition switch is
adopted. In this function, the rear wiper performs turned ON while the washer switch is ON, the
continuous low-speed operation for 2 to 3 cycles to washer motor operates but the wiper does not.
sweep the raindrops away from the rear windshield
after the rear wiper switch is turned on, and then
proceeds with intermittent operation.
Reverse gear-linked rear wiper function has been
adopted. In this function, the rear wiper performs

Rear wiper control [Initial condition: 8 seconds (without successive operations)]
ON
Rear wiper switch
OFF
ON
Inhibitor switch "R" position
OFF
T2 T3 t T2 T3 T3
ON
Rear wiper drive signal
OFF
ZC5013040000
T1 T4 T2 T4 T1 T4 T2 T4 T2 T4
t: 1.0 second T3: 8.0 seconds

T1: 3.0 seconds T4: 0.6 second
T2: 7.4 seconds
When the rear wiper switch on the column switch wiper drive signal ON for 3 seconds (for
is turned ON while the ignition switch is in ACC or approximately 2 cycles), and operates the
ON position, ETACS turns the rear wiper drive intermittent action in 8 second intervals again.
signal ON for 3 seconds (for approximately 2 By the special operation of the rear wiper switch
cycles) and operates the intermittent action in 8 on the column switch (2 consecutive operations),
second intervals. the rear wiper can operate continuously regardless
When the selector lever is moved to R (reverse) of the set intermittent time.
position during the rear wiper operation, the
transmission range switch R (reverse) turns ON,
and one second after that, ETACS turns the rear
Rear wiper linked with washer function Initial condition: with function
ON
Rear washer switch
OFF
ON
Rear washer relay
OFF
T2 T3
t t t
ON
Rear wiper drive
signal OFF
T1 T1 T1
T4 T4
Rear wiper switch Rear wiper switch in ON position
in OFF position ZC5013050000
t : 0.3 second T2 : 7.4 seconds

T4 : 0.6 second T3 : 8 seconds
T1 : 3 seconds
When the rear washer switch on the column switch is

turned ON while the ignition switch is in ACC or ON
position, ETACS turns the rear washer relay ON.

The rear washer relay turns ON after the rear washer If the rear washer switch is turned ON during the rear
switch has been ON for 0.3 second, then turns the rear wiper operation, 7.4 seconds after turning OFF the
wiper drive signal ON to operate the rear wiper rear wiper drive signal turns OFF, the intermittent
simultaneously. When the rear washer switch is action is resumed in 8 second intervals.
turned OFF, after 3 seconds the rear wiper is turned
OFF.
OUTSIDE MIRROR
M25100000081USA0000010000
Door mirror assembly
Mirror glass Remote control

mirror switch
ZC6002290001
Door mirrors have the following features: Low air resistance door mirror shape has been
Remote controlled door mirrors have been adopted. introduced.
Door mirrors with heater element have been Flag type which secures sufficient distance
adopted. between the door mirror and delta pillar has been
Large size mirror glass has been adopted for easy adopted to reduce the blind spot area of the forward
confirmation of safety around the vehicle. view.
M25100000092USA0000010000
Using the M.U.T.-III scan tool, the following functions kept in memory even when the battery is
can be programmed. The programmed information is disconnected.

MB991958 display)
display)
Front wiper Adjustment of the Normal INT Intermittent wiper interval is fixed to 4
operation intermittent seconds.
windshield wiper Variable INT Intermittent wiper interval is calculated only
operation by the wiper volume control.
Vehicle speed Intermittent wiper interval is calculated
dependent according to the intermittent wiper volume
control and vehicle speed (default).
Front wiper Disabling or Washer only Without function
washer enabling washer- Washer-linked wiper With function (default)
linked wiper
function
Rear wiper Adjustment of rear 0 seconds No wiper interval
intermittent wiper interval 4 seconds 4 seconds
duration
8 seconds 8 seconds (default)
16 seconds 16 seconds
Rear wiper low Disabling or Disabled Without function (default)
speed mode enabling rear wiper Enabled With function
continuous
operation

GENERAL INFORMATION
M25200000001USA0000010000
Functionality, interior comfort, and safety have been Door pocket (front door trim, rear door trim)
emphasized, giving interior design for elegance and
relaxation space. Various measures have been taken
Front and rear collision protection seat mechanism
actively to protect the environment and recycle
(front seat)
resources.
Child restraint LATCH system (outer rear seats)
FEATURES Tether anchorage (rear seat)
ELR 3-point seat belt (driver’s seat)
Full interior trim ELR/ALR 3-point seat belt (passenger’s seat, rear)
Upper glove box Seat belt retractor with a driver's side double pre-
tensioner and variable force limiter
Seat belt retractor with a passenger’s side pre-
Armrest (rear floor console, rear seat, rear door tensioner and force limiter
trim) Headlining energy absorption rib <Vehicles
Cup holder (driver’s side, rear floor console, rear without curtain air bag>
seat armrest)
Bottle holder
Tonneau cover <Vehicles with tonneau cover> Seat height adjustment (driver’s seat)
Luggage hook Headrestraint with height adjustment (front, rear)
Seat slide adjustment (front, rear)
Lower glove box with key

Pen holder, card holder (lower glove box) Aggressively use PP materials that are easy to
Seatback pocket (front seat) recycle and easy to stamp material symbols on the
Side box (driver’s side) plastic (resin) parts.
Center lower tray Reduction of chemical material (formaldehyde*,
Armrest box organic solvent)
Rear floor console box
Rear side box (lower quarter trim RH)

INSTRUMENT PANEL AND FLOOR CONSOLE
M25200000010USA0000010000
Built-in cup holder Upper box
Card holder
Side box
Pen holder
Upper glove box
Lower glove box
Center lower tray
Front floor console
Rear floor console
Tissue holder
Rear floor
console box
Armrest box
Armrest
Console cup holder
ZC600231 0000
The instrument panel offers the following features:

The division unit of each part has been enlarged, coins, or other small items is installed on the outer
also the gap and level difference between the side of the driver's seat.
instrument panel has been minimized. A ashtray that can be moved to the driver's cup
To the center of the instrument panel, a 1 DIN-sized holder or to the rear armrest has been equipped to
center panel box has been adopted to improve the front part of front floor console.
usability. (Vehicles without Premiumaudio) A console cup holder that can store two 20-oz
A light has been added to the large-sized lower plastic bottles or brick packs has been installed in
glove box with a key, and card and pen holders have the rear floor console. To improve the usability, it is
been installed for improved convenience. made to store 2 CDs in the upright position or pen-
Approximately 40-mm deep, push-open type large- size long articles horizontally when it is not used as
size instrument panel upper box has been installed a cup holder.
to the upper center of the instrument panel. A rear floor console with an armrest function can
At the lower part of center panel, a center lower tray slide 65 mm forward and backward, and a tissue
that can store up to 13 CDs has been installed. box holder has been installed to the underside of
Dropping of stored items in this tray during abrupt the armrest.
start is prevented. An armrest box that can store a mobile phone,
To improve usability while driving, a built-in cup cards, pens, and other small items has been
holder that can hold a 500-ml plastic bottle as well installed to the rear floor console, and additionally,
as a side box that can store a cigarette box, lighter, a large rear floor console box that can store 10 CDs
or 6 DVDs has been installed under the rear floor
console.

FRONT SEAT
M25200000040USA0000010000
Head restraint adjustment

Seatback pocket
Reclining adjustment
<Front/rear collision protection seat

mechanism>
Head restraint
Seatback
frame Cross frame
Height adjustment
Slide adjustment
ZC6002410000
The front seat offers the following advantages: Some models are equipped with leather seats.
The seats are designed to be adjustable in the <Option>
reclining and sliding directions. Some models have a dual height (front, rear)
Head restraints with a vertical adjustment adjustment function in the driver’s seat. A motorized
mechanism have been adopted. power seat (reclining adjustment, slide adjustment,
The seat height adjustment function has been dual height adjustment) is available on some
introduced to the driver’s seat. This function raises models. <Option>
and lowers the seat cushion together with the The driver's seat have seatback pockets for easier
seatback, thus the driver's waist position in relation use.
to the seatback is always kept constant, resulting in The frontal and rear-end collision protection seat
the improved riding comfort. By expanding the structure (backward layout of seatback frame and
height adjustment amount up to (Normal height: 47 optimization of head restraint position) has been
mm, Power height: 46 mm), the more optimized adopted to improve safety during a collision at lower
driving position can be adjusted. The pump type vehicle speed. The cross frame has been installed
seat height adjustment lever has been adopted for below the seat cushion to reduce the forward travel
convenient use. distance of the passengers during a frontal collision
and has improved safety.

SECOND SEAT
M25200000050USA0000010000
Folding lock unlocking lever
Head restraint
adjustment
Folding structure
Cup holder
Reclining
adjustment
: LATCH system anchors

: Tether anchorage positions
Slide
adjustment
ZC6016510000
The second seats offer the following features. Head restraints with height adjustment have been
Reclining adjustment and slide adjustment installed to the outer seats.
mechanisms have been adopted to improve The child restraint LATCH system is installed as
amenity. standard on the outer seats, and the tether
Armrests with a cup holder have been installed to anchorage on all the seats, improving the versatility
improve convenience. of child seat installation. Also, because the seats
are equipped with the tether anchor, it is now
possible to slide the seat with a child seat installed.

THIRD SEAT <7-seater>
M25200000060USA0000010001
<When folding into the underfloor>

<Overview of seat operation
(Folding => Seating)>
Third seat
(1) Pull out the seat back.
(2) Raise the headrest.
(3) Pull out the seat.
*The procedure of Seating => Folding
is the reverse order of the procedures
mentioned above.
Underfloor folding
ZC6004310000
Third seat offers the following features. The third seat which can be folded underneath the
floor has been adopted, enabling the use of flat
luggage space.
Urethane-less structure has been adopted for the
cushion, realizing an extremely thin cushion which
can be folded together with seatback and headrest.
MULTI SEAT ARRANGEMENT

M25200000080USA0000010000
This vehicle offers a wide variety of seat
arrangements.
Item
Normal
ZC600243

Item
Flat arrangement Front and rear seat
ZC600244
Luggage room Two passengers ride/maximum

arrangement luggage space
ZC600245
Three passengers ride/longer luggage

space
ZC600246
Three passengers ride/longer luggage

space (Rear seatback folded forward)
ZC600247
Five passengers ride/luggage space
ZC600248

SEAT BELT
M25200000100USA0000010000
Seat belt warning lamp

Seat belt warning lamp
Seat belt retractor

(7-seater)
Three-point seat belt with ELR/ALR

(7-seater) ELR/ALR 3-point seat belt (RH/LH)
ELR 3-point seat belt
Seat belt retractor

with a double pre-tensioner
and variable force limiter
Seat belt retractor
Seat belt retractor

(RH/Center/LH)
ELR/ALR 3-point seat belt

incorporated in seat
Seat belt retractor ELR/ALR 3-point seat belt

with a pre-tensioner
and variable force limiter
ZC604428 0000
The seat belts offer the following features: A seat belt warning light has been included on the
center panel to encourage the passenger to fasten
the seat belt when the belt is not connected.
For improved protection, the three-point seat belt
with ELR has been adopted together with a double
pre-tensioner (driver's side), three-point seat belt Three-point seat belts with ELR/ALR (child seat
with ELR/ALR has been adopted together with a the fixing mechanism) changeover have been adopted.
pre-tensioner (front passenger's side), and variable With the seat-integrated three-point seat belt with
force limiter. ELR/ALR changeover equipped to the center seat,
A seat belt warning light has been included on the three-point seat belts have been adopted to all the
combination meter to encourage the driver to fasten seats to improve safety.
the seat belt when the belt is not connected.

Three-point seat belt with ELR/ALR has been
installed.
Seat belt with variable force limiter

The passenger restraint characteristics have been improved and
Load
Conventional force limiter the energy absorption characteristics have been optimized to
improve the impact reduction performance.
Variable force limiter
Displacement
ZC6002400000
INTERIOR TRIM
M25200000120USA0000010000
Upper quarter trim

Upper center pillar trim
Front pillar trim
Cowl side trim
Rear end trim

Rear scuff plate
Lower center pillar trim Lower quarter trim
Front scuff plate ZC6002370000
The interior trim is a full trim to improve quality. upon the secondary impact against the cabin during
The collision energy absorbing structure that is a collision, the safety has been improved.
integrated with a trim has been adopted to the pillar Material codes are shown on trim to facilitate
trim. With the structure that reduces head injuries recycling.

DOOR TRIM
M25200000123USA0000010000
<Rear door trim> <Front door trim>

Armrest
Armrest
Door pocket
Door pocket
Bottle holder
Bottle holder ZC6002360000
The door trims offer the following features. Door pockets have been installed to the front and
Break-proof resin material has been used for trim rear door trim panels. The front door pockets have
panels, improving safety. a large capacity. The rear door pockets which are
Bottle holders which can store a 500-ml plastic also used as bottle holders can also store the
bottle have been installed to the front door trim and headset for the rear monitor.
rear door trim to improve convenience. Also, the For the armrests, the energy absorbing structure
bottle holding capability has been improved to reduces mid section injuries to passengers in a
accommodate bottles with shapes that are difficult collision. Also, the one-piece cloth has an additional
to keep upright. soft layer.

LUGGAGE ROOM
M25200000130USA0000010000
Tonneau cover Utility bar Tonneau cover

fixing position
Rear side box
Luggage hook
Tonneau cover
fixing position Luggage hook
Luggage floor board

Luggage floor box
<When tonneau cover is used> <When tonneau cover is retracted>
ZC6002380000
A utility bar that can be used as a hooking rail for tonneau cover fixing position has been added to
small articles or as a base for the storage tray has near the floor of luggage room so that when the
been adopted to improve usability. tonneau cover is not used, it can be fixed on the
The rear side box has been equipped to improve luggage room floor. (Vehicles with tonneau cover)
usability. Luggage hooks have been installed to two positions
Two upper tonneau cover fixing positions have in the front and two positions in the rear of the
been adopted. When the fixing point at the rear is luggage room to provide several positions that can
used, the second seats can be reclined even when accommodate large-size cargo such as a bicycle.
the tonneau cover is being used. Also, the third Luggage floor box has been equipped to the
luggage room floor to improve usability.

HEADLINING
M25200000140USA0000010000
Headlining
NOTE
: Energy absorption rib positions
ZC604388AA00
Interior design with safe material has been adopted,

achieving more safe and comfortable interior.
Energy absorption ribs have been adopted to the
inside of headlining. This reduces head injuries
upon the secondary impact against the cabin during
a collision, and improves safety.
Headlining which absorbs and dissolves chemical
substances has been adopted. This headlining
efficiently absorbs and dissolves a smoking smell,
a life-smell, and formaldehyde*.
Chemical substances such as formaldehyde and
organic solvent generated from the interior parts
have been minimized by the refined material and
method, improving amenity.

MEMO

GENERAL INFORMATION
M25201000001USA0000010000
The advanced air bag system has been adopted to
Driver and passenger’s (front) air bags and seat the driver's and front passenger's sides. When a
belt pre-tensioner deploy and operate in frontal frontal impact exceeds the threshold upon a frontal
collisions that exceed the threshold to activate collision, or depending on the seat position (driver's
the SRS (Supplemental Restraint System). seat side), the air bag inflates the cushion air bag in
The specific value is the equivalent impact when two stages, improving the protection for the front
a vehicle collides against a concrete (fixed) wall seat passengers.
at approximately 25 km/h (16 mph) or more. The side-airbag is activated when an impact
The front air bags and pre-tensioner may not exceeds the threshold upon a side collision, and the
work under the following conditions: cushion air bag is instantaneously inflated to protect
A frontal collision is less than the specific the chest area of the front seat passengers.
value. The curtain air bag is activated simultaneously with
The collision is from the rear the side-airbag upon a side collision to protect the
The collision is from the side heads of the front seat and second seat
The vehicle rolls over or is in a similar passengers.
position. All the air bag modules are equipped with the
The side-airbags may not work under the inflator that does not contain toxic sodium azide.
following conditions: The seat belt pre-tensioner is activated
The collision is from the front simultaneously with the deployment of driver's and
The collision is from the rear passenger's (front) air bags in case of a frontal
To provide a better safety upon impact, the driver's collision. Seat belts are pulled in to eliminate the
and front passenger's air bags, side air bags, slack upon a collision, thus improving the initial
curtain air bags and seat belts with pre-tensioner occupant restraint, and reducing the travel distance
have been installed to all the vehicles as standard. of the occupants. For the driver's seat, in addition
The SRS is a system that is effective with the seat to the seat belt pre-tensioner for the shoulder side,
belt fastened, and it is designed as a supplemental the lap pre-tensioner has been installed on the outer
system of the seat belt. seat belt lower anchor side in order to improve the
restraining performance in the waist and the chest
areas.

Driver's air bag
module
Passenger's (front)
Seat belt with air bag module
pre-tensioner
Side-airbag module
ZC6008500000
pre-tensioner is built into the driver's and passenger's

System Component Parts
The SRS consists of six air bag modules, SRS-ECU front seat belt retractor. The seat slide sensor is
(air bag control unit), two front impact sensors, four installed at the seat adjuster section of the driver seat
side impact sensors, SRS warning light, passenger’s in order to detect the driver seat slide position. The
air bag OFF indicator light, passenger’s seat belt weight sensor is installed underneath a rail of the
warning light, clock spring, seat belt pre-tensioner, passenger seat to detect the load on the seat. The
seat belt switch, seat slide sensor, occupant passenger’s air bag OFF indicator light is installed to
classification-ECU and weight sensor. Air bag the lower left of the center panel, and illuminates when
modules are located in the center of the steering the passenger’s (front) air bag is inactive. The
wheel and above the glove box. Side-airbags are passenger’s seat belt warning light is installed to the
located inside the front seatback assemblies. Each air lower right of the center panel, and illuminates when
bag consists of a folded air bag and an inflator unit. the passenger is not wearing the seat belt. The seat
On all air bag modules, the inflator does not contain belt switch detects whether the seat belt is used.
sodium azide. The SRS-ECU placed on the forefront The SRS-ECU will start a squib ignition current to the
of the floor monitors the system and has a front air bag driver's/passenger’s (front) air bag module and seat
safing G-sensor, front air bag analog G-sensor and a belt pre-tensioner when simultaneously detecting
side-airbag safing G-sensor. The front impact sensor frontal impact with the front impact sensor, front air
is assembled in the front end upper bar to monitor bag safing G-sensor and front air bag analog G-
impact in case of front impact. The side impact sensor. It will also supply a squib ignition current to
sensors inside the center pillars and quarter panel the side-airbag module when simultaneously
monitor the shock incurred by the sides of the vehicle. detecting side impact with the side impact sensor and
The SRS warning light on the combination meter side-airbag safing G-sensor.
indicates the operational status of the SRS. The clock
spring is installed in the steering column. The seat belt

<Vehicles for USA> SRS warning lamp
Vehicle
identification
code chart plate
J A 4MS 31 X 1 7 U 0 0 0 0 0 1
<Vehicles for CANADA> SRS warning lamp
Driver's air bag module Passenger's (front)

air bag module
Clock spring
Passenger’s seat belt warning light
Passenger’s air bag OFF indicator light SRS-ECU

Diagnosis connector
ZC600985
Side impact sensor (rear)

Side-airbag module
Seat belt
pre-tensioner
Weight
sensor
Lap
Side impact sensor (front) pre-tensioner (LH)
Seat slide sensor

Seat belt
pre-tensioner Occupant classification-ECU ZC501889 AA00

SRS SYSTEM CIRCUIT DIAGRAM
Fusible link Ignition switch (IG1)

SRS-ECU
No.12 No.18
7.5A
Front impact sensor
7.5A
(LH)
Passenger’s air bag

OFF indicator light Front impact sensor
(RH)
CONNECTOR LOCK CLOCK CONNECTOR LOCK
SWITCH* SPRING SWITCH*
OFF OFF
OFF
ON
ON ON
OFF OFF
OFF
Driver's air bag module ON ON
OFF ON
OFF
OFF
Data link connector
ON ON (For scan tool)
ON
OFF OFF
OFF
ON ON Can bus line
ON
OFF OFF
ON
CONNECTOR ON
OFF LOCK SWITCH* OFF Combination meter
Passenger's (front) ON ON
air bag module OFF OFF
ON CONNECTOR ON
OFF LOCK SWITCH*
OFF
ON ON Side impact
OFF OFF sensor (LH)
Lap pre-tensioner ON CONNECTOR ON
(LH) OFF LOCK SWITCH* OFF <Front> <Rear>
ON ON
OFF OFF
ON CONNECTOR ON
Seat belt pre-tensioner
OFF LOCK SWITCH*
OFF
(LH) Side impact
ON ON sensor (RH)
OFF OFF
Seat belt pre-tensioner ON ON
CONNECTOR <Front> <Rear>
OFF LOCK SWITCH* OFF
(RH)
ON ON
OFF
OFF
Seat belt switch
Side-airbag module ON ON
CONNECTOR (Driver’s side)
(LH) OFF LOCK SWITCH* OFF
ON ON
OFF OFF
Side-airbag module ON
CONNECTOR ON Seat belt switch
(RH) OFF LOCK SWITCH* OFF (Passenger’s side)
ON ON
OFF OFF OFF
Curtain air bag module ON ON ON
(LH) OFF OFF OFF
ON ON
ON
OFF OFF OFF Note
Curtain air bag module ON ON * : Connector lock switch
ON
(RH) OFF OFF Connector connected: ON
OFF
ON ON Connector disconnected: OFF
ON
AC600936 AA00

CAUTION LABELS
The labels indicating the precautions for handling and tensioner are adhered to the locations shown in the
maintenance of SRS air bags and seat belt with pre- above figures.
Driver's air bag module Clock spring Passenger's (front)
air bag module
B
A
C
ZC601274 AC506239
Seat belt with pre-tensioner

SRS-ECU Sunvisor (driver's and passenger's seat)
G
E
AC506231
F
E ZC601275 AC506232
Side-airbag module Curtain air bag module

(driver's and passenger's seat) (right and left)
AC506710
AC506241
Glove box
Lap pre-tensioner (LH)
AC506233
J K ZC601276 ZC501894 0000

Label contents
A DANGER
FLAMMABLE EXPLOSIVE
DO NOT
DISASSEMBLE; HEAT; INCINERATE; APPLY ELECTRICITY;
OR STORE AT HIGH TEMPERATURE (93°C or HIGHER).
REFER TO WORKSHOP MANUAL FOR DETAILS.
B CAUTION: SRS CLOCK SPRING
PLEASE DO NOT TURN EXCEPT WHEN REQUIRED.
THIS IS NOT A REPAIRABLE PART. IF DEFECTIVE, PLEASE REPLACE ENTIRE UNIT
ACCORDING TO THE SERVICE MANUAL INSTRUCTIONS. ALIGNMENT OF
MODULES IS NECESSARILY WHEN THEY ARE ADJUSTED AND/OR INSTALLED FOR
THE ALIGNMENT PROCEDURES, FOLLOW THE SERVICE MANUAL INSTRUCTIONS.
C WARNING FLAMMABLE/EXPLOSIVE
SRS AIR BAG MODULE
TO AVOID SERIOUS INJURY:
DO NOT REPAIR. DISASSEMBLE OR TAMPER.
AVOID CONTACT WITH FLAME OR ELECTRICITY.
DO NO DIAGNOSIS/USE NO TEST EQPT OR PROBES.
STORE BELOW 200°F (93°C).
BEFORE DOING ANY WORK INVOLVING MODULE, READ SERVICE MANUAL FOR
IMPORTANT FURTHER DATA.
D CAUTION:
DO NOT DISASSEMBLE OR DROP. IF DEFECTIVE, REFER TO SERVICE MANUAL.
E <EXCEPT WARNING
CANADA> EVEN WITH ADVANCED AIR BAGS
Children can be killed or seriously injured by the air bag
The back seat is the safest place for children
Never put a rear-facing child seat in the front
Always use seat belts and child restraints
ZC5019150000 See owner’s manual for more information about air bags
E <CANADA> WARNING
DEATH or SERIOUS INJURY can occur
Children 12 and under can be killed by the air bag.
The BACK SEAT is the SAFEST place for children.
NEVER put a rear-facing child seat in the front.
Sit as far back as possible from the air bag.
ZC5019180000
ALWAYS use SEAT BELTS and CHILD RESTRAINTS.
F WARNING: HIGHER ROLLOVER RISK

Avoid Abrupt Maneuvers and Excessive Speed.
Always Buckle up.
See Owner’s Manual For Further Information.
ZC6008530000

Label contents
ZC6008540000
G, J DANGER: BELT PRETENSIONER

DO NOT DISASSEMBLE OR IMPACT
REFER TO SERVICE MANUAL FOR INSTRUCTIONS, HANDLING, STORAGE AND
DISPOSAL PROCEDURES
H WARNING
SRS AIR BAG MODULE FLAMMABLE/EXPLOSIVE
TO AVOID SERIOUS INJURY:
DO NOT REPAIR, DISASSEMBLE OR TAMPER.
AVOID CONTACT WITH FLAME OR ELECTRICITY.
DO NO DIAGNOSIS/USE NO TEST EQPT OR PROBES.
STORE BELOW 200°F (93°C).
BEFORE DOING ANY WORK INVOLVING MODULE, READ SERVICE MANUAL FOR
IMPORTANT FURTHER DATA.
I DANGER
FLAMMABLE EXPLOSIVE
SRS AIR BAG MODULE
Do not disassemble or shock.
Do not heat or incinerate.
Do not contact with electricity or tester probes.
Do not test or diagnose.
Do not store in more than 200°F (93°C).
Store the air bag cover is top.
For information on handing, replacement, and disposal methods, refer to the service
manual.
K <EXCEPT This Vehicle is Equipped with Advanced Air Bags
CANADA> Even with Advanced Air Bags
Children can be killed or seriously injured by the air bag.
The back seat is the safest place for children.
Never put a rear-facing child seat in the front.
Always use seat belts and child restraints.
See owner’s manual for more information about air bags.
Not to be removed except by owner.
K <CANADA> WARNING
MISE EN GARDE
Children Can Be KILLED or INJURED by Passenger Air Bag
The back seat is the safest place for children 12 and under.
Make sure all children use seat belts or child seats.
Not to be removed except by owner.

ADVANCED AIRBAG AND SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER
M25201000103USA0000010000
Advanced airbag <driver’s seat>

<Only 1st stage>
Front impact Front impact

sensor (LH) sensor (RH)
<1st and 2nd stage>
SRS-ECU
Frontal collision against
another vehicle
Shock
above a Ignition signal
certain
level Ignition judgment
Seat belt pre-tensioner
or
Frontal collision against
a solid surface
Seat slide sensor
Occupant
classification -ECU Lap pre-tensioner Seat belt
(LH) pre-tensioner
Seat belt switch

Air bag OFF
indicator light
ZC501919 0000
In case of a frontal collision, when the front impact air bag deployment control by adjusting the inflation
sensor inside the engine room and the G-sensor pressure.
inside SRS-ECU simultaneously detect an impact The seat slide sensor to detect the driver's seat
that exceeds a certain threshold (turned ON), SRS- position judges the deployment in two stages, and
ECU energizes the driver's and passenger's (front) deploys the driver's air bag.
air bag modules (squibs), driver's and passenger's The occupant classification-ECU has been added
seat belt pre-tensioners (squibs), and driver's lap to recognize the passenger's seat occupant, and it
pre-tensioner (squib), thus deploying the air bags controls deployment/non-deployment of the
and triggering the seat belt pre-tensioners. Also, the passenger's (front) air bag module based on the
advanced air bag has been adopted to optimize the detected weight of the passenger's seat.

SIDE AND CURTAIN AIR BAGS
M25201000104USA0000010000
Side impact Side impact

Curtain air bag modules
sensor sensor
(rear: RH) (rear: LH)
Side impact
sensor Side impact
(front: RH) sensor
(front: LH)
Shock
above a
certain
level
Ignition signal Side-airbag modules
Ignition judgment
G-sensor (Side-airbag,
curtain air bag)
Side impact against another vehicle SRS-ECU
ZC601602 0000
SRS-ECU uses data of the side impact sensor (front calculate collision severity, during side collision. SRS-
[center pillar area]), side impact sensor (rear [rear ECU judges necessity of side-airbag and curtain air
quarter panel area]), and G-sensor (in SRS-ECU) to bag based on the calculated collision severity.
DRIVER'S AIR BAG MODULE

M25201000020USA0000010000
A Air bag module Section A - A
Inflator
Air bag
Squib connector
A
ZC501972 0001
The driver’s air bag module incorporates a three-

spoke steering wheel. The driver’s air bag module is

an assembly part consisting of an air bag, inflator, and from the impact. The driver's air bag deploys by
their fasteners. The air bag is made from nylon and changing its inflation pressure in two steps. The
inflates by gas from the inflator. As a driver is being inflator has two squib connectors to deploy the air bag
pressed to the air bag, it deflates discharging gas from in two steps. The inflator does not contain sodium
two vents at the rear of the air bag to reduce the shock azide.
CLOCK SPRING
M25201000011USA0000010000
The clock spring consists of a flat cable, rotator, stator, etc. The
Rotator Damper plate
flat cable is loosely wound in the case in coil-form. One end is
Flat cable
attached to the rotator and the other end is attached to the stator.
By turning the steering wheel, the clock spring rotator turns along
with the steering shaft. The flat cable is wound or unwound by
the rotator according to how the steering wheel turns. It must be
in the neutral position when assembling the clock spring.
Stator
Anti-vibration sheet
ZC600994 0000
PASSENGER'S (FRONT) AIR BAG MODULE

M25201000105USA0000010000
Air bag
Squib connectors
Air bag module
Inflator
ZC6016040000
The passenger’s (front) air bag module consists of an The front passenger’s air bag deploys by changing its
air bag, inflator, module cover (incorporating the air inflation pressure in two steps.
bag lid), and their fasteners. The inflator has two squib connector to deploy the air
The air bag is made from nylon and inflates by the gas bag in two steps.
from the inflator. As a passenger is being pressed to The front passenger air bag does not deploy at the
the air bag, it deflates, discharging gas from two vents front passenger seat is not occupied and when the
at the side of the air bag to reduce the shock from the occupant classification sensor in the front passenger
impact. seat senses a weight on the seat of less than 66
pounds (30 kg).
An inflator that does not contain sodium azide is used.

SIDE-AIRBAG MODULE
M25201000040USA0000010000
Air bag module
ZC6010060000
The side-airbag module consists of an air bag, air bag The side-airbag made of nylon fabric. The air bags are
cover, inflator and their fasteners. The modules are compactly folded and stored under the cover. On the
installed in the outer side supports of the driver’s and side of the air bag, there are holes through which gas
front passenger’s seatbacks. The side-airbags help is partially released to alleviate shock to the occupant
protect the occupants regardless of the seat position when the air bag is deployed. An inflator that does not
and seatback angle. contain sodium azide is used.
CURTAIN AIR BAG MODULE

M25201000005USA0000010000
Igniter power
Burst disk
Inflator
ZC601617 0000
The curtain air bag module consists of an air bag, an The air bag is made from nylon with the inside coated
inflator, and the fixing gear relating to those parts, and with silicon, and housed in the roof side sections,
is installed in the roof side sections (from the driver's folded up compactly.
and the passenger's front pillars to the rear pillars).

The inflator is of a cold gas type filled with high- current passes through the squib to ignite the igniter
pressure gas (major component: Helium). When powder, the burst disk bursts, emitting the gas into the
air bag.
FRONT IMPACT SENSOR

M25201000050USA0000010000
Front end upper bar

The front impact sensor is installed on the front end upper in
the engine room, and the analogue G-sensor is housed in the
front impact sensor.
The front impact sensor transmits the coded acceleration data
to SRS-ECU. Based on the data, SRS-ECU determines the
Front impact sensor
deployment stage of the front air bag, then energizes
appropriate squib.
SRS-ECU performs the diagnostics of the front impact sensor
internal components. If a malfunction occurs, it sets the
ZC601277 0000 diagnostic trouble code.
SIDE IMPACT SENSOR

M25201000060USA0000010000
<Front> <Rear> Second seat belt

Center pillar
Side impact sensor
Side impact sensor

AC506366
AC506883
Quarter panel ZC5019910000
The side impact sensors are installed to the lower SRS-ECU determines the deployment of the side-
part of the center pillars on both sides and to the airbags and curtain air bags, then energizes
quarter panels on both sides, and the analogue G- appropriate squib(s).
sensor is housed in the side impact sensor. SRS-ECU performs the diagnostics of the side
The front impact sensor transmits the coded impact sensor internal components. If a malfunction
acceleration data to SRS-ECU. Based on the data, occurs, it sets the diagnostic trouble code.

SEAT SLIDE SENSOR
M25201000014USA0000010000
AC506911
Seat slide sensor
Shield plate
ZC601299 0000
The seat slide sensor is attached to the slide The seat slide sensor outputs the current by
adjuster on the driver's seat side, and the seat is switching high output current and low output current
moved forward/backward by seat sliding. When the from the seat slide position as shown in the figure.
seat is slid forward, the shield plate covers the Based on the output current, SRS-ECU determines
sensor, and the sensor determines that the seat the deployment stage of the front air bag, and then
slide position is set forward. energizes the squib.
Shield plate position Current value Deployment stage
When the shield plate is in the detection range of the seat Low output current Only 1 stage
slide sensor
When the shield plate is not in the detection range of the High output current 1st and 2nd stage
seat slide sensor

OCCUPANT CLASSIFICATION-ECU AND WEIGHT SENSOR
M25201000013USA0000010000
Weight sensor
Weight sensor Occupant classification-ECU
ZC601598 0000
The weight sensors are attached to the seat rails and The occupant classification-ECU identifies the
provide SRS-ECU with information on the weight occupant class based on the signals from weight
applied to the front passenger seat. sensors, and sends the signal to SRS-ECU. When the
occupant is determined to be less than 66 lbs (30 kg),
the passenger's (front) air bag is not deployed.
SEAT BELT WITH PRE-TENSIONER

M25201000080USA0000010000
Gas generator
Gear
Spool
Ball
Pipe
Seat belt with pre-tensioner

ZC501943 0000

The seat belt incorporating the pre-tensioner when the front impact sensor, attached to the front of
automatically winds the seat belt upon front impact to the body, detects an impact that exceeds the
reduce forward shifting of the passenger. permissible limit. By this gas pressure, a ball moves
Upon front impact the pre-tensioner ignites the gas in the pipe and rotates the gear. This gear rotation
generator and emits gas with the SRS-ECU signal operates the spool in the direction of retracting the
belt, and the webbing is retracted.
LAP BELT PRE-TENSIONER (LH)

M25201000102USA0000010000
Seat belt
Gas generator
Seat belt tension
Piston
Piston movement
Ball Tube
Wire
ZC501946 0000
The lap belt pre-tensioner automatically pulls in the tensioner ignites the gas generator with the signal
seat belt upon a frontal collision to reduce the forward from SRS-ECU, and the generator emits the gas.
travel distance of occupants. By the gas pressure, the wire linked to the piston
Upon a collision, when the front impact sensor, travels in the direction of movement, then the seat belt
attached to the front of the vehicle body, detects an is pulled in. Subsequently, when a tension is applied
impact that exceeds the permissible limit, the lap pre- to the seat belt by the forward travel of an occupant,
balls are jammed between the piston and tube
because of the wedge action, and the belt position is
maintained.
PASSENGER’S SEAT BELT WARNING LIGHT

M25201000015USA0000010000
The passenger's seat belt warning light turns ON when the
passenger's seat occupant is determined to be 66 lbs (30 kg) or
more by the occupant classification-ECU and his seat belt is not
fastened.
Passenger’s seat belt
warning light
ZC601349 0000

PASSENGER’S AIR BAG OFF INDICATOR LIGHT
M25201000016USA0000010000
The indicator normally comes on when the ignition switch is
turned to the "ON" position and goes off a few seconds later.
In the following situations, the indicator will stay on to show that
Passenger’s air bag OFF the passenger’s (front) air bag is not operational.
indicator light The occupant is determined to be less than 66 lbs (30 kg) by
the occupant classification-ECU.
The front passenger’s seat is not occupied.
The indicator goes off when the occupant is determined to be 66
lbs (30 kg) or more by the occupant classification-ECU,
ZC601349 0001 indicating that the passenger's (front) air bag is operational.
SRS-ECU
M25201000070USA0000010000
The SRS-ECU incorporates a front analog G-sensor The SRS-ECU is provided with the following
and front safing G-sensor for frontal collisions and a capabilities:
side-airbag safing G-sensor for side collisions. SRS- Backup power supply in case of power failure in
ECU enters an ignite signal to the driver's and collisions
passenger's (front) air bag modules if the front impact Boosting function in case of battery voltage drop
sensor in the engine compartment, the front analog G- Self-diagnosis function to avoid system’s operation
sensor and front safing G-sensor in the SRS-ECU errors and improve its reliability
simultaneously detect gravitational impact upon front
DIAGNOSTIC FUNCTION
impact. Further, SRS-ECU starts an ignite signal for The SRS-ECU has the following functions to make
the side and curtain air bag module upon sideways system checking using the scan tool easy.
gravitational impact that is simultaneously detected by Diagnostic trouble code output
the analog G-sensor of the side impact sensor and the Service data output
side-airbag safing G-sensor inside the SRS-ECU. Actuator test
DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE OUTPUT
The SRS-ECU diagnoses the following items and Therefore, the memory is not deleted after a battery
stores a diagnostic trouble code in the non-volatile terminal is disconnected, (The diagnostic trouble code
memory (EEPROM*1) when a problem is detected. memory can be deleted by the scan tool.)
Diagnostic trouble Inspection item
Code No.
B1206 Passenger's air bag OFF indicator light (open circuit)
B1207 Passenger's air bag OFF indicator light (short circuit between circuit terminal)
B1B00 Driver's air bag module (1st squib) system (shorted to squib circuit ground)
B1B01 Driver's air bag module (1st squib) system (shorted to squib circuit power supply)
B1B02 Driver's air bag module (1st squib) system (squib circuit open)
B1B03 Driver's air bag module (1st squib) system (short circuit between squib circuit
terminals)
B1B04 Driver's air bag module (2nd squib) system (shorted to squib circuit ground)
B1B05 Driver's air bag module (2nd squib) system (shorted to squib circuit power supply)
B1B06 Driver's air bag module (2nd squib) system (squib circuit open)
B1B07 Driver's air bag module (2nd squib) system (short circuit between squib circuit
terminals)

Code No.
B1B08 Passenger's (front) air bag module (1st squib) system (shorted to squib circuit
ground)
B1B09 Passenger's (front) air bag module (1st squib) system (shorted to squib circuit power
supply)
B1B0A Passenger's (front) air bag module (1st squib) system (squib circuit open)
B1B0B Passenger's (front) air bag module (1st squib) system (short circuit between squib
circuit terminals)
B1B0C Passenger's (front) air bag module (2nd squib) system (shorted to squib circuit
ground)
B1B0D Passenger's (front) air bag module (2nd squib) system (shorted to squib circuit power
supply)
B1B0E Passenger's (front) air bag module (2nd squib) system (squib circuit open)
B1B0F Passenger's (front) air bag module (2nd squib) system (short circuit between squib
circuit terminals)
B1B18 Curtain air bag module (LH) (squib) system (shorted to squib circuit ground)
B1B19 Curtain air bag module (LH) (squib) system (shorted to squib circuit power supply)
B1B1A Curtain air bag module (LH) (squib) system (squib circuit open)
B1B1B Curtain air bag module (LH) (squib) system (short circuit between squib circuit
terminals)
B1B20 Curtain air bag module (RH) (squib) system (shorted to squib circuit ground)
B1B21 Curtain air bag module (RH) (squib) system (shorted to squib circuit power supply)
B1B22 Curtain air bag module (RH) (squib) system (squib circuit open)
B1B23 Curtain air bag module (RH) (squib) system (short circuit between squib circuit
terminals)
B1B50 Seat belt switch (LH) circuit (ground side) shorted
B1B51 Seat belt switch (LH) circuit (power supply side) shorted
B1B52 Seat belt switch (LH) circuit open
B1B54 Seat belt switch (RH) circuit (ground side) shorted
B1B55 Seat belt switch (RH) circuit (power supply side) shorted
B1B56 Seat belt switch (RH) circuit open
B1B70 Malfunction of G-sensor inside front impact sensor (LH)
B1B71 Malfunction of G-sensor inside front impact sensor (RH)
B1B72 Malfunction of G-sensor inside side impact sensor (front) (LH)
B1B73 Malfunction of G-sensor inside side impact sensor (rear) (LH)
B1B75 Malfunction of G-sensor inside side impact sensor (front) (RH)
B1B76 Malfunction of G-sensor inside side impact sensor (rear) (RH)
B1BA3 Driver’s seat slide sensor malfunction (occupant classification-ECU)
B1BA4 Passenger’s seat slide sensor malfunction (occupant classification-ECU)
B1BA5 SRS-ECU squib count mismatch
B1BAA Occupant classification-ECU configuration mismatch

Code No.
B1BC7 SRS-ECU (record data full) system
B1BCF Roll over sensor malfunction
B1C27 Side-airbag module (LH) (squib) system (shorted to squib circuit ground)
B1C28 Side-airbag module (LH) (squib) system (shorted to squib circuit power supply)
B1C29 Side-airbag module (LH) (squib) system (squib circuit open)
B1C2A Side-airbag module (LH) (squib) system (short circuit between squib circuit terminals)
B1C2B Side-airbag module (RH) (squib) system (shorted to squib circuit ground)
B1C2C Side-airbag module (RH) (squib) system (shorted to squib circuit power supply)
B1C2D Side-airbag module (RH) (squib) system (squib circuit open)
B1C2E Side-airbag module (RH) (squib) system (short circuit between squib circuit
terminals)
B1C33 Driver's lap pre-tensioner (squib) system (shorted to squib circuit ground)
B1C34 Driver's lap pre-tensioner (squib) system (shorted to squib circuit power supply)
B1C35 Driver's lap pre-tensioner (squib) system (squib circuit open)
B1C36 Driver's lap pre-tensioner (squib) system (short circuit between squib circuit
terminals)
B1C38 Driver's pre-tensioner (squib) system (shorted to squib circuit ground)
B1C39 Driver's pre-tensioner (squib) system (shorted to squib circuit power supply)
B1C3A Driver's pre-tensioner (squib) system (squib circuit open)
B1C3B Driver's pre-tensioner (squib) system (short circuit between squib circuit terminals)
B1C47 Front passenger's pre-tensioner (squib) system (shorted to squib circuit ground)
B1C48 Front passenger's pre-tensioner (squib) system (shorted to squib circuit power
supply)
B1C49 Front passenger's pre-tensioner (squib) system (squib circuit open)
B1C4A Front passenger's pre-tensioner (squib) system (short circuit between squib circuit
terminals)
B210D Battery abnormal low voltage
B212C Open circuit to IG1 power supply (fuse No. 12 circuit)
B212D Open circuit to IG1 power supply (fuse No. 18 circuit)
B2207 Occupant restraint controller internal 1
B220A Occupant restraint controller internal 4
B220B Occupant restraint controller firing stored energy
B220C Occupant restraint controller accelerometer 1
B220D Occupant restraint controller accelerometer 2
B223D OCM DTC present
B2255 Occupant restraint controller roll-over feature disabled
U0019 Bus off (CAN-B)

Code No.
U0141 ETACS CAN timeout
U0154 Occupant Classification-ECU CAN timeout
U0155 Combination meter CAN timeout
U0164 A/C -ECU CAN timeout
U0168 KOS -ECU or WCM CAN timeout
U0170 Front impact sensor (LH) communication error
U0171 Front impact sensor (RH) communication error
U0172 Side impact sensor (front) (LH) communication error
U0173 Side impact sensor (rear) (LH) communication error
U0175 Side impact sensor (front) (RH) communication error
U0176 Side impact sensor (rear) (RH) communication error
U0184 Radio CAN timeout
U0195 Satellite radio tuner CAN timeout
U0197 Hands free telephone CAN timeout
U0212 Steering wheel sensor CAN timeout
U1414 Coding not completed/Data fail
U1415 Defective coding date
DATA LIST OUTPUT
The following items can be read by the scan tool from
the SRS-ECU input data.
Item No. Check items Check conditions Normal conditions

01 SRS warning light Ignition switch: ON OFF
illumination request After warning lamp pre-check
Ignition switch: ON ON
During warning lamp pre-check
The following items can be read by the scan tool from
the occupant classification-ECU input data.
01 Passenger weight Apply a load to the passenger -2048 Kg (4515 Ib) to 2048 Kg
seat. (4515 Ib)
02 Dr seat position sensor Slide the seat the back-end to the 0 to 4095.93 mA
current front-position.
03 Dr seat position sensor Slide the seat the back-end to the 0 to 5000 mV
voltage front-position.
07 Dr seat position sensor Slide the seat the back-end to the Not in Frontal Zone/In Frontal
status front-position. Zone/Undetermined
08 occupant classification Apply a load to the passenger Empty/PFIS/Child/More 5th%/
status seat. Undermined
10 Battery voltage Always 0 to 30 V

21 Pa seat weight sensor 1 Apply a load to the passenger -2048 Kg (4515 Ib) to 2048 Kg
RR seat. (4515 Ib)
22 Pa seat weight sensor 1 Apply a load to the passenger 0 to 5000 mV
RR volt seat.
RF seat. (4515 Ib)
RF volt seat.
LF seat. (4515 Ib)
LF volt seat.
LR seat. (4515 Ib)
LR volt seat.
30 VIN Information Always -
ACTUATOR TEST
The scan tool can be used to forcibly operate the next
actuator.
Item No. Item name Test item Driven
component
01 SRS warning light SRS warning light illumination ON
ACCURACY CHECK OCCUPANT CLASSIFICATION SENSOR
The scan tool can be used to perform the next Seat Weight Sensor Accuracy Check
function. Zero-calibration

SRS AIR BAG SPECIAL CONNECTOR
M25201000090USA0000010000
A A
A
Curtain air bag module (RH)
A Side-airbag module (RH)
A
Seat belt with pre-tensioner (RH)
Clock spring
Driver's air bag module
SRS-ECU
Passenger's (front) air bag module
A
Seat belt with pre-tensioner (LH)
A
Lap belt pre-tensioner (LH)
A
Side-airbag module (LH)
Curtain air bag module (LH)

A
A A ZC501964 0000
To enhance the system reliability, a connector short connector, air bag module connectors, clock spring
circuiting mechanism is integrated in the SRS-ECU connector, and pre-tensioner connectors (black
connector "A" shown in the figure).
CONNECTOR SHORT-CIRCUIT MECHANISM
SRS-ECU connector Wiring harness-side connector Connector connected

Wiring harness-side connector
(terminal to short-circuit) Terminal to short-circuit
Short spring Short spring

Partition panel
Partition panel (wiring harness-side
(SRS-ECU-side
connector)
connector)
ZC501966 0000
This mechanism prevents the improper deployment of the short spring short circuits the power supply side
air bag module because of the current application to terminal and ground side terminal of squibs, and
the squib due to the static electricity when connectors prevents the static electricity from generating the
between SRS-ECU and air bag modules (squibs) are potential difference. This connector mechanism is
disconnected. When the connector is disconnected, adopted for the following connectors.

SRS-ECU connector
Connector between the clock spring and body-side
wiring harness
Each air bag module connector
Each pre-tensioner connector

MEMO

GENERAL INFORMATION
M25400000001USA0000010000
Item 80D26L
Voltage V 12
Capacity (5-hour rate) Ah 55
Electrolytic fluid specific gravity [fully charged state at 20°C (68° 1.280
F)]
GENERAL INFORMATION
M25400000001USA0000010001
For exterior lights, the headlight assemblies, front Even if the headlight assembly bracket is damaged,
fog lights <vehicles without discharge headlight> the damaged bracket can be replaced.
and daytime running light*have been installed to the For interior lights, the front dome light, rear dome
front of the vehicle, the side turn-signal lights to the light, luggage compartment light, glove box light,
sides of the vehicle (to the fender panel), and the center console down light, foot light, and ignition key
rear combination light assemblies, tail light cylinder illumination lights have been installed.
assemblies, rear side marker lights, license plate
lights, and high-mounted stop lights to the rear of
the vehicle.

EXTERIOR LIGHTS
M25400000005USA0000010000
Construction diagram
Front side-marker
light
Front turn-signal
light
Headlight Headlight
assembly (low-beam)*
Headlight
(high-beam)
Position light
Front fog light Side turn-signal light

<vehicles without discharge headlight>
Daytime running light
<vehicles with discharge headlight>
NOTE: *:
<Vehicles for halogen headlight>
Headlight (low-beam) + daytime running light
<Vehicles for discharge headlight>
Headlight (low-beam)
ZC501806 0000
High-mounted stop light
License plate light Tail / stop

light
Rear
combination light
assembly
Rear turn-signal
Tail light assembly light
(back-up light)
Rear side-marker light
ZC501807 0000
The headlight assembly employs the large four-light The newly adopted discharge headlight for low-
integrated with the front turn-signal light, position beam provides a much better view than ordinary
light and front side-marker light. halogen lights. <XLS model (Option)>
Uncut lenses have been adopted to the headlight
lens for an improved appearance.

For the low-beam of the headlight, the headlight The back-up light has been integrated into the tail
automatic leveling system vehicle with discharge light assembly.
headlight have been adopted so that the height The LED-type high-mounted stop light has been
adjustment of the optical axis can be performed integrated into the tailgate spoiler.
depending on the vehicle load status. The lighting system is provided with headlight
The side turn-signal lights have been installed to the automatic-shutdown function and daytime running
fender. light function (Refer to P.54A-10).
The rear combination lights are integrated with the For the flasher timer function of turn-signal, the
tail/stop light and rear turn-signal light. comfort flasher function has been adopted to
The LED type tail/stop lights have been adopted for improve the operability when changing the lane.
less power consumption and higher safety with When the turn-signal light switch (lighting switch) is
illumination speed improvement. operated for a short time, this function flashes the
turn-signal light of the operated direction three
times (Refer to P.54A-10).
Specifications
Item
Headlight assembly <vehicles without High-beam W <halogen headlight> 60 (HB3)
discharge headlight> Low-beam W <halogen headlight> 51 (HB4)
Position light W 5 (W5W)
Front turn-signal light W 21 (WY21W)
Front side-marker light W 5 (W5W)
Headlight assembly <vehicles with High-beam W <halogen headlight> 60 (HB3)
discharge headlight> Low-beam W <discharge headlight> 35 (D2R)
Position light W 5 (W5W)
Front turn-signal light W 21 (WY21W)
Front side-marker light W 5 (W5W)
Front fog light <vehicles without discharge headlight> W 55 (H11)
Daytime running light <vehicles with discharge headlight> W 27 (1156LL)
Side turn-signal light W 5 (W5W)
Rear combination light assembly Tail/stop light LED type
Rear turn-signal light W 21 (WY21W)
Tail light assembly Back-up light W 21 (W21W)
Rear side-marker light W 5 (W5W)
High-mounted stop light Integrated in liftgate spoiler LED type
License plate light W 5 (W5W)
Headlight automatic leveling system

The beam direction (vertical angle) of the headlights beam direction of headlights so that the drivers of
changes according to the number of passengers and oncoming cars are not dazzled by the headlights if the
the amount of load. The headlight automatic leveling beam direction of the headlight upwards when parking
system is a system that automatically controls the or driving at a constant speed.

Function
The beam direction of headlights is automatically

controlled according to driving conditions as
described in the table below.
Vehicle condition Control content

When parking The headlight automatic leveling ECU calculates the vehicle pitch
angle from the height sensor values according to the change in load
resulting from getting on/off or loading/unloading to control the beam
direction.
When driving at a constant speed When a vehicle starts on curb, the traveling vehicle posture changes
from the posture during parking, so that the beam direction changes.
To control the improper beam direction caused by such vehicle posture
change, the headlight automatic leveling ECU calculates the vehicle
pitch angle based on the average of height sensor values obtained for
12 seconds after the vehicle speed becomes constant. This beam
direction control while driving at a constant speed is performed only
once between a vehicle stop and the next stop. If driving is started at
a constant speed on the gravel or rough road, to prevent unnecessary
control resulting from detection of road uneven surface, the beam
direction control is launched after the driving speed becomes constant
on pavement.

Combination meter
(multi information display)
Headlight
automatic
leveling
warning
display
Column switch
(lighting switch)
Relay box in engine

compartment
(headlight relay : LO)
Height sensor (rear)
Data link connector
Headlight automatic leveling ECU Headlight assembly

(integrating motor)
Height sensor (front)
ZC501813 0000
System component and function

Column switch (lighting switch) When the lighting switch is set to the headlight position, the
headlight relay (LO) inside the engine compartment turns ON to
transmit the signal to the headlight automatic leveling ECU.
Height sensor (Front) Detects the elongation/contraction of the front suspension and
transmits the signal to the headlight automatic leveling ECU.

Height sensor (Rear) Detects the elongation/contraction of the rear suspension and
transmits the signal to the headlight automatic leveling ECU.
Combination meter Transmits the vehicle speed signals to the headlight automatic
leveling ECU.
Headlight assembly (integrating motor) Drives the headlight reflector by receiving signals from the
headlight automatic leveling ECU.
Headlight automatic leveling warning Lights up on the multi-information display in the combination
display meter to warn the driver that an abnormality occurs in the
headlight automatic leveling system.
Headlight automatic leveling ECU Controls the motor integrated in the headlight assembly based on
the signals from switches and sensors to control the beam
direction according to the vehicle posture.
Data link connector Outputs diagnosis codes.
System block diagram
Ignition switch Headlight assembly (LH)

(IG1) (integrating motor)
Column switch
Headlight relay Headlight assembly (RH)
(lighting switch)
: LO (integrating motor)
Headlight
Height sensor automatic Headlight automatic leveling
(front) leveling warning display
ECU (multi information display
in combination meter)
Height sensor
(rear)
Combination meter Data link connector

Vehicle speed
signals
ZC501814 0000
Fail-safe function
Trouble spot Trouble condition Headlight automatic Countermeasures for
leveling warning display trouble
Height sensor Open or short circuit Warning display Control stop
Vehicle speed signal Open or short circuit - Judges as parking, and
continues control.
Motor (integrated in Open circuit - Control stop
headlight assembly) Short Warning display Control stop
Headlight automatic Open or short circuit - Control stop
leveling ECU ECU is out of control - Program reset by ECU
self-diagnosis

Headlight signal Open or short circuit - Control stop
Bracket repair of the headlight assembly

Bracket A Bracket B When only brackets A, B, or C shown in the figure are damaged,
a low-cost repair can be performed by mounting a repair bracket.
For the repair procedures, refer to Workshop Manual.
Bracket C
ZC501815 0000

INTERIOR LIGHT
M25400000006USA0000010001
Luggage compartment light Rear dome light

Front dome light
(map and room light)

illumination light
Tumble unlocking lever

Glove box light
Center console
down light
Foot light
ZC5018590001
A front dome light, installed to the front part of the A glove box light has been added to the glove box.
roof, has been equipped with the lens-push type The center console down light has been installed to
map and dome light which can be operated easily the upper surface of the center lower box.
from the driver's and front passenger's seat, offering To provide safety for the foot area when getting into
excellent operability for turning on and off the light. or off the third seat, foot lights have been installed
The rear dome light, which illuminates the rear to the backside of the second seat cushion. The foot
passenger's seat, is installed above the second light is turned ON and illuminates the foot area of
seat. third seat for approximately 10 seconds when the
The luggage compartment light is installed to the tumble unlocking lever is operated to return the
upper part of the luggage compartment. second seat to a seat occupancy position.

A ignition key cylinder light has been added to the The dimmer interior light control function and
ignition key cylinder. ignition key cylinder illumination light control
function have been adopted for the interior light
(Refer to Function and Control by ETACS-
ECU P.54A-10).
Specifications
Item Specifications
Front dome light (map and dome light) W × quantity 8×2
Rear dome light W 8
Luggage compartment light W 8
Glove box light W 1.4
Center console down light W LED type
Foot light W 1.4
Ignition key cylinder illumination light W 1.5
FUNCTION AND CONTROL BY ETACS-ECU.

M25400000120USA0000010003
Following functions are controlled by ETACS-ECU.
Function Function
description
Headlight Headlight automatic-shutdown function P.54A-10
Flasher timer function Turn-signal light P.54A-12
Comfort flasher function P.54A-12
Hazard warning light P.54A-12
Daytime running light Daytime running light function P.54A-13
Fog light <Vehicles without Fog light function P.54A-14
discharge headlight>
Interior light Interior light dimmer control function P.54A-15
Interior light automatic-shutoff function P.54A-16
Ignition key cylinder illumination light control function P.54A-16

HEADLIGHT
HEADLIGHT AUTOMATIC-SHUTDOWN FUNCTION THE INITIAL CONDITION: WITH FUNCTION>
(Specification C: When the ignition switch is in OFF position is turned ON, the headlights are not turned
OFF automatically.)
ON
Ignition switch (IG)
OFF
Driver's (Open) ON
door switch (Closed) OFF
Headlight
Lighting switch Tail light

OFF
ON
Tail light output
OFF
ON
Headlight output
OFF
3 minutes 1 second
ZC6032310000
Even when the lighting switch (tail light switch or reminder alarm tone alarm operates in the first
headlight switch) is ON, the headlight (including the priority).
tail lights) turns off automatically under any of the If the lighting switch is turned to the tail light position
following conditions to prevent the battery discharge from OFF with the ignition switch OFF, the lights do
caused by unattended operation. not turn off automatically.
If the ignition switch is turned OFF with the lighting
switch ON, the light turns off automatically after 3
minutes. If the driver's door is opened during the 3
After this function is activated, when the lighting
minutes, the light turns off after one second. (One
switch is turned OFF and then ON or the ignition
seconds before turning off, the light reminder tone
switch is turned ON, the headlights illuminate again.
alarm sounds. However, if the driver's door is
opened with the ignition key inserted, the key

FLASHER TIMER FUNCTION
TURN-SIGNAL LIGHT (INITIAL SETTING: TURN SIGNAL
LIGHT CAN BE OPERATED WHEN THE IGNITION SWITCH
IS IN THE ON POSITION)
When the turn-signal light switch is ON (LH or RH) with the
ON
Ignition ignition switch is ON, the turn-signal light output (flash signal) is
switch (IG ) OFF
turned ON.
ON
Turn-signal ligh t
switch R H
If the light bulb of the front or rear turn-signal light has burned
OFF
out, the flashing speed becomes faster to alert the driver that the
Turn-signal ligh t
switch L H
ON
light bulb has burned out.
OFF
Turn-signal ligh t ON
output RH OFF
output LH OFF
ZC6032420000
COMFORT FLASHER FUNCTION (THE INITIAL CONDITION:

WITH FUNCTION)
ON With the ignition switch in the ON position, when the turn signal
Ignition
switch (IG ) OFF switch is turned ON momentarily (0.4 second or less), ETACS-
t
ECU turns ON the turn signal light output, and flashes the turn
switch R H OFF signal light three times.
t
switch L H OFF
output RH OFF
output LH OFF
t: 0.4 seconds or les s ZC6032430000
HAZARD WARNING LIGHT

ETACS-ECU detects the signal that changes the hazard light
switch from OFF to ON, and reverses the flashing state by the
Hazard light ON signal (to the flashing state when the hazard light is not flashing,
switc h
OFF and to the turned OFF state when flashing).
Turn signal ON
light output
RH
OFF The push-return switch has been adopted for the hazard light
Turn signal ON switch.
light output
LH
OFF
Even if the light bulb has burned out, the flashing speed of
the hazard light is not changed.
ZC603244 0000

DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHT
DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHT FUNCTION
ON
Passing / Dimmer switch
OFF
HEAD
Lighting switch TAIL
OFF
ON
Parking brake switch
OFF
OFF
Ignition switch (IG1)
ON
High-beam
Low-beam
Headlight (Normal)
Low-beam
(Dim)
OFF
(Illuminated) ON
Daytime running light output
(Extinguished) OFF
ZC6033510000
ETACS-ECU releases the parking brake (the parking low-beam headlights of 100% illuminance <vehicles
brake switch turns OFF) with the ignition switch ON, without discharge headlight>.
and illuminates the daytime running lights <vehicles When the ignition switch is turned to the
with discharge headlight> or illuminates the low-beam "LOCK" (OFF) position while the daytime running light
headlights <vehicles without discharge headlight> <vehicles with discharge headlight> is illuminated or
with the lighting switch OFF or in the taillight position. the low-beam headlights <vehicles without discharge
Also, ETACS-ECU extinguishes the daytime running headlight> are illuminated with the brightness
light with the lighting switch in the headlight position reduced, the ETACS-ECU extinguishes the daytime
<vehicles with discharge headlight>, or illuminates the running light <vehicles with discharge headlight> or
the low-beam headlights.

FOG LIGHT <VEHICLES WITHOUT DISCHARGE HEADLIGHT>
FOG LIGHT FUNCTION
HEAD
Lighting switch TAIL

OFF
ON
Fog light switch
OFF
(Extinguished) ON
Headlight auto cut output
(Illuminated) OFF
(Illuminated) ON
Fog light output
(Extinguished) OFF
ZC6032450000
When the fog light switch is turned to ON with the tail If the tail light or the headlight is turned off with the
lights or the headlights lit (the tail light switch or the lighting switch OFF while the fog lights lit, the fog lights
headlight switch is ON), the ETACS-ECU illuminates turn off at the same time to prevent unattended
the fog lights. operation.

INTERIOR LIGHT
INTERIOR LIGHT DIMMER CONTROL FUNCTION (THE INITIAL CONDITION: 15 SECONDS)
ON
ACC
Ignition switch
OFF
Key removed
Door switch (Any one open) ON
(All closed) OFF
(Lock) ON
Driver's door lock
actuator switch (lock switch) (Unlock) OFF
LOCK
Keyless entry
lock or unlock signal OFF
UNLOCK
100%
50%
Interior light brightness
0%
ZC603246 0000
When the interior light switch is set to the DOOR When all doors and the liftgate are closed, and the
position, ETACS-ECU controls the interior light as ignition key is removed*:
follows. By removing the ignition key with all doors and the
When the ignition switch is OFF: liftgate closed, the light turns ON 50%, and turns
By opening any door or liftgate, the light turns ON off after 15 seconds.
(100%), and dims (50%) when the door or liftgate By inserting the ignition key again or operating the
is closed, then and turns off after 15 seconds. door lock with the light lit, the lights turns off.
However, when the ignition switch is turned ON or
the door lock is operated, the lights turn off at that
time. *: For the vehicles with KOS, it is operated the same
When the ignition switch is ON: way when the steering lock is locked or when the
By opening any door or liftgate, the light (100%) emergency key is removed from the key cylinder.
turns ON and OFF when the door or liftgate is For the vehicles with the keyless entry system, the
closed. delayed light-off time and the operation times of the
keyless entry interior light answer back can be
changed by the customize function (Refer
to P.54A-17).

INTERIOR LIGHT AUTOMATIC-SHUTOFF FUNCTION (THE INITIAL CONDITION: 30 MINUTES)
ON
Ignition switch ACC

OFF
(Any one open) ON
Door switch
(All closed) OFF
(Illuminated) ON
Interior light
(Extinguished) OFF
T T t t t
T: 30 minutes
t: Within 30 minutes ZC603247 0000
When an interior light such as the room light [all After 30 minutes with any door opened while the
interior lights connecting to the room light fuse (the ignition switch is OFF, the light turns off
front room light, the rear room light, the luggage automatically.
compartment light, and the ignition key cylinder After the auto-turn OFF, the interior light returns to
illumination lights)] is lit, but either one of the the illumination state when the doors are opened/
conditions is met, the interior light is turned off closed, keyless entry transmitter switch is operated,
automatically for preventing the battery discharge or ignition switch is turned to ACC position. After
caused by the unattended operation or the door-ajar. returning, the light turns OFF after 30 minutes,
After 30 minutes with the interior light lit while the when the interior light auto turn off condition is met.
ignition switch is OFF, the light turns off
automatically.
IGNITION KEY CYLINDER ILLUMINATION LIGHT AND FOOT LIGHT CONTROL FUNCTION
ON
Ignition switch (IG)
OFF
(Key removed) ON
Key reminder switch
(Key inserted) OFF
(Opened) ON
Driver's seat door switch
(Closed) OFF
LOCK
Driver's seat door
UNLOCK
(Illuminated) ON
illumination light output (Extinguished) OFF
T T T T
T: 30 seconds ZC6032480000
The ETACS-ECU controls the ignition key cylinder However, the light is turned off if the ignition switch
illumination light as described below. is turned ON or doors are locked within 30 seconds.
With the ignition switch OFF, the light is illuminated
when the driver's door is opened, and it is turned off
30 seconds after the driver's door is closed.

When the ignition key is removed from the ignition
key cylinder, the light illuminates for 30 seconds.*
M25400000119USA0000010004
With the scan tool MB991958 operation, the following information is held even when the battery is
functions can be programmed. The programmed disconnected.
MB991958 display)
display)
Turn power Adjustment of turn- ACC or IG1 Operable with ACC or ON position
source signal light IG1 Operable with ON position (default)
operation condition
Comfort flasher With/without Disable Without function
comfort flasher Enable With function (default)
function
Comfort flasher Switch operation Normal 0.4 seconds (default)
switch time time to activate the Long 0.8 seconds
comfort flasher
function
answer back
door shutdown time
15sec 15 seconds
60sec 60 seconds
120sec 120 seconds
180sec 180 seconds
Head light auto Adjustment of Disable Without function
cut customize headlight automatic C-spec. With function (default)
shutdown function
Interior light Adjustment of Disable Without function
auto cut timer interior light 3min 3 minutes
automatic shutdown
function operation 30min 30 minutes (default)
time 60min 60 minutes

GENERAL INFORMATION
M25400000001USA0000010002
Metallic silver and black are used as the base color of inspection timing using the driving distance and
the combination meter. The meter has the elapsed time.
independently arranged speedometer to the left, By operating the rheostat switch, the brightness of
indicator to the upper center, multi information display the meter and illumination can be adjusted in eight
(large full dot matrix LCD display) to the lower center, steps.
tachometer to the right, so that its sporty design allows The layout has been simplified by displaying what
a driver to easily distinguish the information from the is required to meet the legislative requirements with
meters. The combination meter offers the following the indicator, and by displaying other things with
features: multi information display.
The multi information display that displays two Even with the ignition switch in the OFF position, the
colors (red and yellow) has been adopted. odometer, trip meter, or service reminder
The multi information display can be switched to information can be displayed by pressing the meter
display the trip meter. information switch.
The service reminder function has been adopted A tone alarm is integrated in the combination meter
which notifies the users of the next periodic so that the alarm contents or the operation status of
switches can be checked with the tone alarm sound.
<Vehicles for USA>
Front fog light indicator
Position indicator Seat belt warning light
Speedometer Tachometer
Rheostat switch
<Vehicles for CANADA>
Meter information switch
ZC501965
ZC5018250000

MULTI INFORMATION DISPLAY
M25400000121USA0000010000
The multi information display can display the following possible cruising distance, average vehicle speed,
items: various warnings, odometer and trip meter, and others. Displayed contents can be switched by
service reminder information, engine coolant operating the meter information switch. Also, the
temperature, remaining fuel amount, ambient displayed language or unit on the multi information
temperature, selector lever position, AWD operation display can be changed from the function setting
status, average and instantaneous fuel consumption, screen.
When the ignition switch is LOCK (OFF) position When the ignition switch is ON position
1 4 5 6
2 7
10
3
9
ZC5018580000
When the ignition switch is LOCK (OFF) position

Item Content
1 Caution mark display When warnings are displayed on the interrupt display screen, pressing the
screen meter information switch turns off the warning display and displays the
caution mark. Caution mark is displayed also when two or more alarms
occur simultaneously.
2 Information screen/interrupt The odometer and trip meter or service reminder information will be
display screen displayed. Also, appropriate contents are displayed when a warning is
issued.
3 Door-ajar warning display Displays the door or liftgate that is open.
screen
When the ignition switch is ON position
Item Content
4 Drive mode indicator Displays the AWD operation status.
display screen
5 Caution mark display When warnings are displayed on the information screen, pressing the
screen meter information switch turns off the warning display and displays the
caution mark. Caution mark is displayed also when two or more alarms
occur simultaneously.
6 ASC OFF display screen Displayed when the ASC system is turned OFF using the ASC OFF switch.
7 Information screen/interrupt A screen changes in following order by operating meter information switch.
display screen Odometer/Trip odometer A

Item Content
Odometer/Trip odometer B
Service reminder (when service reminder function is effective)
Engine coolant temperature display
Driving range display
Average speed display, average fuel consumption display, momentary
fuel consumption display
Function setting screen
Redisplay of a warning display screen
Also, appropriate contents are displayed when a warning is issued.
8 Selector lever position Displays the selector lever position.
display screen
9 Outside temperature Displays the ambient temperature.
display screen
10 Fuel remaining display Displays the remaining fuel amount.
screen
Service reminder function

Displays the periodic inspection timing based on the
predetermined schedule. With the inspection timing
coming up (warning start point of the warning criteria
The ignition switch is turned to "ON" while pressing
is achieved), when the ignition switch is turned to ON
the meter information switch.
position, the service reminder function displays
The driving distance of the odometer reaches 100
"PERIODIC INSPECTION" for 4 seconds to inform
km or 60 miles.
the inspection timing. When the "PERIODIC
INSPECTION" achieves the warning end point of
warning criteria, it will be turned off by the scan tool
MB991958 special function or the meter information
switch special operation*.
Schedule table
Schedule Warning types Warning criteria
NAS 10 (initial Elapsed time (month) Every 6 elapsed months
setting) Driving distance (miles) Every 7,500 miles of driving distance
Driving distance (km) Every 12,000 km of driving distance
NAS 11 Elapsed time (month) Every 3 elapsed months
Driving distance (miles) Every 3,750 miles of driving distance

Schedule Warning types Warning criteria
Warning criteria (warning start and end points)

Elapsed time Driving distance (km) Driving distance (miles)
Warning start Warning end Warning start Warning end Warning start Warning end
point point point point point point
-15 days +15 days -500 km +500 km -300 miles +300 miles
TONE ALARM
M25400000122USA0000010000
Using its own signal or signal sent via CAN
communication, the combination meter sounds the
integrated tone alarm.
Item Relating ECU
Seat belt reminder function Combination meter
Paddle shift cancel tone alarm Transaxle control module
Theft-alarm function ETACS-ECU
Keyless operation key reminder tone alarm function (vehicles with KOS) WCM
Ignition key reminder tone alarm function (vehicles without KOS) ETACS-ECU
Light reminder tone alarm function ETACS-ECU
Door-ajar warning tone alarm function ETACS-ECU
Freeze warning tone alarm A/C-ECU
Parking brake reminder tone alarm function Combination meter
Multi information display interrupt display tone alarm Combination meter
ETACS-ECU function customization tone alarm ETACS-ECU
A/C operation tone alarm A/C-ECU
Audio operation tone alarm Radio and CD player, CD
changer or audio visual
navigation unit
Meter information switch operation tone alarm Combination meter
Turn-signal light tone alarm function ETACS-ECU
SEAT BELT REMINDER FUNCTION
When the ignition switch is turned ON, the driver's seat belt
indicator illuminates and the alarm sounds for 6 seconds.
60 seconds after the ignition switch is turned ON, if the
vehicle speed exceeds 8 km/h, the driver's seat belt indicator
illuminates and blinks for 90 seconds. The alarm sounds
simultaneously with the blinks of the indicator.

On Step 2 completion, if the seat belt is not fastened when
the vehicle speed changes from 3 km/h to 8 km/h, the
indicator illuminates and blinks again and the alarm sounds
again.
When the ignition switch is turned ON, the front passenger's

seat belt indicator illuminates for 6 seconds, regardless of
whether the front passenger's seat belt is fastened or
released. The alarm does not sound.
60 seconds after the ignition switch is turned ON, the front
passenger's seat belt reminder operates the same manner
as for the driver's seat belt that is released, but the alarm does
not sound.
PADDLE SHIFT CANCEL TONE ALARM

When the paddle shift switch is operated, the tone alarm sounds.
THEFT-ALARM FUNCTION
When the theft-alarm function is activated, the tone alarm
sounds.
KEYLESS OPERATION KEY REMINDER TONE ALARM

FUNCTION (VEHICLES WITH KOS)/IGNITION KEY
REMINDER TONE ALARM FUNCTION (VEHICLES WITHOUT
KOS)
With the ignition switch in the LOCK (OFF) position, when the
driver's door is opened with the ignition key inserted into the
ignition key cylinder or the keyless operation key left in the
vehicle, the tone alarm sounds.
LIGHT REMINDER TONE ALARM FUNCTION

With the ignition switch in the LOCK (OFF) position, when the
driver's door is opened with the tail light switch remaining ON,
the tone alarm sounds.
DOOR-AJAR WARNING TONE ALARM FUNCTION

With the ignition switch in the ON position, when any of the doors
(including the liftgate) is open and the vehicle speed information
sent via the CAN communication is 8 km/h or more, the tone
alarm sounds.
FREEZE WARNING TONE ALARM

When the ignition switch is in the ON position, if the ambient
temperature is at 0°C or below, the tone alarm sounds.

PARKING BRAKE REMINDER TONE ALARM FUNCTION
With the ignition switch in the ON position, if the parking brake
has not been reset (parking brake switch: ON), and when the
vehicle speed information transmitted via CAN communication
is 8 km/h or more, the tone alarm sounds.
MULTI INFORMATION DISPLAY INTERRUPT DISPLAY

TONE ALARM
When the interrupt display is displayed on the multi information
display because of alarms, the tone alarm sounds.
ETACS-ECU FUNCTION CUSTOMIZATION TONE ALARM

When entering into the customize mode of ETACS-ECU
functions or when the customization is executed, the tone alarm
sounds in each case.
A/C OPERATION TONE ALARM, AUDIO OPERATION TONE

ALARM
According to the tone alarm sounding request signal which is
received when the A/C, radio and CD player, CD changer or
audio visual navigation unit is operated, the tone alarm sounds.
METER INFORMATION SWITCH OPERATION TONE ALARM

When the meter information switch or rheostat switch is
operated, the tone alarm sounds.
TURN-SIGNAL LIGHT TONE ALARM FUNCTION

The tone alarm sounds in synchronization with the turn signal
light operation.
GENERAL INFORMATION
M25400000001USA0000010005
Column switch ensures the driver's safety during
frontal collision of vehicle.

Function
Front of vehicle
Collision load Collision load
Column switch Column switch
ZC5019540000
If the column switch is moved to the front of the vehicle levers fall down, ensuring the driver's safety. In
and hit on the instrument panel or meter bezel by the addition, the column switch secures the rigidity that
frontal collision of vehicle, the steering wheel is moved the levers do not fall down by the normal operation,
to the front of the vehicle because the right and left however, it cannot be reused after the deformation.
GENERAL INFORMATION
M25400000001USA0000010003
The plug-in type accessory socket has been installed
for the convenient use of accessories.

Accessory socket
Lower quarter trim (RH)
Accessory socket
Accessory socket
ZC6004910000
Accessory socket has been added to the front floor price class: Standard equipment, Medium price
console. class: Option>
Accessory sockets have been added to the rear The maximum load is 120 W when a single
floor console and lower quarter trim (RH). <High accessory socket is used. When three accessory
sockets are used simultaneously, the combined
maximum load for three sockets is 120 W.
GENERAL INFORMATION
M25400000001USA0000010004
The AC power supply which can be used as power
supply for home electric appliances has been installed
to the rear floor console. <Option>

AC inverter
AC outlet
Inverter
parts
IG1 relay
C
Power P
circuit U
IG1 swith
(IG1) A C115V100 W
AC outlet
ZC6004950000
With the AC inverter, the DC power supply of the stop the power supply and prevention function
vehicle battery can be inverted into the AC power against dead battery.
supply and provided from the AC outlet.
The electric appliance whose power consumption is
100 W or less when 115 V AC is supplied can be
used.
To prevent damage caused by overcurrent,

overvoltage, low voltage, and overheat* when the When the power supply stops, turn the ignition
power is supplied, there is a protection function to switch to "LOCK" (OFF) position once to inhibit the
power supply to the AC inverter. After that, turn the
ignition switch to "ON" again for return.
GENERAL INFORMATION
M25400000001USA0000010011
With the hands-free cellular phone system, by system can be used without connecting the cellular
registering a cellular phone for Bluetooth™*with voice phone to the vehicle via wiring cable.
recognition to the hands free module, the telephone
function becomes available without operating the
cellular phone directly. The hands-free cellular phone

Microphone unit
(built in front dome light)
Steering
voice-control
switch
“Speech” switch
“OFF hook” switch
“ON hook” switch
ZC6026180000
When the registered cellular phone is inside the receiver by operating the cellular phone unit and
vehicle, the hands-free cellular phone system then have a conversation using the hands-free
operates as follows. cellular phone system. Also, when the conversation
ends, the occupant can finish the call by pressing
"ON hook" in the steering voice-control switches.
The voice of occupant is picked up by the
microphone unit incorporated in the front dome
When the cellular phone receives a call, the
light, and then transmitted to the cellular phone via
occupant can start conversation by pressing "OFF
hands-free module. Also, the receiver's voice is
hook" in the steering voice-control switches on the
transmitted from the cellular phone to the radio and
steering wheel. When the conversation ends, the
CD changer <vehicles without MMCS> or audio
occupant can finish the call by pressing "ON hook"
visual navigation unit <vehicles with MMCS> via
in the steering voice-control switches.
hands-free module, and then output from the
To make a call, press "Speech" in the steering
vehicle-mounted speaker.
voice-control switches on the steering wheel, call up
The reception state of the cellular phone is indicated
the registered receiver's information in the voice
on the display section of the radio and CD changer
input mode, press "OFF hook." Then, the
<vehicles without MMCS> or audio visual
transmission starts to call the receiver. In addition,
navigation unit <vehicles with MMCS>.
with the vehicle stopped, the occupant can call the

System block diagram
*1
Steering voice-control
Audio display
switch
CAN
Radio and CD changer*1 or
Speaker
audio visual navigation unit*2
Phone voice
BluetoothTM
CAN Cellular phone
Hands-free module
*2
Microphone power Voice *1: Vehicles without MMCS
CAN bus line *2: Vehicles with MMCS
Microphone unit
(built in front dome light)
ZC6026000000
GENERAL INFORMATION
M25400000001USA0000010010
ETACS*-ECU has three main functions.

GATEWAY FUNCTION
Data link connector
LIN ETACS-ECU
CAN-B CAN-C
ZC6004720000
As a central ECU for the on-vehicle communication Communication error diagnosis of network ECUs
network system established in the vehicle, the Detects and stores the ECU that is not properly
gateway function is integrated into ETACS-ECU. The transmitting data.
gateway function offers the following functions:
Data transfer among four networks*1 CODING FUNCTION
Transfers the data flowing in a network to another By writing the coding data such as vehicle model,
network in real time. destination, and equipment level to ECUs, the
functions of ECUs can be changed. There are two
types of coding method, the local coding and global
coding.
BODY ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT CONTROL

FUNCTION
This function controls the following electrical
equipment.
Exterior lights
Wiper, washer
Diagnosis of each network communication line Central door locking system
Detects and stores an open circuit and short circuit Interior light
of communication line. Keyless entry, keyless operation system
Theft alarm system
M25400000119USA0000010003
Using the M.U.T.-III scan tool, the following functions
can be programmed. The programmed information is
held even when the battery is disconnected.

item (M.U.T.-III (M.U.T.-III scan tool
scan tool display)
display)
ACC power auto Time to ACC power Disable No function (default)
cut cut-off when the 30 min 30 minutes
ignition switch is in
the ACC position 60 min 60 minutes
Turn power Adjustment of turn- ACC or IG1 Operable with ACC or ON position
source signal light IG1 Operable with ON position (default)
operation condition
Comfort flasher With/without Disable No function
comfort flasher Enable With function (default)
function
Comfort flasher Switch operation Normal 0.4 seconds (default)
switch time time to activate the Long 0.8 seconds
comfort flasher
function
answer back
Front wiper Adjustment of the Normal INT Intermittent wiper interval is fixed to 4
operation intermittent seconds.
windshield wiper Variable INT Intermittent wiper interval is calculated only
operation by the wiper volume control.
Vehicle speed Intermittent wiper interval is calculated
dependent according to the intermittent wiper volume
control and vehicle speed (default).
Front wiper Disabling or Washer only No function
washer enabling washer- Washer-linked wiper With function (default)
linked wiper
function
Rear wiper Adjustment of rear 0 seconds No wiper interval
intermittent wiper interval 4 seconds 4 seconds
duration
8 seconds 8 seconds (default)
Rear wiper low Disabling or Disabled No function (default)
speed mode enabling rear wiper Enabled With function
continuous
operation

scan tool display)
display)
door shutdown time
15sec 15 seconds
60sec 60 seconds
120sec 120 seconds
180sec 180 seconds
Head light auto Adjustment of Disable No function
cut customize headlight automatic C-spec. With function (default)
shutdown function
Interior light Adjustment of Disable No function
auto cut timer interior light 3min 3 minutes
automatic shutdown
function operation 30min 30 minutes (default)
time 60min 60 minutes
position
unlocked)
back
(default)
Tone alarm Adjusts the tone Not sound tone alarm No function
answer back alarm answer back At keyless key Sounds when the keyless entry system is
function. activated.
At keyless Sounds when KOS is activated (default).
At Both Sounds when the keyless entry system or
KOS is activated.

scan tool display)
display)
120sec 120 seconds
180sec 180 seconds
KOS auto lock With/without KOS Enable No function (default)
auto lock function Disable With function
Fob out of car With/without KOS Enable No function
key exterior Disable With function (default)
detection function
KOS feature KOS function Both enable All KOS functions are enabled (default).
adjustment DoorEntry enable Only door entry function is enabled.
ENG strt enable Only engine starting function is enabled.
Both disabled All KOS functions are disabled.
KOS unlock Adjusts the door 0sec 0 seconds
disable time unlock inhibition 3sec 3 seconds (default)
period after door
lock is activated. 5sec 5 seconds
GENERAL INFORMATION
M25400000001USA0000010008
When the doors are locked using the keyless entry system is being set by flashing the theft-alarm
or KOS (except when locked by using the key indicator.(Refer to ETACS-ECU function and
cylinder or door lock switch), the improper opening controls P.54A-34)
of door or hood causes the ETACS-ECU function By pressing the panic button of transmitter, the
and control to give off an alarm with the flashing of flashing of head lights and the intermittent sounding
head lights and the intermittent sounding of horn. of horn can be performed by remote control
Also, the ETACS-ECU warns that the theft-alarm operation.(Refer to ETACS-ECU function and
controls P.54A-34)

Theft-alarm indicator
Horn (for theft-alarm)
Hood latch
(incorporating hood switch)
ETACS-ECU
Horn (HI)
Horn (LO)
Headlight
Panic button
ZC6013810000
DATA LIST
M25400000131USA0000010002
Using the M.U.T.-III scan tool MB991958, the input
data sent from the sensors and switches can be read.
For service data items, refer to Workshop Manual.

ETACS-ECU FUNCTIONS AND CONTROLS
M25400000120USA0000010002
THEFT-ALARM FUNCTION (DEFAULT: WITH FUNCTION)
Alarm history
output function
· Ignition switch (ACC) · Ignition switch (OFF )

· Inserting the key in the key cylinder · Rem oving the key from the key cylinder o r
or keyless operation key is approved the attestation of the keyless ope ration key is release d
· Previous alarm information exists · Simultaneous output (4 times) is complete d
When all operations above are done When a ny ope ration ab ove is don e
System disarmed
Door(s) is locked by the keyless

entry system or the keyless operation system
when the ignition switch is in the OFF position
(including lock operation by the timer lock)
In 180 seconds
Ready to be Ready to be armed
armed suspended
All doors and hood
remains closed All doors and hood remain closed for 20 seconds
for 2 seconds
Ready to be triggered
Door(s) or tailgate is opened by forced entry
Hood is opened Interior protection
In 10 seconds or 6 seconds
Exterior protection
In 175 seconds Door(s) or tailgate is

or ignition switch is turned ON position opened by forced entry
Protection suspended
ZC6010800000
Operating the door lock with the keyless entry the horn sounds intermittently for 175 seconds to
transmitter or keyless operation key (except when execute exterior protection. If the hood is opened
locked by the key cylinder or door lock switch) makes while the vehicle is under the alarm state or the interior
the vehicle ready for the alarm, and a "ping" tone protection state, the exterior protection will be
starts. After 20 seconds, the incorrect door opening executed immediately.
(opening door or liftgate without unlocking by the
keyless entry) sounds the room alarm with "Beep"
tone under the alarm state. After 10 seconds, in
addition to the "Beep" tone, the headlight blink, and

ALARM HISTORY OUTPUT FUNCTION
If the interior protection or the exterior protection is activated
between the last OFF operation and the next ON operation of
the ignition switch, this function informs the driver by flashing the
theft-alarm indicator and by the tone alarm.
PANIC ALARM FUNCTION(DEFAULT: WITH FUNCTION)
With the ignition key removed from the ignition key headlights and intermittent sounding of horn for 175
cylinder, when the panic button of transmitter is seconds.
pressed, the panic alarm is given off with flashing of
M25400000119USA0000010002
Using scan tool MB991958 adjusts the following
function. The programmed information is held even
when the battery is disconnected.
Adjustment item Adjustment item Adjusting contents (scan Adjusting contents
(scan tool tool MB991958 display)
MB991958 display)
Alarm With/without theft-alarm Disable Without function
function Enable With function (default)
Duration of pre-alarm Adjustment of pre-alarm 10 sec 10 seconds (default)
continue time 6 sec 6 seconds
Panic alarm switch With/without panic alarm Disable Without function
function Enable With function (default)

MEMO

GENERAL INFORMATION
M25403800001USA0000010002
Unique panel audio The unique panel audio (radio and CD player or CD changer)
gives a sense of unity with the instrument panel. Also, a new
function automatically corrects the sound quality and volume
during driving.
A 8-ch high-power audio amplifier with integrated DSP (total
maximum output of 650 W) has been combined with the
Rockford Fosgate® premium sound system.
ZC3049510000
Driver's seat
Audio amplifier
ZC3052910000
Specification Note
AM/FM electronic tuning radio -
SIRIUS satellite radio Only the vehicles with the satellite radio
tuner
6-disk CD autochanger*1(compatible with MP3*2) Six CDs can be loaded.
Audio integrated 4-ch power amplifier <vehicles with 6 speakers> General 140 W
Audio amplifier-integrated 8-ch power amplifier and digital signal General 650 W (maximum)
processor (DSP) <Rockford Fosgate® premium sound system>
*1: CD-R/CD-RW may not be played.

*2: Some may not be played.
STEERING AUDIO SWITCH

The concentrated switch has been established onto
the steering wheel spoke for allowing the remote
Steering audio switch control of audio.
AUDIO OPERATION TONE ALARM
To prevent an audio operational error, the audio
operation tone alarm confirms the audio operation
which sounds a tone alarm in the combination meter
when the audio is operated. The details are as
described in the following table:
ZC6027630000
Usage category Confirmation tone alarm sounding condition (with conditions below, tone alarm
sounds for 0.08 seconds)
Radio use Press and hold "1", "2", "3", "4", "5" or "6" button.
Press and hold "SCAN" button.
CD use Press and hold the "LOAD" button.
Press and hold the "DISC" button.
Press and hold the "RPT" button.
Press and hold the "RDM" button.
Press and hold the CD eject button
Audio adjustment With "BASS", "MID", "TREBLE", "BALANCE", or "FADER" selected, adjust the adjustment
level to zero.
Select "NORMAL" of "SOUND FIELD".
Select "NORMAL" of "MUSIC TYPE".
Others Press and hold the "TUNE" knob.
Press and hold the "MODE" switch of steering remote control switch.
GENERAL INFORMATION
M25403800001USA0000010003
<6 speakers> <9 speakers> AC505569
Tweeter Tweeter
Front door
Front door speaker
speaker
Rear door
speaker
Rear door
speaker
Sub woofer
ZC3050480000
The following two types of speakers are available. Nine speakers (tweeter: 3.5 cm, front door: 16 cm,
Six speakers (tweeter: 3.5 cm, front door: 16 cm, rear door: 2-way coaxial 16 cm, subwoofer: 25 cm)
rear door: 16 cm) Rockford Fosgate® premium sound system

TWEETER
Front sash trimAC505606
Front sash trim
Tweeter
Tweeter
ZC3050540000
The tweeters are incorporated in the front sash trim. Rockford Fosgate® premium sound system, are
Also, two types of tweeters, the balance dome tweeter available. The soft dome tweeter can play clearer
vehicles with six speakers and soft dome tweeter treble with less distortion compared to the balance
dome tweeter.

DOOR SPEAKER
AC505608
Resin cover*
Resin cover*
Front door speaker
Rear door speaker
Urethane integrated
resin sheet*
Sheet metal
cover*
Front door water

proof film
Rear door water

proof film
Resin cover*
Urethane integrated
resin sheet* ZC3050550000
quality. As an advantage of the sheet metal cover, the

rigidity of the areas around the speaker has been
increased, and the higher sound pressure,
For the front door speaker, two types of speakers, 16- suppression of high harmonic, and suppression of
cm paper cone speaker vehicles with 6 speakers and dumping are achieved to improve sound quality.
PP (polypropylene) cone speaker Rockford Fosgate® AC507245
premium sound system, are available. For the rear
door speaker, two types of speakers, 16-cm paper
cone speaker vehicles with 6 speakers and PP
(polypropylene) cone 2-way coaxial speaker Rockford
Fosgate® premium sound system, are available.
Compared to the paper cone speakers, the PP
(polypropylene) cone speakers can playback crisper
bass. The door opening of the vehicles with Rockford
Fosgate® premium sound system is blocked by using
ZC3060770000
the sheet metal cover and the urethane integrated
resin sheet (resin cover and water proof film) to make The one-touch installable speaker (with 3 tabs, fixed
the door into a speaker box, thus improving the sound by rotating) has been adopted to improve
serviceability.
SUB WOOFER <VEHICLES WITH Rockford

Fosgate® PREMIUM SOUND SYSTEM>
Quarter
AC505779 The Rockford Fosgate® 25-cm dual voice coil subwoofer has
trim been installed to the passenger seat-side quarter trim in the
luggage room, enabling the playback of dynamic deep bass.
Subwoofer
ZC3051390000
GENERAL INFORMATION
M25403800001USA0000010004
The pole antenna has been adopted for the AM/FM
and satellite radio.
<Vehicles with satellite radio>
Pole antenna
ZC6027720000

GENERAL
M25403800001USA0000010005
INFO
MODE
N AV I
A UDI O
SCALE
VO L
MENU
PWR
SET
OPEN
Audio visual navigation unit

ZC3051980000
Mitsubishi multi-communication system (7-inch wide (30 gigabyte) has been installed. Also, a 7-inch liquid
monitor HDD navigation) with built-in hard disk drive crystal display of wide 2 DIN size has been adopted.
Operation part
AC505475
MODE INFO
AUDIO NAVI
VOL SCALE
PWR MENU
SET
ENT
OPEN
Mitsubishi Multi Communication System
ZC3050170000
Display (function) Contents

Navigation screen Displays the navigation functions including the map display, search, guidance,
information search.
Vehicle position information Displays the position information of current location. (Longitude and latitude,
screen altitude, GPS reception status)
CD screen Plays back the disc inserted to the CD drive (CD-R/CD-RW).
MP3/WMA screen Plays back the MP3/WMA.

Display (function) Contents
DVD screen Plays back the disc inserted to the DVD drive.
Music server function Plays back the music data on hard disk drive, and records the music CD.
Rear display screen Displays the image input from the rear display unit.
Radio screen Displays the receiving station information. Also, the operation of receiving
channel can be performed.
Integrated 4-ch power amplifier (140 W)
Navigation function
The storage of very large map data is now possible, Correspond to Rockford Fosgate premium sound
and the following contents have been adopted. system
Map type navigation Output of DVD video 5.1 channel data
NAVTEQ map database Connect with satellite radio tuner
Map data stored in hard disc drive Other function
Corresponds to U.S. English, Canadian French, There are the following functions in addition to the
and Latin Spanish navigation, audio and visual function.
Audio and visual function Clock display
There are the following functions in addition to the Connect with hands free unit
navigation function. A/C information display
Music server function Outside temperature display
DVD drive unit Trip information display (Average fuel consumption
FM/AM radio etc.)
MP3/WMA playback function Function customize
Control by steering audio switch Interfaces with the rear display (entertainment
system)

SYSTEM BLOCK DIAGRAM
A/C-ECU CAN*1 AC505476

communication
Combination
ETACS-ECU
meter
Hands free Satellite radio CAN box

module tuner
Antenna
Voice Sound Sound
Audio visual navigation unit Steering audio switch
Sound UART*2
communication NTSC*3 signal and sound signal
Audio amplifier Rear display unit

Play sound
Sound Picture
Note: Speaker
Wireless headphone
*1: Controller Area Network Audio and video
*2: Universal Asynchronous Receiver Transmitter adopter
Wireless remote
*3: National Television Standards Committee controller ZC3050180000
GENERAL
M25403800001USA0000010006
AC505256
A rear seat 9-inch wide LCD monitor with DVD has been
adopted for rear passengers to enjoy DVD, CD, video games,
video, or others. The monitor has been installed to the center
of the roof, between the first row seats and second row seats.
In order to connect video equipment such as video computer
and video player, the external connection jacks (audio and
video adapter) has been installed to the backside of the rear
Rear display unit floor console.
ZC3049490000

AC505257
Audio and video adopter
Rear floor console ZC3049500000
SYSTEM BLOCK DIAGRAM

AC507976
External input picture

Rear display unit External input sound
Play sound Audio and

video adopter
Picture Sound
Wireless remote Radio and CD player or CD changer

or audio visual navigation unit
controller
Wireless headphone
Speaker ZC3064110000

GENERAL INFORMATION
M25403000001USA0000010000
LIN refers to "Local Interconnect Network," which is a be shared among ECUs, which enables more
serial multiplex communication reduction in wiring.
*
protocol administrated by LIN consortium. A
communication circuit employing the LIN protocol
connects each ECU, and switch and sensor data can
STRUCTURE
M25403000002USA0000010000
Master ECU Slave ECU
Column switch
ETACS-ECU
(Column-ECU)
LIN bus line
Power window Sunroof motor

main switch assembly
Slave ECU Slave ECU

ZC6007390000
Master and slave ECUs are connected to the LIN bus ECUs to communicate each other via communication
lines. The master ECU is the ETACS*-ECU, and the lines.
slave ECUs are the column switch (column-ECU), the
power window main switch and the sunroof motor
assembly. The master ECU requests these slave

SYSTEM OPERATION
M25403000003USA0000010000
LIN bus line Slave ECU

Master ECU
Master task Slave task C
Slave task A
Slave task B Slave ECU

Slave task D
State of message on LIN bus line Byte area
1 byte
Theory 1
value: 0
<Master task>
Start bit Data bit Stop bit
Transmits the header
at regular intervals.
Header Response Header Response Header Response Header Response Time

Slave task D Slave task A Slave task C Slave task B
Transmits the
response to suit
the header
<Slave task>
ZC5008020000
LIN communication system is described below: transmits the response frame which stores data
The master ECU performs the master tasks and used for control.
slave tasks, and the slave ECUs perform the slave A header and response collectively are called as a
tasks. message frame, and the communication method
When the master ECU performs a master task, the that uses the message frame is called as the frame
header frame which stores information to call communication.
certain slave tasks (ECU) is transmitted at regular Basically, the communication data is used with
intervals. some blocks of 10-bit data group which includes
When the master ECU and slave ECU perform a one start bit and one stop bit (byte region) arranged
slave task, the ECU called by the header frame in order.

VOLTAGE VARIATION OF LIN BUS LINE
Battery voltage
Voltage variation of
LIN bus line:
GND
(Ground level)
Recessive Dominant Recessive

State:
1
Theoretical value:
0
ZC5008030000
When each ECU sends or receives signals, LIN bus between battery voltage (recessive) and 0 V
line voltage varies as follows: (dominant) is output (transmitted) as a control
The voltage variation of LIN bus line (0 and 1 signal.
combination as a theoretical value) ranging When no communication is established, the LIN bus
line remains recessive (battery voltage).
MESSAGE FRAME
Message frame
Header Response
1 (Recessive)
Theoretical value:
0 (Dominant)
a b c d d d e
a: Synchronization start region c: Identifier region e: Checksum region

b: Synchronization region d: Data region ZC5008040000
A message frame consists of regions that include a region, and checksum region. A few bits of recessive
synchronization start region, identifier region, data data is used to separate the frame from each region.
Frame Region name Description
Header Synchronization A region that informs each ECU of the starting of header transmission
start region by sending dominant signals for a given period of time.
Synchronization A region that synchronizes the transmission cycle of each ECU
region connected to the LIN bus line (the slave ECU matches its communication
speed to that of the master ECU).
Identifier region A region that stores an ID to call the slave ECU defined by the LIN
protocol. The number of bytes for the data region is also defined in this
region.
Response Data region A region to store the control data used by ECU that is called by the header

Frame Region name Description
Checksum region A region for checking errors in data content The sending-end ECU
calculates data region value according to the specified computing
equation, and the result is stored in this filed. The receiving-end ECU
detects the transmission error based on the checksum filed value.

MEMO

16-1
GROUP 16
ENGINE
ELECTRICAL
CONTENTS
STARTING SYSTEM. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16a
CHARGING SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16b
IGNITION SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16c

GENERAL INFORMATION
M25402000001USA0000010000
CAN, an abbreviation for Controller Area Network, is
an ISO-certified international standard for a serial
multiplex communication protocol*. A communication CAN offers the following advantages.
circuit employing the CAN protocol connects each Transmission rates are much faster than those in
electric control module (ECU), and sensor data can conventional communication (up to 1 Mbps),
be shared among, which enables more reduction in allowing much more data to be sent.
wiring. It is exceptionally immune to noise, and the data
obtained from each error detection device is more
reliable.
Each ECU connected via the CAN communicates
independently, therefore if the ECU enters
damaged mode, communications can be continued
in some cases.

STRUCTURE
M25402000002USA0000010000
Terminal resistor
ETACS-ECU
CAN_L CAN_H
4WD-ECU SRS-ECU A/C-ECU Data link

connector
Scan tool
Steering Occupant Hands free
wheel classification- module
sensor ECU Diagnosis CAN-C
ABS-ECU or Satellite Radio and CD player or

ASC-ECU radio tuner CD changer, or CAN box unit
Transmissio n Wireless control module or

control
KOS-ECU
module
CAN_L CAN_H CAN_L CAN_H
Main bus line Main bus line

Combination
Engine control meter
Terminal module
resistor : indicates main bus line
: indicates sub bus line
CAN-C CAN-B
ZC5017670000
OUTLANDER is the first Mitsubishi vehicle with a The CAN bus line consists of two lines, CAN_L and
gateway function integrated to ETACS-ECU as the CAN_H (CAN Low and CAN High, respectively), as
network central ECU. (Refer to GROUP 54A, well as two terminal resistors (A twisted-pair cable,
ETACS-ECU P.54A-28.) highly resistant to noise, is used for the
The CAN system consists of the following three communications line).
networks: CAN-B (middle-speed body network), The CAN bus line connecting two dominant ECUs
CAN-C (high-speed power train network), and the is the main bus line, and the CAN bus line
diagnosis CAN-C (diagnosis exclusive network). connecting each ECU is the sub-bus line.
Each ECU is connected to one of the networks
depending on its functions.

With CAN-C, the terminal resistors are incorporated Radio and CD player or CD changer <vehicles
in ECU. Resistors with approximately 120 ohms is without Mitsubishi Multi-Communication
used for the dominant ECU, and that with 4.7 System (MMCS)> or CAN box unit <vehicles
kiloohms is used for the non-dominant ECU. with Mitsubishi Multi-Communication System
(MMCS)>
Satellite radio tuner <vehicles satellite radio>
Dominant ECU: ETACS-ECU and engine ECU
Wireless control module <vehicles without
Non-dominant ECU: ECU and sensor on CAN-C
KOS> or KOS-ECU <vehicles with KOS>
network, excluding ETACS-ECU and engine
Combination meter
ECU
To the CAN bus line, ECU, sensor, and data link
AWD-ECU
connector are connected as follows for each
Steering wheel sensor <vehicles with ASC>
network.
ABS-ECU <vehicles without ASC> or ASC-
ECU <vehicles with ASC>
A/C-ECU
Transaxle control module (TCM)
SRS-ECU
Engine control module (ECM)
Occupant classification-ECU
Hands free module
Data link connector
SYSTEM OPERATION
M25402000003USA0000010000
Data frames
A A A A
ECU-1
Interval "a"
B B B
ECU-1
Transmission
Interval "b" suspended by
mediation
C C C
ECU-2
Interval "c" Re-

transmission
A B C A B A C B A
CAN bus
ZC5017680000
The CAN communication system is described below. The data sent from each ECU conducting CAN
Each ECU communicating with CAN periodically communication is transmitted at 10-1000 msec
sends several sensors’ information on CAN bus as interval depending on necessity of data.
data frame (called periodical sending data). For
further details, consult the data frame section.
ECUs requiring data on CAN bus can receive data
frames sent from each ECU simultaneously.
A single ECU transmits multiple data frames.

When data frames conflict with one another (when For further details, consult the section on CAN bus
plural ECUs transmit signals simultaneously), data voltage transformation.
is prioritized for transmission by mediation, Reliability of each ECU transmitting signals via CAN
therefore, plural data frames are not sent communication is secured by several error
simultaneously. For further details, consult the detection and recovery processes. For further
mediation section below. details, consult the sections on error detection and
Data is transmitted not by the conventional voltage- system recovery.
using method but by voltage potential difference. For major communication signals (transmitting
signals) among ECUs.
MEDIATION
Because each ECU transmits data independently on Transmission of low-priority data (data frames) is
the CAN bus, there are cases of data collision when suspended by the issuing ECUs until the bus
multiple data frames that ECUs attempt to transmit clears (when no transmission data exists on the
simultaneously (if multiple ECUs transmit at nearly the CAN bus).
same moment). At this moment, processing of the
ECUs attempting transmission is performed in the
following way.
Data frame with high priority is transmitted first
ECU containing suspended data frames transmits
according to ID codes memorized in data frames.
the data when the bus becomes available.
VOLTAGE TRANSFORMATION ON THE CAN-B BUS and CAN-C BUS
<CAN-C> <CAN-B>
CAN_L 5V
Voltage 3.5 V
4V
transformation
in CAN_H
2.5 V
Voltage 1V
transformation CAN_H 0V
in CAN_L 1.5 V
Recessive Dominant Recessive Recessive Dominant Recessive

State:
0 0
Logic value:
1 1
ZC5017690000
The voltage transformation (output signal) when the

data frame is sent to the CAN-C bus line has a
distinctive CAN-C profile. The transmitting ECU
through the CAN_H and CAN_L bus lines sends 2.5
to 3.5 volts signals to the CAN_H side and 2.5 to 1.5
volts signals to the CAN_L side. The receiving ECU
reads the data from the CAN_H and CAN_L potential
difference. "Recessive" refers to the state where both
CAN_H and CAN_L are under the 2.5 volts state, and
"Dominant" refers to the state where CAN_H is under

the 3.5 volts state and CAN_L is under the 1.5 volts 4 volts and CAN_L is at 1 volt. By transformation
state. On the other hand, the voltage transformation mainly to 2.5 volts, even in cases when voltage is
(output signal) when the data frame is sent to the rendered 0 from faulty grounding or the like (causing
CAN-B bus line has a distinctive CAN-B profile. The a problem of an approximate 0.5 volt increase on the
transmitting ECU through the CAN_H and CAN_L bus communications line), communication can be
lines sends 0 to 4 volts signals to the CAN_H side, and continued uninterrupted. Employing dual
1 to 5 volts signals to the CAN_L side. "Recessive" is communications lines improves reliability to prevent
a state in which CAN_H is at 0 volt and CAN_L is at 5 the presence of noise, compared to the conventional
volts, and "Dominant" is a state in which CAN_H is at communication method.
DATA FRAMES
Data frames
ID Control CRC ACK

SOF Data region EOF
region region region region
ZC5017700000
communication by comparing the CRC region with

the data region.
Indicates the start of the frame
Region where to conform the reception of sent data

Identifies the data content while specifying priority
rank in case of mediation
Indicates the end of the frame
Specifies the frame type, data length, etc.
ERROR DETECTION AND RECOVERY
Values used for data control, etc. CAN protocol secures its reliability of communication
by providing several error detection function such as
CRC shown in data frame, and the recovery function
Region where to check for errors in sent data. The (recovery is performed by resending, from abnormal
transmitting ECU calculates data regions by state such as transmission errors). If an error is
applying prescribed operations and stores the detected but it is not resolved even after recovery,
results. The receiving ECU detects erroneous communication is stopped. This state is called "Bus
Off."
SELF-DIAGNOSIS
M25402000004USA0000010000
CAN self-diagnosis is performed by each ECU
connected to the CAN bus. TIME-OUT
Diagnosis codes related to communication are Each ECU transmits data frames periodically. If the
named with the capital letter U, and are called "U- data frame is not received within the specified period,
codes." the intended receiving ECU transmits a diagnostic
A summary of the CAN self-diagnosis system is trouble code indicating communication time-out for
presented below. For further details on each the ECU that failed to transmit.
diagnostic trouble code stored by the ECUs.

BUS OFF specified number of attempts or that persists for a
Related to a communication error that persists even specified period after recovery. Communication is
after the transmitting ECU attempts recovery for a stopped and this diagnostic code is issued.
CAN BUS DIAGNOSTICS

M25402000005USA0000010000
As ECUs are connected via CAN bus (including scan
tool), always diagnose CAN bus to confirm its
normality when inspecting. Simply by performing scan
tool screen operations, the following inspections can
be performed automatically, and the result can be
used to verify the CAN bus status.
Confirmation of diagnostic trouble code of ETACS-
ECU
Confirmation of communication of all ECUs

MEMO

GENERAL DESCRIPTION
M25501000001USA0000010000
The blower, heater, and evaporator have been IMPROVEMENTS IN FUEL ECONOMY
integrated with the heater and A/C system to achieve The high efficiency compressor with a 2-step profile
a greater fan power and noise reduction. Manual A/C oil separator has been installed, thus improving the
is installed on LS models; automatic A/C is installed fuel economy.
on XLS models. The idle-up speed is controlled in two steps to
FEATURES secure the air cooling performance during summer
and to improve the fuel economy in the seasons
IMPROVEMENTS IN COMFORT with moderate temperature.
The outside/inside air circulation switching, air Improvement of fuel economy by the cooling fan
outlet, and outlet air temperature are automatically control depending on the refrigerant pressure and
controlled according to the ambient temperature, vehicle speed.
solar radiation, and passenger compartment
temperature so that the optimum air conditioning
GLOBAL ENVIRONMENT PROTECTION
has been achieved. <Automatic A/C>
New refrigerant system (HFC134a) has been
By the adoption of clean air filter, the air quality
adopted.
inside the passenger compartment has been
By the optimization of A/C system, the refrigerant
improved.
charging amount has been reduced.
Clean air filter media and its cover are separated to
IMPROVEMENTS IN OPERATION reduce waste materials.
PERFORMANCE
Operability has been improved by the adoption of
IMPROVEMENTS IN SERVICE QUALITY
large triple dial.
Reduction of refrigerant gas leakage and
Customize function has been added for the
improvement in serviceability by incorporating
improved convenience.
condenser and receiver
Clean air filter is installed to the backside of glove
box to facilitate the filter replacement.
IMPROVEMENTS IN RESPONSIBILITY
Reliable information transmission is achieved by
connecting A/C-ECU and each ECU via CAN
communication.
SPECIFICATIONS
Item Specification
Air conditioning switch type Rotary type
Compressor type MSC90CAS
Cooling output 5.5 kW
Heating output 5.7 kW
Refrigerant Type R134a (HFC-134a)
Charge quantity g (oz) 480 - 520 (16.9 - 18.3)

Ambient temperature sensor
Interior temperature sensor ZC600369 0000 ZC6003700000
A/C pressure sensor
Photo sensor
ZC6003710000 ZC6003720000

Low-pressure side valve
Suction pipe
High-pressure
side valve
Liquid pipe Heater unit
Suction
flexible hose
Condenser
Discharge
flexible hose
A/C compressor
Receiver
ZC6000210000
HEATER UNIT
M25501000008USA0000010000

HEATER UNIT
Evaporator
Mode selection damper Intake duct
Air mixing damper
Outside/Inside air
selection damper
Clean air filter

Heater core
Blower case
ZC600160 0000
The following new unit integrated blower, heater and Fin thermo sensor to directly measure evaporator
evaporator to increase the air flow, reduce noise, and temperature reduces occurrence risk of an
improved cooler and heater performance;: evaporator freeze which will lead to the compressor
Integrated heater/cooling unit has been adopted for lock.
large air flows and low noise. Clean air filter has been introduced as standard to
Crushable space has been secured to reduce the protect the unit from the intrusion of foreign
risk of passenger injuries. materials (fallen leaves and others). and, it removes
Air mix damper that is also used as a reheating the pollen and dust, and improves the air quality
prevention damper has been adopted to improve inside the passenger compartment.
the air cooling performance. Clean air filter media and cover have been
The A/C condensate water outlet (drain port) has separated to reduce the waste material amount
been installed to behind the evaporator to restrain generated during the filter replacement.
the clogging of drain by foreign materials. The installation position of clean air filter has been
The outlet air temperature of the defroster has been set to the backside of glove box to facilitate the filter
set lower than that of foot to prevent overheating the replacement operation. And, the one-touch tab
driver’s face. structure has been adopted for the cover installation
to enable the replacement operation without tools.
OPERATION

Front defroster
Side defroster Side defroster Side Crushable space
outlet
Center
Crushable space
Recirculation outlet
Fresh Side Front side
outlet
Heater core
Clean air filter

Heater outlet Heater outlet
Evaporator to compartment Evaporator
Blower motor ZC6003610000 Heater core
Drain port
ZC600362 0000
CRUSHABLE SPACE The evaporator and heater core has been

longitudinally installed in the vehicle length, and the
crushable space has been adopted so that the
structure absorbs the impact in case of a collision and
reduces the risk of passenger injuries.
HEATER CONTROL
M25501000009USA0000010000
HEATER CONTROLLER
<MANUAL A/C>
<VEHICLES FOR USA> <VEHICLES FOR CANADA>
Outside/Inside air Outside/Inside air Rear window
selection switch A/C switch Rear window defogger switch A/C switch defogger switch
selection switch
MAX
A/C
Maximum ZC600016
ZC600015
Blower knob Mode selection knob Temperature
A/C position Blower knob
Temperature adjustment knob adjustment knob Mode selection knob
<AUTOMATIC A/C>
<VEHICLES FOR USA> <VEHICLES FOR CANADA>
Outside/Inside air Outside/Inside air Rear window defogger switch

selection switch A/C switch Rear window defogger switch selection switch A/C switch
ZC600017 Temperature ZC600018

Blower knob adjustment knob Blower knob
Mode selection knob Mode selection knob
Temperature adjustment knob
ZC6003210000

The features of the heater controller described below change prevents the dial to pass the AUTO position
have been designed for better appearance, easier when the fan volume control is turned OFF, and
operation, and improved visibility. eliminates the necessity of manual reselection
Each dial for the air outlet switching, fan volume when switching the inside/outside air selection
control, and temperature adjustment has been manually, thus improving the operability. <Vehicles
enlarged to improve operability. with automatic A/C>
Ring lights have been adopted to inside the dials to When the air outlet switching dial and fan volume
improve appearance during nighttime. control dial are turned to the AUTO position, the A/
A confirmation sound at switch operation has been C switch has been made to automatically turn ON
added. to improve convenience. (Using the customize
AUTO and OFF positions of the fan volume control function, this function can be cancelled.) <Vehicles
dial have been exchenged with one another. This with automatic A/C>
A/C COMPRESSOR
M25501000011USA0000010000
Discharge cavity capacity High-efficiency scrolling compressor built into the oil separation
enhance the cooling performance. Compressor discharge cavity
capacity has been expanded to reduce discharge pulse,
vibration, and noise.
ZC600338 0000
A/C COMPRESSOR CLUTCH WITH THERMAL

FUSE
A thermal fuse is installed in the A/C compressor field core. If
the compressor fails, the thermal fuse will be blown due to friction
heat produced by the drive belt and locked compressor. This
deenergizes the A/C compressor clutch and allows the
compressor to run freely.
A/C-ECU
M25501000012USA0000010000
CONTROL Subject to control Control status

Air mix damper MAX COOL position
FORCED DEF CONTROL
When air outlet position is switched to DEF, A/C is Air outlet mode Selected position
automatically turned ON, and outside/inside air Air volume Selected position
selection damper is set to the fresh air position to Outside/inside air Air recirculation position
quickly defrost the windshield screen. selection damper
A/C switch ON
MAX A/C CONTROL <Vehicles with manual A/C>
When the preset temperature is set to the maximum
cooling, the control status becomes as described
below.

MAX COOL, MAX HOT CONTROL <Vehicles with DETECTION CONTROL FOR REFRIGERANT
automatic A/C> LEAKS
When the set temperature is at 18.0 °C <61°F> (MAX A/C-ECU determines if the refrigerant amount is less
COOL) or at 32.0 °C <89°F> (MAX HOT) with the air than specified or refrigerant pressure is abnormal by
outlet and air volume at the AUTO positions, the using the ambient temperature (ambient temperature
following controls are made automatically by the A/C- sensor to measure refrigerant inflation rate) and
ECU. refrigerant pressure (measured by the A/C pressure
Subject to MAX COOL MAX HOT sensor). When refrigerant amount or refrigerant
control pressure is judged abnormal, the compressor is cut-
off to protect the A/C system.
Air mix MAX COOL MAX HOT
damper position position
Air outlet FACE position FOOT position
mode
Air volume Maximum Maximum REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER TIMER CONTROL
Outside/ Air recirculation Fresh air To reduce electrical load to battery, the defogger is
inside air position* position* automatically turned OFF, 20 minutes after it is turned
selection ON or while engine is stopped.
damper
A/C switch ON* OFF* PROTECTION CONTROL AT AIR BAG
DEPLOYMENT (DURING COLLISION)
When the air bag deployment is detected, the A/C
system is shut down.
CUSTOMIZE FUNCTION
IDLE-UP CONTROL Depending on the user's preference, the following
A/C-ECU and the ECM communicate with each other functions can be adjusted. The programmed
through the CAN communication. The idle-up speed information is held even when the battery is
of the engine is controlled in two steps depending on disconnected.
the A/C load to secure the air cooling performance Automatic control for inside/outside air selection
during summer and to improve fuel economy in Press and hold (approximately for 10 seconds) the
seasons with moderate temperature. inside/outside air selection switch to cancel the
automatic control for inside/outside air selection.
A/C automatic control
Press and hold (approximately for 10 seconds) the
A/C switch to cancel the A/C automatic control.

COMMUNICATION
SERIAL communication CAN communication
SRS-ECU
ECM
Heater control panel A/C-ECU
ETACS-ECU
Combination meter
: Interactive communication
ZC600339 0000
A/C-ECU performs the signal transmission and transmits and receives signals via serial
reception with each ECU via CAN (Controller Area communication.
Network)*1. Also, with the heater control panel, it
CAN COMMUNICATION INPUT SIGNALS TABLE

Signal Transmitter ECU
Engine coolant temperature signal ECM
Vehicle speed signal
Engine speed signal
Ambient temperature signal ETACS-ECU
Wiper signal
Ignition key signal
Average ambient temperature signal COMBINATION METER
Service data output
DIAGNOSTIC FUNCTION
A/C-ECU has the following functions for easier system Actuator test
checks.
Diagnostic function

DUCT
M25501000013USA0000010000
To windshield (Defroster)
To front door window

(Side defroster)
Side ventilator
Center ventilator
To front door window
(Side defroster)
Side ventilator
To driver seat footwell
To passenger seat footwell
To second seat footwell
To second seat footwell

ZC600340 0000
The rear heater duct for the 2nd row seats has been enhance the air heating performance for the 2nd row,
introduced as standard, and the air distribution ratio and to reduce the circulation of cooled air back to the
to front and 2nd row has been optimized in order to front row.

VENTILATION SYSTEM
M25501000020USA0000010000
REAR VENTILATION
Air outlet ZC6003410000
Fresh air is introduced from the front deck, and

emitted from the air outlet behind the back of rear
bumper. Areas of fresh air intake hole and air outlet
ventilation have been optimized in order to improve air
volume (ventilation performance) while securing
cabin quietness.

MEMO

17-1
GROUP 17
ENGINE AND
EMISSION
CONTROL
CONTENTS
ENGINE CONTROL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17a
AUTO-CRUISE CONTROL SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17b
EMISSION CONTROL. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17c

42-1
GROUP 42
BODY
CONTENTS
BODY. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42A
KEYLESS OPERATION SYSTEM (KOS). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42B
WIRELESS CONTROL MODULE (WCM) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42C

52-1
GROUP 52
INTERIOR AND
SUPPLEMENTAL
RESTRAINT
SYSTEM(SRS)
CONTENTS
INTERIOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52A
SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS) . . . . . . . . . . . . 52B

2007 GROUP INDEX
MITSUBISHI General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 00
OUTLANDER Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
TECHNICAL
INFORMATION MANUAL Engine Lubrication . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
FOREWORD Fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
This manual has been prepared as an introduction to
the specifications, features, construction, functions, Engine Cooling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
and other areas of the new 2007 OUTLANDER.
It includes Technical Information and Body Repair Intake and Exhaust . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
Service. The Body Repair sections immediately follow
Group 55 - Heater, Air Conditioning and Ventilation. Engine Electrical. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
Please read this manual carefully so that it will be of Engine and Emission Control . . . . . 17
assistance for your service and sales activities. Please
note the following service manuals are also available Automatic Transaxle . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
and should be used in conjunction with this manual.
Propeller Shaft . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
SERVICE MANUAL CD MSCD-007B-2007
BODY REPAIR MANUAL MSSP-407B-2007 Front Axle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
PARTS CATALOG BUM6W507A_
Rear Axle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
Wheel and Tire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31
Power Plant Mount . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
Front Suspension . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33
Rear Suspension . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34
Service Brakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35
Parking Brakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36
Power Steering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37
Body. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42
Exterior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51
No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in any retrieval
system of transmitted, in any form or by any means, including but not
limited to electronic, mechanical photocopying, recording or otherwise,
Interior
. . . . . . .and
. . . Supplemental
.................... 52
without the prior written permission of Mitsubishi Motors Corporation. Restraint System (SRS) . . . . . . . . . .
©2006 Mitsubishi Motors Corporation Chassis Electrical . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54
All Rights, Reserved
Printed in USA Heater, Air Conditioning
MSSP-207B-2007 . . . .Ventilation
and ........................... 55

Outlander 2007

Uploaded by

Document Information

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Outlander 2007

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

2007 Outlander Service Manual,

Technical Information & Body Repair

Body Repair Manual

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

Toe control arm

Toe control arm

The well-proven McPherson strut suspension (front)

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

<Except vehicles for CANADA> <Vehicles for CANADA>

ABS warning light Brake warning light

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

SRS AIR BAGS

Driver's air bag

Dual Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) front air

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

The body structure combines a high-energy

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

SERVICEABILITY AND RELIABILITY

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

VEHICLE IDENTIFICATION NUMBER LOCATION

VEHICLE IDENTIFICATION CODE CHART PLATE

No. Item Content

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

VEHICLES FOR PUERTO RICO

VEHICLES FOR CANADA

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

<Except vehicles for CANADA>

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

Exhaust side Intake side

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

A 2-layer metal gasket with good sealability and heat

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

An aluminum alloy material is used for the cylinder Items Specifications

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

Piston ring No.1 Piston ring No.2

Piston ring No.1

Piston ring No.2

Specer Side rail

Piston ring consists of ring No.1, No. 2, and oil ring.

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

Balance weight Oil hole

CRANKSHAFT BEARING AND THRUST BEARING

Groove Lower bearing

Main bearing consists of aluminum alloy (surface) and Items Specifications

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

Timing mark Timing mark

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

VALVE STEM SEAL

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

Piston arm assy T lever assy

Switch-over oil pressure

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

Power train control

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

Power train control